2008 fx45/fx35 owner's manual

Foreword

Your INFINITI represents a new way ofthinking about vehicle design. It inte-grates advanced engineering and supe-rior craftsmanship with a simple, refinedaesthetic sensitivity associated with tra-ditional Japanese culture.

The result is a different notion of luxuryand beauty. The car itself is important,but so is the sense of harmony that thevehicle evokes in its driver, and thesense of satisfaction you feel with theINFINITI — from the way it looks anddrives to the high level of dealer service.

To ensure that you enjoy your INFINITI tothe fullest, we encourage you to read thisOwner’s Manual immediately. It explainsall of the features, controls and perfor-mance characteristics of your INFINITI; italso provides important instructions andsafety information.

A separate Warranty Information Bookletcan be found in your Owner’s literatureportfolio. The INFINITI Service and Mainte-nance Guide explains details about main-taining and servicing your vehicle. Alwayscarry it with you when you take yourINFINITI to an authorized dealer. The port-folio contents provide complete informa-tion about all warranties covering this ve-hicle, the periodic maintenance requiredto keep the warranties in effect as well as

the INFINITI Roadside Assistance pro-gram.

Additionally, a separate Customer Careand Lemon Law Information Booklet willexplain how to resolve any concerns youmay have with your vehicle, as well asclarify your rights under your state’slemon law.

READ FIRST — THEN DRIVE SAFELYBefore driving your vehicle please readyour Owner’s Manual carefully. This willensure familiarity with controls and main-tenance requirements, assisting you inthe safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATIONREMINDERS FOR SAFETY!Follow these important driving rules to helpensure a safe and comfortable trip for you andyour passengers!

O NEVER drive under the influence of al-cohol or drugs.

O ALWAYS observe posted speed limits andnever drive too fast for conditions.

O ALWAYS give your full attention to drivingand avoid using vehicle features or takingother actions that could distract you.

O ALWAYS use your seat belts and appro-priate child restraint systems. Preteenchildren should be seated in the rearseat.

O ALWAYS provide information about theproper use of vehicle safety features to alloccupants of the vehicle.

O ALWAYS review this Owner’s Manual forimportant safety information.

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLEThis vehicle should not be modified. Modifi-cation could affect its performance, safety ordurability, and may even violate govern-mental regulations. In addition, damage orperformance problems resulting from modifi-cations may not be covered under INFINITIwarranties.

WHEN READING THE MANUALThis manual includes information for alloptions available on this model. There-fore, you may find some information thatdoes not apply to your vehicle.

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

All information, specifications and illus-trations in this manual are those in effectat the time of printing. INFINITI reservesthe right to change specifications or de-sign at any time without notice.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUTTHIS MANUAL

You will see various symbols in thismanual. They are used in the followingways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of a haz-ard that could cause death or serious per-sonal injury. To avoid or reduce the risk, theprocedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of a haz-ard that could cause minor or moderate per-sonal injury or damage to your vehicle. Toavoid or reduce the risk, the procedures mustbe followed carefully.

If you see this symbol, it means Do not dothis or Do not let this happen.

If you see a symbol similar to these in anillustration, it means the arrow points tothe front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similarto these indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similarto these call attention to an item in the il-lustration.

CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65 WARNING

WARNING

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, andcertain vehicle components contain or emitchemicals known to the State of California tocause cancer and birth defects or other repro-ductive harm. In addition, certain fluids con-tained in vehicles and certain products ofcomponent wear contain or emit chemicalsknown to the State of California to cause cancerand birth defects or other reproductive harm.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORYSome vehicle parts, such as lithium batteries,may contain perchlorate material. Thefollowing advisory is provided: “PerchlorateMaterial - special handling may apply, Seewww.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.”

BLUETOOTH is a trademarkowned by Bluetooth SIG,Inc., U.S.A. and licenced toVisteon Informatics Corporation.

© 2007 NISSAN MOTOR CO., LTD.

All rights reserved. No part of this Owner’s Manual maybe reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or trans-mitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, me-chanical, photocopying, recording or otherwise, withoutthe prior written permission of Nissan Motor Co., Ltd.

SIC0697

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

INFINITI CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

INFINITI CARES ...

Both INFINITI and your INFINITI dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and yourINFINITI dealer are our primary concerns. Your INFINITI dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and ser-vice needs.

However, if there is something that yourINFINITI dealer cannot assist you with oryou would like to provide INFINITI directlywith comments or questions, please con-tact our (INFINITI’s) Consumer Affairs De-partment using our toll-free number:

For U.S. customers1-800-662-6200

For Canadian customers1-800-361-4792

The Consumer Affairs Department will askfor the following information:— Your name, address, and telephone

number— Vehicle identification number (on dash

panel)— Date of purchase— Current odometer reading— Your INFINITI dealer’s name— Your comments or questionsOR

You can write to INFINITI with the infor-mation on the left at:

For U.S. customersINFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

For Canadian customersINFINITI DivisionNissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5

We appreciate your interest in INFINITI and thank you for buying a quality INFINITI vehicle.

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Table ofContents

Illustrated table of contents 0

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1

Instruments and controls 2

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4

Starting and driving 5

In case of emergency 6

Appearance and care 7

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8

Technical and consumer information 9

Index 10

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS).................................................... 0-2Exterior............................................................. 0-3Instrument panel .............................................. 0-4Passenger compartment ................................... 0-5

Meters and gauges........................................... 0-7Engine compartment ........................................ 0-8

VQ35DE engine ........................................... 0-8VK45DE engine .......................................... 0-9

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Child restraint anchor point (for toptether strap child restraint) (P.1-23)

2. Seat belts (P.1-8)

3. Front-seat Active Head Restraints (P.1-7)

4. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag modules(P.1-38)

5. Seat belt pretensioner (P.1-52)

6. Supplemental front-impact air bags(P.1-38)

7. Rear seats (P.1-4)— Child restraints (P.1-19)

8. Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHil-dren (LATCH) system (P.1-21)

9. Rear armrest (P.1-8)

10. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag (P.1-38)

11. Front seats (P.1-2)

SSI0323

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Hood (Page 3-23)

2. Headlight and turn signal switch(P.2-23)

3. Wiper and washer switch (P.2-21)

4. Windshield (P.8-21)

5. Sunroof (if so equipped) (P.2-42)

6. Power windows (P.2-40)

7. Recovery hook (P.6-16)

8. Fog light and switch (P.2-28)

9. Tires— Wheel and tires (P.8-35, 9-9)— Flat tire (P.6-2)

10. Mirrors (P.3-30)

11. Doors (P.3-3)— Keys— Door locks— Remote keyless entry system— Intelligent Key (if so equipped)

12. Lift gate (P.3-23)

13. Rear window wiper (P.8-23)

14. Rear combination light (P.8-33)

15. Fuel-filler door (P.3-25)

16. Child safety rear door lock (P.3-5)

SSI0012A

EXTERIOR

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control (P.3-31)2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch (P.2-23)3. Trip odometer reset knob (P.2-4)4. Instrument brightness control switch

(P.2-27)5. Headlight aiming control switch

(P.2-26)6. Trip odometer select knob (P.2-4)7. Steering switch for Audio (P.4-40)/

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped) (P.4-41)

8. Security indicator light (P.2-18)9. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)10. Driver supplemental air bag (P.1-38)11. Cruise control main/set switch

(P.5-23) or Intelligent cruise controlswitch (if so equipped) (P.5-25)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch(P.2-21)

13. Ignition switch (P.5-10)14. Center ventilator (P.4-20)15. Display (P.4-4)/Navigation system (if

so equipped)*16. Audio system (P.4-26)17. Center multi-function control panel

(P.4-2)18. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P.1-38)

SSI0182

INSTRUMENT PANEL


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

19. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch(if so equipped) (P.2-30)

20. Hood release handle (P.3-23)21. Fuse box (P.8-24)22. SNOW mode switch (P.2-31)23. Parking brake (P.5-18)24. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF

switch (P.2-31)25. Tilting/telescopic steering wheel

switch (P.3-28)26. Storage box and power outlet

(P.2-33, P.2-35)27. Hazard warning flasher switch

(P.2-28)28. Automatic transmission selector lever

(P.5-15)29. Heated seat switch (P.2-29)30. Clock (P.2-32)31. Automatic climate control system

(P.4-22)32. Glove box (P.2-36)*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Luggage room light (P.2-49)

2. Rear personal lights (P.2-46)

3. Mobile Entertainment System (MES)*— Flip-down screen (P.4-58)

— Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) player(P.4-56)

— DVD remote controller (P.4-57)— Headphones (P.4-59)

4. Automatic drive positioner switch(P.3-31)

SSI0324

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Driver’s door armrest— Power window switch (P.2-40)— Power door lock switch (P.3-4)

6. Sun visors (P.2-28)

7. Sunroof (P.2-42)

8. Front map lights (P.2-44)

9. Sunglasses holder (P.2-34)

10. Microphone (Bluetooth Hands-freePhone System*) (P.4-41)

11. Inside rearview mirror— Anti-glare adjustment (P.3-29)— Compass (P.2-6)— HomeLink * (P.2-47)

12. Luggage room— Tonneau cover* (P.2-39)— Cargo net* (P.2-39)— Power outlet (P.2-33)— Spare tire* (P.6-4)— Luggage floor boxes* (P.2-38)

13. Rear armrest (P.1-8)

14. Rear cup holders (P.2-36)

15. Console box (P.2-37)

16. Front cup holders (P.2-36)

* if so equipped


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Warning/Indicator lights (P.2-9)

2. Tachometer (P.2-4)

3. Speedometer (P.2-4)

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge(P.2-5)

5. Intelligent cruise control system dis-play (if so equipped) (P.5-25)

6. Automatic transmission position indi-cator (P.5-15)

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip) (P.2-4)8. Fuel gauge (P.2-5)

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

VQ35DE ENGINE

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-13)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-16)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Window washer fluid reservoir(P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9)

9. Drive belts (P.8-19)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

11. Air cleaner (P.8-21)

SDI1991

ENGINE COMPARTMENT


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

VK45DE ENGINE

1. Fuse/fusible link holder (P.8-24)

2. Battery (P.8-17)

3. Engine oil filler cap (P.8-13)

4. Brake fluid reservoir (P.8-16)

5. Engine coolant reservoir (P.8-9)

6. Window washer fluid reservoir(P.8-16)

7. Power steering fluid reservoir (P.8-15)

8. Radiator filler cap (P.8-9)

9. Drive belts (P.8-19)

10. Engine oil dipstick (P.8-11)

11. Air cleaner (P.8-21)

SDI1987


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplementalrestraint system

Seats ................................................................ 1-2Front power seat adjustment ....................... 1-2Rear seat adjustment................................... 1-4Head restraint adjustment ........................... 1-6Front-seat Active Head Restraints ............... 1-7Armrest........................................................ 1-7

Seat belts ......................................................... 1-8Precautions on seat belt usage.................... 1-8Child safety ................................................ 1-11Pregnant women ........................................ 1-12Injured persons .......................................... 1-12Three-point type seat belt with retractor..... 1-12Rear center seat belt .................................. 1-15Seat belt extenders .................................... 1-18Seat belt maintenance ............................... 1-18

Child restraints................................................ 1-19Precaution on child restraints..................... 1-19

Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrensystem (LATCH)........................................... 1-21Top tether strap child restraint .................. 1-23Child restraint installation using LATCH ..... 1-24Child restraint installation using the seatbelts .......................................................... 1-27

Booster seats.................................................. 1-34Precautions on booster seats ................... 1-34Booster seat installation............................ 1-36

Supplemental restraint system........................ 1-38Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem....................................................... 1-38INFINITI advanced air bag system(front seats) ............................................... 1-45Supplemental air bag warning labels ......... 1-53Supplemental air bag warning light ........... 1-54

w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be danger-ous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident, youcould be thrown into it and receive neckor other serious injuries. You could alsoslide under the lap belt and receive se-rious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection when

the vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat with both feet on the floor and ad-just the seat belt properly. See “Precau-tions on seat belt usage” later in thissection.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.

The seat back should not be reclined anymore than needed for comfort. Seat beltsare most effective when the passengersits well back and straight up in the seat.If the seatback is reclined, the risk ofsliding under the lap belt and being in-jured is increased.

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be surenot to contact any moving parts to avoid pos-sible injuries and/or damages.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENTOperating tipsO The seat motor has an auto-reset over-

load protection circuit. If the motorstops during operation, wait 30 sec-onds, then reactivate the switch.

O Do not operate the power support seatfor a long period of time when the engineis off. This will discharge the battery.

See “Automatic drive positioner” in the“3. Pre-driving checks and adjustments”section for automatic drive positioner op-eration.

SSS0133

SEATS

1-2 Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

w 07.11.30/S50-D/V5.0 X

Forward and backward

Moving the switch q1 forward or back-ward will slide the seat forward or back-ward to the desired position.

Reclining

Move the recline switch q2 backwarduntil the desired angle is obtained. Tobring the seatback forward again, movethe switch q2 forward.

The reclining feature allows adjustment ofthe seatback for occupants of differentsizes for added comfort and to help ob-tain proper seat belt fit. See “Precautionson seat belt usage” later in this section.The seatback may be reclined to allow oc-cupants to rest when the vehicle isstopped and the transmission is in the P(Park) position.

Seat lifter

Push the front or rear end of the switchup or down to adjust the height and angleof the seat.

For the front passenger’s seat, only theangle of the seat can be adjusted.

SSS0474 SSS0475

Safety — Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Lumbar support (if so equippedfor driver’s seat)

The lumbar support feature provideslower back support to the driver. Push thefront q1 or back q2 end of the switch toadjust the seat lumbar area.

REAR SEAT ADJUSTMENT

Folding

1. Store the center seat belts in theproper position. (See “REAR CENTERSEAT BELT” later in this section.)

2. Slide the front seat forward if neces-sary. (See “FRONT POWER SEAT AD-JUSTMENT” earlier in this section.)

3. Pull the seat belt to side.

4. After removing the tonneau cover (ifso equipped), pull the lever on therear seat qA or pull the lever on both

sides of the luggage room qB and foldthe seatback.

5. When resetting the seat, be sure to in-stall the head restraints.

WARNING

O Never allow anyone to ride in the cargoarea or on the rear seat when it is in thefold-down position. Use of these areasby passengers without proper restraintscould result in serious injury in an acci-dent or sudden stop.

O It is extremely dangerous to ride in acargo area inside a vehicle. In a colli-sion, people riding in these areas aremore likely to be seriously injured orkilled.

O Do not allow people to ride in any area ofyour vehicle that is not equipped withseats and seat belts. Be sure everyone inyour vehicle is in a seat and using a seatbelt properly.

O Do not fold down the rear seats when oc-cupants are in the rear seat area, any

SSS0476 SSS0247


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

luggage is on the rear seat or any cup isin the cup holder.

O Head restraints should be adjustedproperly as they may provide significantprotection against injury in an accident.Always replace and adjust them properlyif they have been removed for anyreason.

O If the head restraints are removed forany reason, they should be securelystored to prevent them from causing in-jury to passengers or damage to the ve-hicle in case of sudden braking or an ac-cident.

O Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks. In asudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

O When returning the seatbacks to the up-right position, be certain they are com-pletely secured in the latched position.If they are not completely secured, pas-sengers may be injured in an accident

or sudden stop.

O When returning the seatbacks, be sureto attach the rear center seat belt con-nector.

O Do not unfasten the rear center seat beltconnector except when folding down therear seat.

O When attaching the rear center seat beltconnector, be certain that the seatbacksare completely secured in the latchedposition and the rear center seat beltconnector is completely secured.

O If the rear center seat belt connector andthe seatbacks are not secured in the cor-rect position, serious personal injurymay result in an accident or suddenstop.

Reclining

Pull the reclining lever q1 and positionthe seat back at the desired angle q2 . Re-lease the reclining lever q1 after position-ing the seat at the desired angle q2 .

WARNING

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be dan-gerous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident,

SSS0248


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. You couldalso slide under the lap belt and receiveserious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat and adjust the seat belt properly.See “Precautions on seat belt usage”later in this section.

HEAD RESTRAINT ADJUSTMENT

To raise the head restraint, just pull it up.To lower, push the lock knob q1 and pushthe head restraint down.

Adjust the head restraints so the center islevel with the center of your ears.

WARNING

Head restraints should be adjusted properlyas they may provide significant protectionagainst injury in an accident. Do not removethem. Check the adjustment after someoneelse uses the seat.

SSS0125C SSS0287


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

FRONT-SEAT ACTIVE HEADRESTRAINTS

WARNING

O Always adjust the head restraints prop-erly as specified in the previous section.Failure to do so can reduce the effective-ness of the Active Head Restraint.

O Active Head Restraints are designed tosupplement other safety systems. Al-ways wear seat belts. No system can pre-vent all injuries in any accident.

O Do not attach anything to the head re-straint stalks. Doing so could impair Ac-tive Head Restraint function.

The Active Head Restraint moves forwardutilizing the force that the seatback re-ceives from the occupant in a rear-endcollision. The movement of the head re-straint helps support the occupant’s headby reducing its backward movement andhelping absorb some of the forces thatmay lead to whiplash type injuries.

Active Head Restraints are effective forcollisions at low to medium speeds inwhich it is said that whiplash injury oc-curs most.

Active Head Restraints operate only incertain rear-end collisions. After the colli-sion, the head restraints return to theiroriginal positions.

Properly adjust the Active Head Restraintsas described in the previous section.

ARMREST

Front

Push the button q1 while sliding the arm-rest q2 to the desired position.

To use the console box, see “Consolebox” in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

SSS0508 SSS0596Front


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Rear

Pull the armrest down until it is hori-zontal.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELTUSAGE

If you are wearing your seat belt properlyadjusted, and you are sitting upright andwell back in your seat with both feet onthe floor, your chances of being injured orkilled in an accident and/or the severityof injury may be greatly reduced. INFINITIstrongly encourages you and all of yourpassengers to buckle up every time youdrive, even if your seating position in-cludes a supplemental air bag.

Most U.S. states and Canadian provincesor territories specify that seat belts beworn at all times when a vehicle is beingdriven.

SSS0243Rear

SEAT BELTS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes. Children should be properly re-strained in the rear seat and, if appropri-ate, in a child restraint.

O The seat belt should be properly ad-justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so mayreduce the effectiveness of the entire re-straint system and increase the chance

or severity of injury in an accident. Se-rious injury or death can occur if the seatbelt is not worn properly.

O Always route the shoulder belt over yourshoulder and across your chest. Neverput the belt behind your back, underyour arm or across your neck. The beltshould be away from your face and neck,but not falling off your shoulder.

O Position the lap belt as low and snug aspossible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE

WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could in-crease the risk of internal injuries in anaccident.

O Be sure the seat belt tongue is securelyfastened to the proper buckle.

O Do not wear the seat belt inside out ortwisted. Doing so may reduce its effec-tiveness.

O Do not allow more than one person touse the same seat belt.

O Never carry more people in the vehiclethan there are seat belts.

O If the seat belt warning light glows con-tinuously while the ignition is turned ONwith all doors closed and all seat beltsfastened, it may indicate a malfunctionin the system. Have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

O Once a seat belt pretensioner systemhas activated, it cannot be reused andmust be replaced together with the re-tractor. See an INFINITI dealer.

SSS0136


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Removal and installation of pretensionersystem components should be done byan INFINITI dealer.

O All seat belt assemblies, including re-tractors and attaching hardware, shouldbe inspected after any collision by anINFINITI dealer. INFINITI recommendsthat all seat belt assemblies in useduring a collision be replaced unless thecollision was minor and the belts showno damage and continue to operateproperly. Seat belt assemblies not in useduring a collision should also be in-

spected and replaced if either damage orimproper operation is noted.

O All child restraints and attaching hard-ware should be inspected after any colli-sion. Always follow the restraint manu-facturer’s inspection instructions and re-placement recommendations. The childrestraints should be replaced if they aredamaged.

SSS0134 SSS0016

SSS0014


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD SAFETY

Children need adults to help protect them.They need to be properly restrained.

In addition to the general information inthis manual, child safety information isavailable from many other sources, in-cluding doctors, teachers, governmenttraffic safety offices, and community orga-nizations. Every child is different, so besure to learn the best way to transportyour child.

There are three basic types of child re-straint systems:

O Rear facing child restraint

O Front facing child restraint

O Booster seat

The proper restraint depends on thechild’s size. Generally, infants (up toabout 1 year and less than 20 lb (9 kg))should be placed in rear facing child re-straints. Front facing child restraints areavailable for children who outgrow rearfacing child restraints and are at least 1year old. Booster seats are used to helpposition a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on achild who can no longer use a front facingchild restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special protection.The vehicle’s seat belts may not fit themproperly. The shoulder belt may come tooclose to the face or neck. The lap belt maynot fit over their small hip bones. In an acci-dent, an improperly fitting seat belt couldcause serious or fatal injury. Always use ap-propriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require the use of approvedchild restraints for infants and small chil-dren. (See “Child restraints” later in thissection.)

Also, there are other types of child re-straints available for larger children foradditional protection.

INFINITI recommends that all pre-teensand children be restrained in the rear seat.According to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat.

This is especially important because yourvehicle has a supplemental restraint

system (air bag system) for the front pas-senger. See “Supplemental restraintsystem” later in this section.

Infants

Infants up to at least one year old shouldbe placed in a rear facing child restraint.INFINITI recommends that infants beplaced in child restraints that comply withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.You should choose a child restraint whichfits your vehicle and always follow themanufacturer’s instructions for installa-tion and use.

Small children

Children that are over one year old andweigh at least 20 lb (9 kg) can be placedin a forward facing child restraint. Refer tothe manufacturer’s instructions forminimum and maximum weight andheight recommendations. INFINITI recom-mends that small children be placed inchild restraints that comply with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standards or Cana-dian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. Youshould choose a child restraint that fitsyour vehicle and always follow the manu-facturer’s instructions for installation anduse.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Larger children

Children who are too large for child re-straints should be seated and restrainedby the seat belts which are provided. Theseat belt may not fit properly if the childis less than 4 ft 9 in (142.5 cm) tall andweighs between 40 lb (18 kg) and 80 lb(36 kg). A booster seat should be used toobtain proper seat belt fit.

INFINITI recommends that a child beplaced in a commercially availablebooster seat if the shoulder belt in thechild’s seating position fits close to theface or neck or if the lap portion of theseat belt goes across the abdomen. Thebooster seat should raise the child sothat the shoulder belt is properly posi-tioned across the top, middle portion ofthe shoulder and the lap belt is low onthe hips. A booster seat can only be usedin seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seatshould fit the vehicle seat and have alabel certifying that it complies with Fed-eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standards orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.Once the child has grown so the shoulderbelt is no longer on or near the face andneck, use the shoulder belt without thebooster seat.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seatand do not allow a child in the cargo areaswhile the vehicle is moving. The child couldbe seriously injured or killed in an accidentor sudden stop.

PREGNANT WOMEN

INFINITI recommends that pregnantwomen use seat belts. The seat beltshould be worn snug, and always positionthe lap belt as low as possible around thehips, not the waist, and place theshoulder belt over your shoulder andacross your chest. Never run thelap/shoulder belt over your abdominalarea. Contact your doctor for specific rec-ommendations.

INJURED PERSONS

INFINITI recommends that injured personsuse seat belts, depending on the injury.Check with your doctor for specific recom-mendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELTWITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

O Every person who drives or rides in thisvehicle should use a seat belt at alltimes.

O Do not ride in a moving vehicle when theseatback is reclined. This can be dan-gerous. The shoulder belt will not beagainst your body. In an accident,

SSS0292Front seat


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

you could be thrown into it and receiveneck or other serious injuries. You couldalso slide under the lap belt and receiveserious internal injuries.

O For the most effective protection whenthe vehicle is in motion, the seat shouldbe upright. Always sit well back in theseat with both feet on the floor and ad-just the seat belt properly.

Fastening the seat belts1. Adjust the seat. See “Seats” earlier in

this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the re-tractor and insert the tongue into thebuckle until it clicks. (For additionalinformation regarding the rear centerseat belt, see “Setting center seatbelt”.)

O The retractor is designed to lock duringa sudden stop or on impact. A slowpulling motion will permit the belt tomove, and allow you some freedom ofmovement in the seat.

O If the seat belt cannot be pulled fromits fully retracted position, firmly pullthe belt and release it. Then smoothlypull the belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low andsnug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion towardthe retractor to take up extra slack. Besure the shoulder belt is routed overyour shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rearseating positions three-point seat beltshave two modes of operation:

O Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR)

O Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

SSS0293Rear seat

SSS0290Front seat

SSS0291ARear seat


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

The Emergency Locking Rectractor (ELR)mode allows the seat belt to extend and re-tract to allow the driver and passengerssome freedom of movement in the seat. TheELR locks the seat belt when the vehicleslows down rapidly or during certain impacts.The Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode(child restraint mode) locks the seat belt forchild restraint installation.When the ALR is activated the seat belt cannotbe extended again until the seat belt tongue isdetached from the buckle and fully retracted.The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after theseat belt fully retracts. For additional informa-tion, see “Child restraints” later in this section.The ALR should be used only for child restraintinstallation. During normal seat belt use by apassenger, the ALR mode should not be acti-vated. If it is activated it may cause uncom-fortable seat belt tension. It can also changethe operation of the front passenger air bag.See “Front passenger air bag and status light”later in this section.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be certain thatthe seatbacks are completely secured in thelatched position. If they are not completely se-cured, passengers may be injured in an accidentor sudden stop.

Unfastening the seat belts

To unfasten the belt, press the button onthe buckle. The seat belt will automati-cally retract.

Checking seat belt operation

Your seat belt retractors are designed tolock belt movement using two separatemethods:

O when the belt is pulled quickly fromthe retractor.

O when the vehicle slows down rapidly.

To increase your confidence in the seatbelts, check the operation as follows:

O grasp the shoulder belt and pullquickly forward. The retractor shouldlock and restrict further belt move-ment.

If the retractor does not lock during thischeck or if you have any questions aboutbelt operation, see an INFINITI dealer.

SSS0326


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

Shoulder belt height adjustment(for front seats)

The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best suited foryou. (See “Precautions on seat beltusage” earlier in this section.) To adjust,pull the release button qA , and then movethe shoulder belt anchor to the desiredposition, so that the belt passes over thecenter of the shoulder. The belt should beaway from your face and neck, but notfalling off of your shoulder. Release theadjustment button to lock the shoulderbelt anchor into position.

WARNING

O After adjustment, release the adjust-ment button and try to move theshoulder belt anchor up and down tomake sure it is securely fixed in position.

O The shoulder belt anchor height shouldbe adjusted to the position best for you.Failure to do so may reduce the effective-ness of the entire restraint system andincrease the chance or severity of injuryin an accident.

REAR CENTER SEAT BELT

The rear center seat belt has a connectortongue q1 and a seat belt tongue q2 .Both the connector tongue and the seatbelt tongue must be securely latched forproper seat belt operation.

SSS0351 SSS0240


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Always fasten the connector tongue andthe seat belt in the order shown.

O Always make sure both the connectortongue and the seat belt tongue are se-cured when using the seat belt or install-ing a child restraint. Do not use the seatbelt or child restraint with only the seatbelt tongue attached. This could result inserious personal injury in case of an ac-cident or a sudden stop.

Stowing rear center seat belt

When folding down the rear seat, the rearcenter seat belt can be retracted into astowed position as follows:

1. Hold the connector tongue q1 so thatthe seat belt does not retract suddenlywhen the tongue is released from theconnector buckle.

2. Insert a suitable tool such as a key qA

into the connector buckle and releasethe connector tongue.

3. Fold the connector as illustrated q2 .

4. Then secure the connector tongue intothe retractor base q3 in the ceiling.

WARNING



SSS0241

SSS0249


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X


Attaching rear center seat belt

Always be sure the rear center seat beltconnector tongue and connector buckleare attached. Disconnect only whenfolding down the rear seat.

To connect the buckle:

1. Pull out the seat belt tongue from theretractor base q1 in the ceiling.

2. Pull the seat belt and secure the con-nector buckle until it clicks q2 .

The center seat belt connector tongue andbuckle are indicated by the “D” and “C”mark.

The center seat belt connector tongue canbe attached only into the rear center seatbelt connector buckle.

To fasten the seat belt, see “Fastening theseat belt” earlier in this section.

WARNING


SSS0250


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X



SEAT BELT EXTENDERS

If, because of body size or driving posi-tion, it is not possible to properly fit thelap-shoulder belt and fasten it, an ex-tender is available. The extender adds ap-proximately 8 in (200 mm) of length andmay be used for either the driver or frontpassenger seating position. See anINFINITI dealer for assistance if the ex-tender is required.

WARNING

O Only INFINITI seat belt extenders, madeby the same company which made theoriginal equipment seat belts, should beused with INFINITI seat belts.

O Adults and children who can use thestandard seat belt should not use an ex-tender. Such unnecessary use could re-sult in serious personal injury in theevent of an accident.

O Never use seat belt extenders to installchild restraints. If the child restraint isnot secured properly, the child could beseriously injured in a collision or asudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE

O To clean the seat belt webbings, applya mild soap solution or any solutionrecommended for cleaning upholsteryor carpets. Then brush the webbing,wipe it with a cloth and allow it to dryin the shade. Do not allow the seatbelts to retract until they are com-pletely dry.

O If dirt builds up in the shoulder beltguide of the seat belt anchors, theseat belts may retract slowly. Wipe theshoulder belt guide with a clean, drycloth.

O Periodically check to see that the seatbelt and the metal components such asbuckles, tongues, retractors, flexiblewires and anchors work properly. Ifloose parts, deterioration, cuts orother damage on the webbing isfound, the entire belt assembly shouldbe replaced.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTION ON CHILDRESTRAINTS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint while riding in the vehicle. Failureto use a child restraint can result in seri-ous injury or death.

O Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possible

for even the strongest adult to resist theforces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put thesame seat belt around both your childand yourself.

O Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, never install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingfront air bag could seriously injure or killyour child. A rear-facing child restraintmust only be used in the rear seat.

O INFINITI recommends that the child re-straint be installed in the rear seat. Ac-cording to accident statistics, childrenare safer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a front facing child restraintin the front seat, see “Child restraint in-stallation using the seat belts” in thissection.

O Improper use or improper installation ofa child restraint can increase the risk orseverity of injury for both the child andother occupants of the vehicle and canlead to serious injury or death in an acci-dent.

O Follow all of the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions for installation anduse. When purchasing a child restraint,be sure to select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not be possibleto properly install some types of child re-straints in your vehicle.

O If the child restraint is not anchoredproperly, the risk of a child being injuredin a collision or a sudden stop greatly in-creases.

SSS0099 SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINTS


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loads im-posed by correctly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances are they to beused for adult seat belts or harnesses.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the child restraint, but asupright as possible.

O After attaching the child restraint, test itbefore you place the child in it. Push itfrom side to side while holding the seatnear the LATCH attachment or by theseat belt path. Try to tug it forward andcheck to see if the belt holds the re-straint in place. The child restraintshould not move more than 1 in (25 mm).If the restraint is not secure, tighten thebelt as necessary, or put the restraint inanother seating position and test itagain. You may need to try a differentchild restraint. Not all child restraints fitin all types of vehicles.

O When your child restraint is not in use,keep it secured with LATCH System or aseat belt to prevent it from being thrownaround in case of a sudden stop or acci-dent.

CAUTION

Remember that a child restraint left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot. Checkthe seating surface and buckles before plac-ing your child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universalchild restraint lower anchor system, re-ferred to as the Lower Anchors andTethers for CHildren System or LATCH.Some child restraints include two rigid orwebbing-mounted attachments that canbe connected to these lower anchors. Fordetails, see “Lower Anchors and Tethersfor CHildren System (LATCH)” in this sec-tion.

If you do not have a LATCH compatiblechild restraint, the vehicle seat belts canbe used. See “Child restraint installed us-ing the seat belts” later in this section. Ingeneral, child restraints are also designedto be installed with the lap portion of alap/shoulder seat belt.

Several manufacturers offer child re-straints for infants and small children ofvarious sizes. When selecting any child

restraint, keep the following points inmind:

O Choose only a restraint with a labelcertifying that it complies with FederalMotor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 orCanadian Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dard 213.

O Check the child restraint in your ve-hicle to be sure it is compatible withthe vehicle’s seat and seat beltsystem.

O If the child restraint is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thechild restraint and check the variousadjustments to be sure the child re-straint is compatible with your child.Choose a child restraint that is de-signed for your child’s height andweight. Always follow all recom-mended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Lower Anchors and Tethers forCHildren SYSTEM (LATCH)

Your vehicle is equipped with special an-chor points that are used with Lower An-chors and Tethers for CHildren System(LATCH) compatible child restraints. Thissystem may also be referred to as theISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. Withthis system, you do not have to use a ve-hicle seat belt to secure the child re-straint.

The LATCH anchor points are provided toinstall child restraints in the rear out-board seating positions only. Do not at-tempt to install a child restraint in thecenter position using the LATCH anchors. LATCH lower anchor point

locations

The LATCH anchors are located at the rearof the seat cushion near the seatback. Alabel is attached to the seatback to helpyou locate the LATCH anchors.

WARNING

O Attach LATCH compatible child restraintsonly at the locations shown in the illus-tration. If a child restraint is not securedproperly, your child could be seriouslyinjured or killed in an accident.

O Do not secure a child restraint in thecenter rear seating position using theLATCH anchors. The child restraint willnot be secured properly.

SSS0613ALATCH label location

SSS0637LATCH lower anchor location


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loads im-posed by correctly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstance are they to beused for adult seat belts or harnesses.

O If the cargo cover contacts the top tetherstrap when it is attached to the toptether anchor - remove the cargo coverfrom the vehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment location. Ifthe cargo cover is not removed, it maydamage the top tether strap during a col-lision. Your child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

O Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not conatct the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during a col-lision. Your child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

Installing child restraint LATCHanchor attachments

LATCH compatible child restraints includetwo rigid or webbing-mounted attach-ments that can be connected to two an-chors located at certain seating positionsin your vehicle. With this system, you donot have to use a vehicle seat belt to se-cure the child restraint. Check your childrestraint for a label stating that it is com-patible with LATCH. This information mayalso be in the instructions provided bythe child restraint manufacturer.

LATCH child restraints generally requirethe use of a top tether strap. See “Toptether strap child restraint” in this sectionfor installation instructions.

When installing a child restraint, carefullyread and follow the instructions in thismanual and those supplied with the childrestraint. See “Child restraint installationusing LATCH” in this section.

SSS0643Latch webbing-mounted attachment

SSS0644LATCH rigid attachment


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOP TETHER STRAP CHILDRESTRAINT

If the manufacturer of your child restraintrequires the use of a top tether strap, itmust be secured to an anchor point.

WARNING

O Child restraint anchor points are de-signed to withstand only those loads im-posed by correctly fitted child restraints.Under no circumstances are they to be

used for adult seat belts or harnesses.

O The child restraint top tether strap maybe damaged by contact with the tonneaucover or items in the cargo area. Removethe tonneau cover from the vehicle or se-cure it in the cargo area. Also secure anyitems in the cargo area. Your child couldbe seriously injured or killed in a colli-sion if the top tether strap is damaged.

Top tether anchor point locations

Anchor points are located as illustrated.

qA : for rear left side seat position

qB : for rear center seat position

qC : for rear right side seat position

Installing top tether strap

Secure the child restraint with the rearseat belt or LATCH (rear outboard posi-tions), as applicable. Remove the anchorcover from the anchor point. Keep the re-moved cover in a secure place to preventloss or damage.

Remove the head restraint from the seat-back. Store it in a secure place. Position

the top tether strap over the top of theseatback and secure it to the tether an-chor bracket that provides the straightestinstallation. Tighten the tether strap ac-cording to the manufacturer’s instructionto remove any slack.

For best child restraint fit, see the childrestraint installation instructions in thissection and the child restraint manufac-turer’s instructions.

If you have any questions when installinga top tether strap child restraint on therear seat, consult your INFINITI dealer fordetails.SSS0709


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING LATCH

WARNING

O Attach LATCH compatible child restraintsonly at the locations shown. For theLATCH lower anchor locations, see“Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildrenSystem (LATCH)” in this section. If achild restraint is not secured properly,your child could be seriously injured orkilled in an accident.

O The LATCH anchors are designed to with-stand only those loads imposed by cor-rectly fitted child restraints. Under nocircumstance are they to be used foradult seat belts or harnesses.

O Inspect the lower anchors by insertingyour fingers into the lower anchor areaand feeling to make sure there are no ob-structions over the LATCH anchors, suchas seat belt webbing or seat cushion ma-terial. The child restraint will not be se-cured properly if the LATCH anchors areobstructed.

Front-facing

Follow these steps to install a front-facingchild restraint using LATCH:

1. Adjust the seatback so that it is up-right.

O Do not move the rear seatbacks withthe child restraints attached to them.

2. Position the child restraint on theseat. Always follow the child restraintmanufacturer’s instructions.

3. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached to thelower anchors.

4. The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back. If necessary, adjust or removethe head restraint to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. See “Head re-straint adjustment” in this section.When the head restraint is removed,store it in a secure place. Be sure toinstall the head restraint when thechild restraint is removed.

SSS0645Front facing — step 3



w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your knee tocompress the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

6. If the child restraint is equipped witha top tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point. See “Toptether strap child restraint” in thissection.

7. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, hold child restraint near theLATCH attachment and use force topush the child restraint from side toside, and tug it forward to make surethat it is securely held in place. Itshould not move more than 1 in (25mm). If it does move more than 1 in(25 mm), pull again on the anchor at-tachments to further tighten the childrestraint. If you are unable to properlysecure the restraint, move the re-straint to another seating position andtry again, or try a different child re-

straint. Not all child restraints fit in alltypes of vehicles.

8. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use.If the child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 4 through 7.




w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Rear-facing

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using LATCH System:




3. Secure the child restraint anchor at-tachments to the LATCH lower an-chors. Check to make sure the LATCHattachment is properly attached to thelower anchors.

4. For child restraints that are equippedwith webbing mounted attachments,remove any additional slack from theanchor attachments. Press downwardand rearward firmly in the center ofthe child restraint with your hand tocompress the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while tightening the webbingof the anchor attachments.

SSS0648Rear facing — step 3




w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, hold the child restraint nearthe LATCH attachment and use force topush the child restraint from side toside, and tug it forward to make surethat it is securely held in place. Itshould not move more than 1 in (25mm). If it does move more than 1 in(25 mm), pull again on the anchor at-tachments to further tighten the childrestraint. If you are unable to properlysecure the restraint, move the re-straint to another seating position andtry again, or try a different child re-


6. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use.If the child restraint is loose, repeatsteps 4 through 5.

CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATIONUSING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

O Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, never install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front passenger seat.Front air bags inflate with great force. Arear-facing child restraint could bestruck by the front air bag in a crash andcould seriously injure or kill your child.


SSS0100


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O INFINITI recommends that child re-straints be installed in the rear seat.However, if you must install a forwardfacing child restraint in the front passen-ger seat, move the passenger seat to therearmost position. Also, be sure the frontpassenger air bag status light is illumi-nated to indicate the passenger air bagis OFF. See “Front passenger air bag andstatus light” in this section for details.

O The three-point seat belt in your vehicleis equipped with an Automatic LockingRetractor (ALR) which must be usedwhen installing a child restraint.

O Failure to use the ALR mode will result inthe child restraint not being properly se-cured. The restraint could tip over or oth-erwise be unsecured and cause injury tothe child in a sudden stop or collision.Also, it can change the operation of thefront passenger air bag. See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” in thissection.

O When using the rear center seat belt toinstall a child restraint, make sure theconnector tongue and the seat belttongue are secured. Do not use the seatbelt with only the seat belt tongue at-tached. This could result in serious per-sonal injury in case of an accident orsudden stop.

O A child restraint with a top tether strapshould not be used in the front pas-senger seat.

The instructions in this section apply tochild restraint installation using the ve-hicle seat belts in the rear seat or thefront passenger seat.

Front-facingFollow these steps to install a front-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltin the rear seat or in the front passengerseat:


O Do not move the seats with the childrestraints attached to them.

2. If you must install a child restraint inthe front seat, it should be placed in afront-facing direction only. Move theseat to the rearmost position. Child re-

SSS0640

Front facing (front passenger seat) — step 2


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

straints for infants must be used in therear-facing direction and thereforemust not be used in the front seat.


The back of the child restraint shouldbe secured against the vehicle seat-back. If necessary, adjust or removethe head restraint to obtain the cor-rect child restraint fit. See “Head re-straint adjustment” in this section.

If the head restraint is removed, storeit in a secure place. Be sure to installthe head restraint when the child re-straint is removed.

4. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode. It reverts toEmergency Locking Retractor (ELR)mode when the seat belt is fully re-tracted.

SSS0360BFront facing — step 4



w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

6. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

7. Remove any additional slack from theseat belt; press downward and rear-ward firmly in the center of the childrestraint with your knee to compressthe vehicle seat cushion and seatbackwhile pulling up on the seat belt.

8. If the child restraint is equipped witha top tether strap, route the top tetherstrap and secure the tether strap tothe tether anchor point (rear seat in-stallation only). See “Top tether strapchild restraint” in this section. Do notinstall child restraints equipped with atop tether strap to seating positionsthat do not have a top tether anchor.

9. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, hold the child restraint nearthe seat belt path and use force topush the child restraint from side toside, and tug it forward to make surethat it is securely held in place. Itshould not move more than 1 in (25mm). If it does move more than 1 in(25 mm), pull again on the shoulderbelt to further tighten the child re-straint. If you are unable to properlysecure the restraint, move the re-straint to another seating position andtry again, or try a different child re-





w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X


10. Check that the retractor is in the ALRmode by trying to pull more seat beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pullany more belt webbing out of the re-tractor, the retractor is in the ALRmode.

11. Check to make sure the child restraintis properly secured prior to each use.If the seat belt is not locked, repeatsteps 4 through 9.

12. If the child restraint is installed in thefront passenger seat, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light

should illuminate. If this lightis not illuminated, see “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” in thissection. Move the child restraint to an-other seating position. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt is fully retracted, the ALRmode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

Rear-facing

Follow these steps to install a rear-facingchild restraint using the vehicle seat beltin the rear seat:



2. Child restraints for infants must beused in the rear-facing direction andtherefore must not be used in the frontseat. Position the child restraint onthe seat. Always follow the restraint


SSS0100


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

manufacturer’s instructions.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through thechild restraint and insert it into thebuckle until you hear and feel thelatch engage. Be sure to follow thechild restraint manufacturer’s instruc-tions for belt routing.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt isfully extended. At this time, the seatbelt retractor is in the Automatic Lock-ing Retractor (ALR) mode (child re-straint mode). It reverts to EmergencyLocking Retractor (ELR) mode whenthe seat belt is fully retracted.




w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull upon the shoulder belt to remove anyslack in the belt.

6. Remove any additional slack from thechild restraint; press downward andrearward firmly in the center of thechild restraint with your hand to com-press the vehicle seat cushion andseatback while pulling up on the seatbelt.

7. Before placing the child in the childrestraint, hold the child restraint nearthe seat belt path and use force topush the child restraint from side toside, and tug it forward to make surethat it is securely held in place. Itshould not move more than 1 in (25mm). If it does move more than 1 in(25 mm), pull again on the shoulderbelt to further tighten the child re-straint. If you are unable to properlysecure the restraint, move the re-straint to another rear seating positionand try again, or try a different childrestraint. Not all child restraints fit in





w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

all types of vehicles.

8. Check that the retractor is in the ALRmode by trying to pull more seat beltout of the retractor. If you cannot pullany more seat belt webbing out of theretractor, the retractor is in the ALRmode.

9. Check to make sure that the child re-straint is properly secured prior toeach use. If the belt is not locked, re-peat steps 4 through 7.

After the child restraint is removed andthe seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode(child restraint mode) is canceled.

PRECAUTIONS ON BOOSTER SEATS

WARNING

O Infants and small children should alwaysbe placed in an appropriate child re-straint while riding in the vehicle. Failureto use a child restraint or booster seatcan result in serious injury or death.

O Infants and small children should neverbe carried on your lap. It is not possiblefor even the strongest adult to resist the

forces of a severe accident. The childcould be crushed between the adult andparts of the vehicle. Also, do not put thesame seat belt around both your childand yourself.

O INFINITI recommends that the boosterseat be installed in the rear seat. Accord-ing to accident statistics, children aresafer when properly restrained in therear seat than in the front seat. If youmust install a booster seat in the frontseat, see “Booster seat installation” inthis section.

O A booster seat must only be installed ina seating position that has alap/shoulder belt. Failure to use a three-point type seat belt with a booster seatcan result in a serious injury in suddenstop or collision.

O Improper use or improper installation ofa booster seat can increase the risk orseverity of injury for both the child andother occupants of the vehicle and canlead to serious injury or death in anaccident.

SSS0099

BOOSTER SEATS


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use towels, books, pillows orother items in place of a booster seat.Items such as these may move duringnormal driving or a collision and result inserious injury or death. Booster seatsare designed to be used with alap/shoulder belt. Booster seats are de-signed to properly route the lap andshoulder portions of the seat belt overthe strongest portions of a child’s bodyto provide the maximum protectionduring a collision.

O Follow all of the booster seat manufac-turer’s instructions for installation anduse. When purchasing a booster seat, besure to select one which will fit yourchild and vehicle. It may not be possibleto properly install some types of boosterseats in your vehicle.

O If the booster seat and seat belt is notused properly, the risk of a child beinginjured in a collision or a sudden stopgreatly increases.

O Adjustable seatbacks should be posi-tioned to fit the booster seat, but as up-

right as possible.

O After placing the child in the boosterseat and fastening the seat belt, makesure the shoulder portion of the belt isaway from the child’s face and neck andthe lap portion of the belt does not crossthe abdomen.

O Do not put the shoulder belt behind thechild or under the child’s arm. If youmust install a booster seat in the frontseat, see “Booster seat installation”later in this section.

O When your booster seat is not in use,keep it secured with a seat belt to pre-vent it from being thrown around in caseof a sudden stop or accident.

CAUTION

Remember that a booster seat left in aclosed vehicle can become very hot. Checkthe seating surface and buckles beforeplacing your child in the booster seat.

Booster seats of various sizes are offeredby several manufacturers. When selectingany booster seat, keep the followingpoints in mind:

O Choose only a booster seat with alabel certifying that it complies withFederal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle SafetyStandard 213.

LRS0455


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Check the booster seat in your vehicleto be sure it is compatible with the ve-hicle’s seat and seat belt system.

O Make sure the child’s head will beproperly supported by the boosterseat or vehicle seat. The seat backmust be at or above the center of thechild’s ears. For example, if a low backbooster seat q1 is chosen, the vehicleseat back must be at or above thecenter of the child’s ears. If the seatback is lower than the center of thechild’s ears, a high back booster seatq2 should be used.

O If the booster seat is compatible withyour vehicle, place your child in thebooster seat and check the variousadjustments to be sure the boosterseat is compatible with your child. Al-ways follow all recommended proce-dures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces orterritories require that infants and smallchildren be restrained in an approved childrestraint at all times while the vehicle isbeing operated.

The instructions in this section apply tobooster seat installation in the rear seats

or the front passenger seat.

BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION

WARNING

INFINITI recommends that booster seats beinstalled in the rear seat. However, if youmust install a booster seat in the front pas-senger seat, move the passenger’s seat tothe rearmost position.

CAUTION

Do not use the lap/shoulder belt AutomaticLocking Retractor mode when using abooster seat with the seat belts.

Follow these steps to install a boosterseat in the rear seat or in the front pas-senger seat:

LRS0453 LRS0464


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X


O Do not move the seats with thebooster seat attached to them.

2. If you must install a booster seat in thefront seat, move the seat to the rear-most position.

3. Position the booster seat on the seat.Only place it in a front facing direc-tion. Always follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions.

4. The booster seat should be positionedon the vehicle seat so that it is stable.If necessary, adjust or remove thehead restraint to obtain the correctbooster seat fit. See “Head restraintadjustment” earlier in this section. Ifthe head restraint is removed, store itin a secure place. Be sure to installthe head restraint when the boosterseat is removed.

5. Position the lap portion of the seatbelt low and snug on the child’s hips.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the belt routing.

6. Pull the shoulder belt portion of theseat belt toward the retractor to takeup extra slack. Be sure the shoulderbelt is positioned across the top,middle portion of the child’s shoulder.Be sure to follow the booster seatmanufacturer’s instructions for ad-justing the belt routing.

SSS0640 LRS0451Center position

LRS0452Outboard position


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

7. Follow the warnings, cautions and in-structions for properly fastening a seatbelt shown in the “Three-point seatbelt with retractor” earlier in this sec-tion.

8. If the booster seat is installed in thefront passenger seat, turn the ignitionswitch to the ON position. The frontpassenger air bag status light

may or may not illuminate de-pending on the size of the child andthe type of booster seat used. See“Front passenger air bag and statuslight” in this section.

PRECAUTIONS ON SUPPLEMENTALRESTRAINT SYSTEM

This Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)section contains important informationconcerning the following systems:

O Driver and passenger supplementalfront-impact air bag (INFINITI Ad-vanced Air Bag System)

O Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag

O Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androll-over supplemental air bag

O Seat belt pretensioner

Supplemental front-impact air bag system:The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System canhelp cushion the impact force to the headand chest of the driver and front pas-senger in certain frontal collisions.

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple-mental air bag system: This system canhelp cushion the impact force to the chestarea of the driver and front passenger incertain side impact collisions. The side airbag is designed to inflate on the sidewhere the vehicle is impacted.

LRS0454Front seat

SSS0614

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag system: Thissystem can help cushion the impact force tothe head of occupants in front and rear out-board seating positions in certain side im-pact or rollover collisions. In a side impact,the curtain and rollover air bags are designedto inflate on the side where the vehicle is im-pacted. In a rollover both curtain and rolloverair bags are designed to inflate and remaininflated for a short period of time.

These supplemental restraint systems aredesigned to supplement the crash protec-tion provided by the driver and passengerseat belts and are not a substitute forthem. Seat belts should always be cor-rectly worn and the occupant seated asuitable distance away from the steeringwheel, instrument panel and door fin-ishers. (See “Seat belts” earlier in thissection for instructions and precautionson seat belt usage.)

The supplemental air bags operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ON position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bag warninglight illuminates. The supplemental air bagwarning light will turn off after about 7 sec-onds if the systems are operational.

WARNING

O The front air bags ordinarily will not in-flate in the event of a side impact, rearimpact, rollover, or lower severity frontalcollision. Always wear your seat belts tohelp reduce the risk or severity of injuryin various kinds of accidents.

O The front passenger air bag will not in-flate if the passenger air bag status light

is lit or if the front passenger seat is un-occupied. See “Front passenger air bagand status light” later in this section.

O The seat belts and the front air bags aremost effective when you are sitting wellback and upright in the seat. The frontair bags inflate with great force. Evenwith the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, if you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of posi-tion in any way, you are at greater risk of

SSS0131


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

injury or death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries from thefront air bag if you are up against it whenit inflates. Always sit back against theseatback and as far away as practicalfrom the steering wheel or instrumentpanel. Always use the seat belts.

O The driver and front passenger seat beltbuckles are equipped with sensors thatdetect if the seat belts are fastened. TheAdvanced Air Bag System monitors theseverity of a collision and seat beltusage then inflates the air bags. Failureto properly wear seat belts can increasethe risk or severity of injury in an acci-dent.

O The front passenger seat is equippedwith an occupant classification sensor(pressure sensor) that turns the frontpassenger air bag OFF under some con-ditions. This sensor is only used in thisseat. Failure to be properly seated andwearing the seat belt can increase therisk or severity of injury in an accident.

See “Front Passenger air bag and statuslight” later in this section.

O Keep hands on the outside of thesteering wheel. Placing them inside thesteering wheel rim could increase therisk that they are injured when thesupplemental front air bag inflates.


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

SSS0132 SSS0006

SSS0007


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Never let children ride unrestrained orextend their hands or face out of thewindow. Do not attempt to hold them inyour lap or arms. Some examples of dan-gerous riding positions are shown in theprevious illustrations.

O Children may be severely injured orkilled when the front air bags, side airbags or curtain and rollover air bags in-flate if they are not properly restrained.Pre-teens and children should be prop-erly restrained in the rear seat, if pos-sible.

O Even with the INFINITI Advanced Air BagSystem, never install a rear-facing childrestraint in the front seat. An inflatingsupplemental front air bag could seri-ously injure or kill your child. See “Childrestraints” earlier in this section for de-tails.

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Front seat-mounted side-impact supplementalair bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bags:

O The side air bags and curtain and roll-over air bags ordinarily will not inflate inthe event of a frontal impact, rear impactor lower severity side collision.

Always wear your seat belts to help re-duce the risk or severity of injury in vari-ous kinds of accidents.

O The seat belts, the side air bags and cur-tain and rollover air bags are most effec-tive when you are sitting well back andupright in the seat. The side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag inflate withgreat force. Do not allow anyone to placetheir hand, leg or face near the side-impact air bag on the side of the seat-back of the front seat or near the side

roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting inthe front seats or rear outboard seats toextend their hand out of the window orlean against the door. Some examples ofdangerous riding positions are shown inthe illustrations.

O When sitting in the rear seat, do not holdonto the seatback of the front seat. If theside-impact air bag inflates, you may beseriously injured. Be especially carefulwith children, who should always beproperly restrained.

SSS0059A

Do not lean against doorSSS0188A

Do not lean against doors or windowsSSS0140


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use seat covers on the front seat-backs. They may interfere with side airbag inflation.

SSS0159 SSS0162

Do not lean against doors or windows


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Crash zone sensor

2. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bags

3. Occupant classification system controlunit

4. Occupant classification sensor (pres-sure sensor)

5. Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag modules

6. Supplemental front air bag modules

7. Air bag Control Unit (ACU)

8. Seat belt pretensioner

9. Satellite sensors

10. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact androllover supplemental air bag modules

INFINITI ADVANCED AIR BAGSYSTEM (front seats)

This vehicle is equipped with the INFINITIAdvanced Air Bag System for the driverand front passenger seats. This system isdesigned to meet certification require-ments under U.S. regulations. It is alsopermitted in Canada. However, all of theinformation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.

The driver supplemental front-impact airbag is located in the center of thesteering wheel. The passenger supple-mental front-impact air bag is mounted inthe instrument panel above the glove box.The front air bags are designed to inflatein higher severity frontal collisions, al-though they may inflate if the forces inanother type of collision are similar tothose of a higher severity frontal impact.They may not inflate in certain frontal col-lisions. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) isnot always an indication of proper supple-mental air bag system operation.

The INFINITI Advanced Air Bag System hasdual stage inflators. It also monitors infor-mation from the crash zone sensor, theAir bag Control Unit (ACU), seat beltbuckle switches, occupant classificationsensor (pressure sensor) and passengerseat belt tension sensor. Inflator opera-tion is based on the severity of a collisionand seat belt usage of the driver. For thefront passenger, it additionally monitorsthe weight of an occupant or object onthe seat and seat belt tension. Based oninformation from the sensors, only onefront air bag may inflate in a crash, de-pending on the crash severity andwhether the front occupants are belted or

SSS0597


w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

unbelted. Additionally, the front pas-senger air bag may be automaticallyturned OFF under some conditions, de-pending on the weight detected on thepassenger seat and how the seat belt isused. If the front passenger air bag isOFF, the passenger air bag status lightwill be illuminated (if the seat is unoccu-pied, the light will not be illuminated, butthe air bag will be off.). See “Front pas-senger air bag and status light” later inthis section for further details. One frontair bag inflating does not indicate im-proper performance of the system.

If you have any questions about your airbag system, contact INFINITI or an INFINITIdealer. If you are considering modifica-tions of your vehicle due to a disability,you may also contact INFINITI. Contact in-formation is contained in the front of thisOwner’s Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by releaseof smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken to not inhale it, as it may cause irri-tation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Front air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe head and chest of the front occu-pants. They can help save lives and re-duce serious injuries. However, an in-flating front air bag may cause facialabrasions or other injuries. Front air bagsdo not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

Even with INFINITI advanced air bags, seatbelts should be correctly worn and thedriver and passenger seated upright asfar as practical away from the steeringwheel or instrument panel. The front airbags inflate quickly in order to help pro-tect the front occupants. Because of this,the force of the front air bag inflating canincrease the risk of injury if the occupantis too close to, or is against, the front airbag module during inflation.

The front air bags deflate quickly after acollision.

The front air bags operate only when theignition switch is in the ON or START posi-tion.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system is op-erational.


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front passenger air bag andstatus light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF under some condi-tions. Read this section carefully to learnhow it operates. Proper use of the seat, seatbelt and child restraints is necessary formost effective protection. Failure to follow

all instructions in this manual concerningthe use of seats, seat belts and child re-straints can increase the risk or severity ofinjury in an accident.

Status light:

The front passenger air bag status lightis located on the map light cover.

The light operates as follows:

O Unoccupied passenger seat: Theis OFF and the front passenger

air bag is OFF and will not inflate in acrash.

O Passenger seat occupied by a smalladult, child or child restraint as out-lined in this section: The illu-minates to indicate that the front pas-senger air bag is OFF and will not in-flate in a crash.

O Occupied passenger seat and the pas-senger meets the conditions outlinedin this section: The light is OFFto indicate that the front passenger airbag is operational.

Front passenger air bag:

The front passenger air bag is designed toautomatically turn OFF when the vehicle isoperated under some conditions as de-scribed below in accordance with U.S.regulations. If the front passenger air bagis OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. Thedriver air bag and other air bags in yourvehicle are not part of this system.

The purpose of the regulation is to helpreduce the risk of injury or death from aninflating air bag to certain front passengerseat occupants, such as children, by re-quiring the air bag to be automaticallyturned OFF. Certain sensors are used tomeet the requirements.

One sensor used is the occupant classifi-cation sensor (pressure sensor). It is inthe bottom of the front passenger seatcushion and is designed to detect an oc-cupant and objects on the seat by weight.It works together with seat belt sensorsdescribed later. For example, if a child isin the front passenger seat, the AdvancedAir Bag System is designed to turn thepassenger air bag OFF in accordance withthe regulations. Also, if a child restraint ofthe type specified in the regulations is onthe seat, its weight and the child’s weight

SSS0614


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

can be detected and cause the air bag toturn OFF. The occupant classification sen-sor operation can vary depending on thefront passenger seat belt sensors.

The front passenger seat belt sensors aredesigned to detect if the seat belt isbuckled and the amount of tension on theseat belt, such as when it is in the Auto-matic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode (childrestraint mode). Based on the weight onthe seat detected by the occupant classi-fication sensor and the belt tension de-tected on the seat belt, the advanced airbag system determines whether the frontpassenger air bag should be automati-cally turned OFF as required by the regu-lations.

Front passenger seat adult occupants whoare properly seated and using the seatbelt as outlined in this manual should notcause the passenger air bag to be auto-matically turned OFF. For small adults itmay be turned OFF. However, if the occu-pant takes his/her weight off the seatcushion (for example, by not sitting up-right, by sitting on an edge of the seat, orby otherwise being out of position), thiscould cause the sensor to turn the air bagOFF. In addition, if the occupant improp-erly uses the seat belt in the ALR mode,

this could cause the air bag to be turnedOFF. Always be sure to be seated andwearing the seat belt properly for themost effective protection by the seat beltand supplemental air bag.

INFINITI recommends that pre-teens andchildren be properly restrained in a rearseat. INFINITI also recommends that ap-propriate child restraints and boosterseats be properly installed in a rear seat.If this is not possible, the occupant clas-sification sensor and seat belt sensorsare designed to operate as describedabove to turn the front passenger air bagOFF for specified child restraints as re-quired by the regulations. Failing to prop-erly secure child restrains and to use theALR mode may allow the restraint to tip ormove in an accident or sudden stop. Thiscan also result in the passenger air baginflating in a crash instead of being OFF.See “Child restraints” earlier in this sec-tion for proper use and installation.

If the front passenger seat is not occu-pied, the passenger air bag is designednot to inflate in a crash. However, heavyobjects placed on the seat could result inair bag inflation, because of the object’sweight detected by the occupant classifi-cation sensor. Other conditions could also

result in air bag inflation, such as if achild is standing on the seat, or if twochildren are on the seat, contrary to theinstructions in this manual. Always besure that you and all vehicle occupantsare seated and restrained properly.

Using the passenger air bag status light,you can monitor when the front pas-senger air bag is automatically turned OFFwith the seat occupied. The light will notilluminate when the front passenger seatis unoccupied.

If an adult occupant is in the seat but thepassenger air bag status light is illumi-nated (indicating that the air bag is OFF),it could be that the person is a smalladult, or is not sitting on the seat prop-erly or is not using the seat belt properly.

If a child restraint must be used in thefront seat, the passenger air bag statuslight may or may not be illuminated, de-pending on the size of the child and thetype of child restraint being used. If theair bag status light is not illuminated (in-dicating that the air bag might inflate in acrash), it could be that the child restraintor seat belt is not being used properly.


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

Make sure that the child restraint is in-stalled properly, the seat belt is usedproperly and the occupant is positionedproperly. If the air bag status light is stillnot illuminated, reposition the occupantor child restraint in a rear seat.

If the passenger air bag status light willnot illuminate even though you believethat the child restraint, the belts and theoccupant are properly positioned, thesystem may be sensing an unoccupiedseat (in which case the air bag is OFF).Your INFINITI dealer can check that thesystem is OFF by using a special tool.However, until you have confirmed withyour dealer that your air bag is workingproperly, reposition the occupant or childrestraint in a rear seat.

The INFINITI advanced air bag system andpassenger air bag status light will take afew seconds to register a change in thepassenger seat status. For example, if alarge adult who is sitting in the front pas-senger seat exits the vehicle, the passen-ger air bag status light will change fromOFF to ON for a few seconds and then toOFF. This is normal system operation anddoes not indicate a malfunction.

If a malfunction occurs in the front pas-

senger air bag system, the supplementalair bag warning light , located in themeter and gauges area, will blink. Havethe system checked by an INFINITI dealer.

Other supplemental front-impactair bag precautions

WARNING

O Do not place any objects on the steeringwheel pad or on the instrument panel.Also, do not place any objects betweenany occupant and the steering wheel orinstrument panel. Such objects may be-come dangerous projectiles and causeinjury if the front air bag inflates.

O Immediately after inflation, several frontair bag system components will be hot.Do not touch them; you may severelyburn yourself.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thesupplemental air bag system. This is toprevent accidental inflation of thesupplemental air bag or damage to the

supplemental air bag system.

O Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or front end structure. Thiscould affect proper operation of the airbag system.

O Tampering with the front air bag systemmay result in serious personal injury.Tampering includes changes to thesteering wheel and the instrument panelassembly by placing material over thesteering wheel pad and above the instru-ment panel or by installing additionaltrim material around the air bag system.

O Modifying or tampering with the frontpassenger seat may result in seriouspersonal injury. For example, do notchange the front seats by placing mate-rial on the seat cushion or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, on the seat that are not specifi-cally designed to assure proper air bagoperation. Additionally, do not stow anyobjects under the front passenger seat


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

or the seat cushion and seatback. Suchobjects may interfere with the proper op-eration of the occupant classificationsensor (pressure sensor).

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of theseat belt system. This may affect thefront air bag system. Tampering with theseat belt system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

O Work on and around the front air bagsystem should be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an INFINITIdealer. The Supplemental RestraintSystem (SRS) wiring should not be modi-fied or disconnected. Unauthorized elec-trical test equipment and probing de-vices should not be used on the air bagsystem.

O A cracked windshield should be replacedimmediately by a qualified repair facility.A cracked windshield could affect thefunction of the supplemental air bagsystem.

O The SRS wiring harness connectors areyellow and orange for easy identifica-tion.

When selling your vehicle, we requestthat you inform the buyer about the frontair bag system and guide the buyer to theappropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

Front seat-mounted side-impactsupplemental air bag androof-mounted curtain side-impactand rollover supplemental air bagsystemsThe side air bags are located in the out-side of the seatback of the front seats.The curtain and rollover air bags are lo-cated in the side roof rails. These systemsare designed to meet voluntary guidelinesto help reduce the risk of injury to out-of-position occupants. However, all of the in-formation, cautions and warnings in thismanual still apply and must be followed.

SSS0190


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags are designed to inflate in higherseverity side collisions, although theymay inflate if the forces in another type ofcollision are similar to those of a higherseverity side impact. They are designed toinflate on the side where the vehicle isimpacted. They may not inflate in certainside collisions.

Curtain and rollover air bags are also de-signed to inflate in certain types of roll-over collisions or near rollovers. Vehicledamage (or lack of it) is not always an in-dication of proper side air bag and curtainand rollover air bag operation.

When the side air bags and curtain androllover air bags inflate, a fairly loudnoise may be heard, followed by releaseof smoke. This smoke is not harmful anddoes not indicate a fire. Care should betaken not to inhale it, as it may cause irri-tation and choking. Those with a historyof a breathing condition should get freshair promptly.

Side air bags, along with the use of seatbelts, help to cushion the impact force onthe chest of the front occupants. Curtainand rollover air bags help to cushion theimpact force to the head of occupants inthe front and rear outboard seating posi-tions. They can help save lives and reduceserious injuries. However, an inflatingside air bag or curtain and rollover air bagmay cause abrasions or other injuries.Side air bags and curtain and rollover airbags do not provide restraint to the lowerbody.

The seat belts should be correctly wornand the driver and passenger seated up-right as far as practical away from the sideair bag. Rear seat passengers should beseated as far away as practical from thedoor finishers and side roof rails. The sideair bags and curtain and rollover air bagsinflate quickly in order to help protect thefront occupants and rear-outboard occu-pants. Because of this, the force of theside air bag and curtain air bag inflatingcan increase the risk of injury if the occu-pant is too close to, or is against, theseair bag modules during inflation. The sideair bag will deflate quickly after the colli-sion is over.

The curtain side-impact and rollover airbag will remain inflated for a short time.

The side air bags and curtain and rolloverair bags operate only when the ignitionswitch is in the ON or START position.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the systems areoperational.

WARNING

O Do not place any objects near the seat-back of the front seats. Also, do notplace any objects (an umbrella, bag,etc.) between the front door finisher andthe front seat. Such objects may becomedangerous projectiles and cause injury ifa side air bag inflates.

O Immediately after inflation, several sideair bag and curtain and rollover air bagsystem components will be hot. Do nottouch them; you may severely burnyourself.


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring ofthis side air bag and curtain and rolloverair bag system. This is to prevent acci-dental inflation of the side air bag andcurtain side-impact air bag or damage tothe side air bag and curtain and rolloverair bag systems.

O Do not make unauthorized changes toyour vehicle’s electrical system, suspen-sion system or side panel. This could af-fect proper operation of the side air bagand curtain and rollover air bag systems.

O Tampering with the system may result inserious personal injury. For example, donot change the front seat by placing ma-terial near the seatback or by installingadditional trim material, such as seatcovers, around the side air bag.

O Work around and on the side air bag andcurtain and rollover air bag systemshould be done by an INFINITI dealer. In-stallation of electrical equipment shouldalso be done by an INFINITI dealer. The

SRS wiring harnesses* should not bemodified or disconnected. Unauthorizedelectrical test equipment and probingdevices should not be used on the sideair bag or curtain and rollover systems.

* The SRS wiring harnesses connectorsare yellow for easy identification.

When selling your vehicle, we requestthat you inform the buyer about the sideair bag and curtain and rollover air bagsystems and guide the buyer to the appro-priate sections in this Owner’s Manual.

Seat belts with pretensioners (Forfront seats)

WARNING

O The pretensioners cannot be reusedafter activation. They must be replacedtogether with the retractor and buckle asa unit.

O If the vehicle becomes involved in a fron-tal collision but a pretensioner is not ac-tivated, be sure to have the pretensionersystem checked and, if necessary, re-placed by an INFINITI dealer.

O No unauthorized changes should bemade to any components or wiring of thepretensioner system. This is to preventdamage to or accidental activation of thepretensioners. Tampering with the pre-tensioner system may result in seriouspersonal injury.

O Work around and on the pretensionersystem should be done by an INFINITIdealer. Installation of electrical equip-ment should also be done by an INFINITIdealer. Unauthorized electrical testequipment and probing devices shouldnot be used on the pretensioner system.

O If you need to dispose of a pretensioneror scrap the vehicle, contact an INFINITIdealer. Correct pretensioner disposalprocedures are set forth in the appro-priate INFINITI Service Manual. Incorrectdisposal procedures could cause per-sonal injury.


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

The pretensioner system activates in con-junction with the front air bag system.Working with the seat belt retractor, ithelps tighten the seat belt when the ve-hicle becomes involved in certain types ofcollisions, helping to restrain front seatoccupants.

The pretensioner is encased with the seatbelt retractor. These seat belts are usedin the same way as conventional seatbelts.

When a pretensioner activates, smoke isreleased and a loud noise may be heard.The smoke is not harmful and does notindicate a fire. Care should be taken notto inhale it as it may cause irritation andchoking. Those with a history of a breath-ing condition should get fresh airpromptly.

After pretensioner activation, load limitersallow the seat belt to release webbing (ifnecessary) to reduce forces against thechest.

If any abnormality occurs in the preten-sioner system, the supplemental air bagwarning light will not come on, willflash intermittently or will turn on for 7seconds and remain on after the ignitionswitch has been turned to the ON orSTART position. In this case, the preten-sioner may not function properly. Theymust be checked and repaired. Take yourvehicle to an INFINITI dealer.

When selling your vehicle, we requestthat you inform the buyer about the pre-tensioner system and guide the buyer tothe appropriate sections in this Owner’sManual.

q1 SRS air bag warning labels

The warning labels are located on the sur-face of the sun visor.

q2 Front seat-mountedside-impact supplemental air bagwarning label

The warning label is located on the sideof the passenger’s side center pillar.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLABELS

Warning labels about the supplemental

SSS0362


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

front-impact air bag, front seat-mountedside-impact supplemental air bag androof-mounted curtain side-impact and roll-over supplemental air bag systems areplaced in the vehicle as shown in the il-lustration.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNINGLIGHT

The supplemental air bag warning light,displaying in the instrument panel,monitors the circuits of the supplementalfront-impact air bag, front seat-mountedside-impact supplemental air bag, roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rolloversupplemental air bag systems and seatbelt pretensioner systems. The monitoredcircuits include the Air bag Control Unit(ACU), crash zone sensor, rollover sen-sors, satellite sensors, occupant classifi-cation system, front air bag modules, side

air bag modules, curtain air bag modules,pretensioners and all related wiring.

After turning the ignition switch to the ONor START position, the supplemental airbag warning light illuminates. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system is op-erational.

If any of the following conditions occur,the front air bag, side air bag, curtain androllover air bag and pretensioner systemsneed servicing:

O The supplemental air bag warninglight remains on after approximately 7seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warninglight does not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag,side air bag, and curtain and rollover airbag or pretensioner systems may not op-erate properly. It must be checked and re-paired. Take your vehicle to an INFINITIdealer.

SPA1097


w 07.11.21/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain and rollover air bag and/orpretensioner systems will not operate in anaccident. To help avoid injury to yourself orothers, have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

Repair and replacement procedure

The front air bags, side air bags, curtainand rollover air bags and pretensionerseat belts are designed to inflate on aone-time-only basis. As a reminder, un-less it is damaged, the supplemental airbag warning light will remain illuminatedafter inflation has occurred. Repair andreplacement of these systems should bedone only by an INFINITI dealer.

When maintenance work is required on thevehicle, the front air bags, side air bags,curtain and rollover air bags, pretensionersand related parts should be pointed out tothe person conducting the maintenance.The ignition switch should always be in theLOCK position when working under thehood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

O Once a front air bag, side air bag or cur-tain and rollover air bag has inflated, theair bag module will not function againand must be replaced. Additionally, ifany of the front air bags inflate, the acti-vated pretensioners must also be re-placed. The air bag module and preten-sioner system should be replaced by anINFINITI dealer. The air bag module andpretensioner system cannot be repaired.

O The front air bag, side air bag and curtainand rollover air bag systems, and preten-sioner system should be inspected by anINFINITI dealer if there is any damage to thefront end or side portion of the vehicle.

O If you need to dispose of a supplementalair bag or pretensioner systems or scrapthe vehicle, contact an INFINITI dealer.Correct supplemental air bag and preten-sioner system disposal procedures areset forth in the appropriate INFINITI Ser-vice Manual. Incorrect disposal proce-dures could cause personal injury.


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

2 Instruments and controls

Instrument panel .............................................. 2-2Meters and gauges........................................... 2-3

Speedometer and odometer ........................ 2-4Tachometer ................................................. 2-4Engine coolant temperature gauge .............. 2-5Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5

Compass display .............................................. 2-6Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders......................................................... 2-9

Checking bulbs ........................................... 2-9Warning lights ........................................... 2-10Indicator lights........................................... 2-15Audible reminders...................................... 2-17

Security systems............................................. 2-18Vehicle security system ............................. 2-18INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System.......... 2-20

Windshield wiper and washer switch ............. 2-21Rear window wiper and washer switch .......... 2-22Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch............................................................. 2-23Headlight and turn signal switch ................... 2-24

Xenon headlights ..................................... 2-24Headlight switch ...................................... 2-24

Daytime running light system(Canada only) ........................................... 2-27Instrument brightness control ................... 2-28Turn signal switch .................................... 2-28Fog light switch......................................... 2-28

Hazard warning flasher switch........................ 2-29Horn ............................................................... 2-29Heated seats (if so equipped)......................... 2-30Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch (if soequipped)........................................................ 2-31SNOW mode switch......................................... 2-31Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off switch ....... 2-32Clock .............................................................. 2-32

Adjusting the time..................................... 2-32Power outlet ................................................... 2-33Storage........................................................... 2-34

Sunglasses holder..................................... 2-34Storage box............................................... 2-35Cup holders............................................... 2-35Glove box.................................................. 2-36Console box .............................................. 2-38Luggage floor boxes (if so equipped) ........ 2-38Card holder (for driver’s side) ................... 2-38Cargo net (if so equipped)......................... 2-39

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Cargo cover (if so equipped) ..................... 2-39Windows ........................................................ 2-40

Power windows ......................................... 2-40Sunroof (if so equipped)................................. 2-42

Automatic sunroof ..................................... 2-42Interior light ................................................... 2-44

Room light ................................................ 2-44Map light .................................................. 2-44Ceiling light (if so equipped) ..................... 2-45Rear personal light .................................. 2-46Cargo light ................................................ 2-47

Vanity mirror light .......................................... 2-47

HomeLink Universal Transceiver (if soequipped) ....................................................... 2-47

Programming HomeLink .......................... 2-48Programming HomeLink for Canadiancustomers ................................................. 2-49Operating the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ................................................ 2-50Programming trouble-diagnosis ................. 2-50Clearing the programmed information ....... 2-50Reprogramming a single HomeLinkbutton ....................................................... 2-50If your vehicle is stolen.............................. 2-51

w 07.8.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Outside mirror remote control2. Headlight, fog light and turn signal

switch3. Trip odometer reset knob4. Instrument brightness control switch5. Headlight aiming control switch6. Trip odometer select knob7. Steering switch for Audio/Bluetooth

Hands-Free Phone System(if so equipped)

8. Security indicator light9. Meters and gauges10. Driver supplemental air bag11. Cruise control main/set switch or In-

telligent cruise control switch (if soequipped)

12. Windshield wiper/washer switch13. Ignition switch14. Center ventilator15. Display/Navigation system

(if so equipped)*16. Audio system17. Center multi-function control panel18. Front passenger supplemental air bag19. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch

(if so equipped)20. Hood release handle21. Fuse box22. SNOW mode switch23. Parking brakeSSI0182

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-2 Instruments and controls

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

24. Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFFswitch

25. Tilting/telescopic steering wheelswitch

26. Storage box and power outlet27. Hazard warning flasher switch28. Automatic transmission selector lever29. Heated seat switch30. Clock31. Automatic climate control system32. Glove box*: Refer to the separate Navigation System

Owner’s Manual. (if so equipped)

1. Warning/Indicator lights

2. Tachometer

3. Speedometer

4. Engine coolant temperature gauge

5. Intelligent cruise control system dis-

play (if so equipped)

6. Automatic transmission position indi-cator

7. Odometer (Total/Twin trip)

8. Fuel gauge

SIC2135

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER

Speedometer

The speedometer indicates vehicle speed(MPH and km/h).

Odometer/Twin trip odometer

The odometer/twin trip odometer are dis-played when the ignition switch is in theON position.

The odometer q1 records the total dis-tance the vehicle has been driven.

The twin trip odometer q2 records thedistance of individual trips.

Changing the display:

Pushing the trip knob q3 changes the dis-play as follows:

TRIP A → TRIP B → TRIP A

Resetting the trip odometer:

Push and hold the reset knob q4 to resetthe trip odometer to zero.

Elapsed time, driving distance and av-erage speed information are also avail-able. Refer to “How to use “TRIP” button”in the “4. Display screen, heater, air con-ditioner and audio systems” section.

TACHOMETER

The tachometer indicates engine speed inrevolutions per minute (rpm).

Do not rev the engine into the red zoneqA .

CAUTION

When engine speed approaches the redzone, shift to a higher gear. Operating theengine in the red zone may cause serious en-gine damage.

SIC2136

SIC2551


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATUREGAUGE

NOTE:

The ignition key must be in the ON positionfor the gauge to give a reading.

The gauge indicates the engine coolanttemperature. The engine coolant tempera-ture is within the normal range when thereading is within the zone qA shown inthe illustration.The engine coolant temperature varieswith the outside air temperature and driv-ing conditions.

CAUTION

If the gauge indicates an engine coolanttemperature near the hot (H) end of thenormal range, reduce vehicle speed to de-crease the temperature. If the gauge is overthe normal range qA , stop the vehicle assoon as safely possible. If the engine isoverheated, continued operation of the ve-hicle may seriously damage the engine. See“If your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section for immediate actionrequired.

FUEL GAUGE

The gauge indicates the approximate fuellevel in the tank.

The gauge may move slightly during brak-ing, turning, acceleration, or going up ordown hill.

The gauge needle is designed to move tothe E (Empty) position when the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position.

Refill the fuel tank before the gauge regis-ters Empty.

SIC2137A SIC3119


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The low fuel warning light qA comes onwhen the fuel tank is getting low. Refuel assoon as it is convenient, preferably beforethe gauge reaches E. There will be a smallreserve of fuel in the tank when the fuelgauge needle reaches E.

The indicates that the fuel-filler dooris located on the passenger’s side of thevehicle.

CAUTION

O If the vehicle runs out of fuel, themalfunction indicator light (MIL)

may come on. Refuel as soon as pos-sible. After a few driving trips, the

light should turn off. If the light re-mains on after a few driving trips, havethe vehicle inspected by an INFINITIdealer.

O For additional information, see “Mal-function indicator light (MIL)” later inthis section.

When the compass switch qA is pushed,the compass display qB will indicate thedirection the vehicle is heading.

N: north

E: east

S: south

W: west

If the display reads “C” or compassswitch qA is pushed for 9 seconds (TypeB), calibrate the compass by driving thevehicle in 3 complete circles at less than5 MPH (8 km/h).

You can also calibrate the compass bydriving your vehicle on your everydayroute. The compass will be calibratedonce it has tracked 3 complete circles.

To turn off the compass, push qA again.

SIC3150Type A

SIC3014Type B

COMPASS DISPLAY


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Zone variation change procedure

The difference between magnetic northand geographical north is known as vari-ance. In some areas, this difference cansometimes be great enough to causefalse compass readings. Follow these in-structions to set the variance for your par-ticular location if this happens:

1. Push the compass switch for morethan 3 seconds. The current zonenumber will appear in the display.

2. Find your current location and vari-ance number on the zone map.

3. Push and hold the compass switchuntil the new zone number appears inthe display, then release the switch.After you release the switch, the dis-play will show a compass directionwithin a few seconds.

Inaccurate compass direction:

1. With the display turned on, push thecompass switch for 3 seconds, until azone selection number is displayed inthe mirror compass window.

2. Push the compass switch repeatedly(toggle) until the correct zone is dis-played, then release the switch.SIC0611B


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. The display returns to the normal com-pass mode within 10 seconds after theswitch is released.

4. If the vehicle changes zone, repeatsteps 1 thru 3. See map.

O If the compass deviates from the cor-rect direction after repeated adjust-ment, have the compass checked atan INFINITI dealer.

O The compass may not indicate the cor-rect compass point in tunnels or whiledriving up or down a steep hill.(The compass returns to the correctcompass point when the vehiclemoves to an area where the geomag-netism is stabilized.)

CAUTION

O Do not install a ski rack, antenna, etc.which are attached to the vehicle bymeans of a magnet. They affect the op-eration of the compass.

O When cleaning the mirror, use a papertowel or similar material dampened withglass cleaner. Do not spray glass

cleaner directly on the mirror as it maycause the liquid cleaner to enter the mir-ror housing.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

All-Wheel Drive (AWD) warning light (AWDmodels)

Low fuel warning light Front passenger air bag status light

or Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) warning light

Low tire pressure warning light High beam indicator light (Blue)

Automatic transmission check warninglight

Low washer fluid warning lightIntelligent Cruise Control system MAINswitch indicator light (Green; if soequipped)

or Brake warning lightPreview Function warning light (Orange;if so equipped)

Intelligent Cruise Control system setswitch indicator light (if so equipped)

Charge warning lightRun-flat tire warning light (if soequipped)

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) systemindicator light (Orange; if so equipped)

Door open warning light Seat belt warning light Malfunction indicator light (MIL)

Engine oil pressure warning light Supplemental air bag warning light Slip indicator light

P position selecting warning light andchime (if so equipped)

Automatic transmission position indicatorlight

Snow mode indicator light

Intelligent Cruise Control system warninglight (Orange; if so equipped)

Cruise main switch indicator light (Green) Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Intelligent Key warning light (if soequipped)

Cruise set switch indicator lightVehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) off indica-tor light

CHECKING BULBSApply the parking brake and turn the igni-tion switch to ON without starting the en-gine. The following lights will come on:

, or , , , ,, ,

The following lights come on briefly andthen go off:

, or , , , ,, , , ,

If any light fails to come on, it may indi-cate a burned-out bulb or an open circuitin the electrical system. Have the systemrepaired promptly.

WARNING/INDICATOR LIGHTS ANDAUDIBLE REMINDERS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING LIGHTS

All-Wheel Drive (AWD)warning light (AWD models)

The AWD warning light comes on whenthe ignition switch is turned to ON. Itturns off soon after the engine is started.

If the AWD system malfunctions or therevolution, or radius of the front and therear wheel are different, the warning lightwill either remain illuminated or blink.See “All-Wheel Drive (AWD)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

CAUTION

O If the warning light comes on while driv-ing there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

O If the AWD warning light blinks on whenyou are driving:

- blinks rapidly (about twice a second):Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. The driving mode will

change to 2WD to prevent the AWDsystem from malfunctioning.If the warning light turns off, you candrive again.

- blinks slowly (about once every 2 sec-onds):Pull off the road in a safe area, andidle the engine. Check that all tiresizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn.If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soonas possible.

or Anti-lock BrakingSystem (ABS)warning light

When the ignition switch is in the ON po-sition, the Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)warning light illuminates and then turnsoff. This indicates the ABS is operational.

If the ABS warning light illuminates whilethe engine is running, or while driving, itmay indicate the ABS is not functioning

properly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI dealer.

If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake sys-tem then operates normally, but withoutanti-lock assistance. See “Brake system”in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

Automatic transmissioncheck warning light

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the automatic transmissioncheck warning light comes on and thenturns off. This indicates that the auto-matic transmission system is operational.

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning or while driving, it may indicatethat the automatic transmission system isnot functioning properly. Have an INFINITIdealer check and repair the transmission.

or Brake warninglight

This light functions for both the parkingbrake and the foot brake systems.

Parking brake indicator:

When the ignition switch is in the ON po-


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

sition, the light comes on when the park-ing brake is applied.

Low brake fluid warning light:

The light warns of a low brake fluid level.If the light comes on while the engine isrunning with the parking brake not ap-plied, stop the vehicle and perform thefollowing:

1. Check the brake fluid level. Add brakefluid as necessary. See “Brake fluid”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

WARNING

O Your brake system may not be workingproperly if the warning light is on.Driving could be dangerous. If you judgeit to be safe, drive carefully to thenearest service station for repairs. Oth-erwise, have your vehicle towed becausedriving it could be dangerous.

O Pressing the brake pedal with the en-gine stopped and/or a low brake fluidlevel may increase your stopping dis-tance and braking will require greater

pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

O If the brake fluid level is below the MINI-MUM or MIN mark on the brake fluid res-ervoir, do not drive until the brakesystem has been checked at an INFINITIdealer.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, havethe warning system checked by anINFINITI dealer.

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warningindicator:

When the parking brake is released andthe brake fluid level is sufficient, if boththe brake warning light and the ABSwarning light illuminate, it may indicatethe ABS is not functioning properly. Havethe brake system checked by an INFINITIdealer. See “Anti-lock Braking System(ABS) Warning light” earlier in this sec-tion.

Charge warning light

If the light comes on while the engine isrunning, it may indicate that the chargingsystem is not functioning properly. Turnthe engine off and check the alternator

belt. If the belt is loose, broken, missingor if the light remains on, see an INFINITIdealer immediately.

CAUTION

Do not continue driving if the generator beltis loose, broken or missing.

Door open warning light

This light comes on when any of thedoors and/or lift gate are not closed se-curely while the ignition switch is ON.

Engine oil pressure warninglight

This light warns of low engine oil pres-sure. If the light flickers or comes on dur-ing normal driving, pull off the road in asafe area, stop the engine immediatelyand call an INFINITI dealer or other autho-rized repair shop.

The engine oil pressure warning light isnot designed to indicate a low oil level.Use the dipstick to check the oil level. See“Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Running the engine with the engine oil pres-sure warning light on could cause seriousdamage to the engine almost immediately.Such damage is not covered by warranty.Turn off the engine as soon as it is safe to doso.

P position selecting warninglight and chime (if soequipped)

The light blinks in red and warning buzzerbeeps when the selector lever is not inthe P position and you are out with the In-telligent Key.

When the warning light blinks, move theselector lever to P position and return theignition switch to the LOCK position.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem warning light(Orange; if so equipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem.

Intelligent Key warning light(if so equipped)

This light comes on in green when it ispossible to turn the ignition switch.

When the light comes on in red, it is notpossible to turn the knob.

O The warning light blinks in red whenthe Intelligent Key is outside the ve-hicle with the ignition switch in theACC or ON position. Confirm the loca-tion of the key as soon as possiblewhen the warning light blinks in red.Be sure to carry the Intelligent Keywith you while driving the vehicle.

O The warning light goes off about 10seconds after the Intelligent Key isbrought inside the vehicle.

Low fuel warning light

This light comes on when the fuel in thetank is getting low. Refuel as soon as it isconvenient, preferably before the fuelgauge reaches E.

There will be a small reserve of fuel re-maining in the tank when the fuel gaugeneedle reaches E.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-tors the tire pressure of all tires except thespare.The low tire pressure warning light warns oflow tire pressure or indicates that the TPMSis not functioning properly.After the ignition switch is turned ON, this lightilluminates for about 1 second and turns off.

Low tire pressure warning:If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the warning light will illuminate. Ifyou select the tire pressure information inthe display, the LOW PRESSURE warningmessage will be displayed. The tire pressurefor each tire will also be displayed.When the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates, you should stop and adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tire pres-sure shown on the Tire and Loading Informa-tion label. The low tire pressure warning lightdoes not automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflatedto the recommended pressure, the vehiclemust be driven at speeds above 16 MPH (25km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off thelow tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pres-sure gauge to check the tire pressure.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section and the “6. Incase of emergency” section.

TPMS malfunction:

If the TPMS is not functioning properly,the low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute when theignition switch is turned ON. The light willremain on after the 1 minute. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

O If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch turned ON, have the ve-hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer assoon as possible.

O If the light illuminates while driving,avoid sudden steering maneuvers orabrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed,pull off the road to a safe location andstop the vehicle as soon as possible.

Driving with under-inflated tires maypermanently damage the tires and in-crease the likelihood of tire failure. Seri-ous vehicle damage could occur and maylead to an accident and could result inserious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tirepressure warning light OFF. If the lightstill comes on while driving after adjust-ing the tire pressure, a tire may be flat. Ifyou have a flat tire, replace it with aspare tire as soon as possible.

O When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the TPMS will not function andthe low tire pressure warning light willflash for approximately 1 minute and re-main on after the 1 minute. Contact yourINFINITI dealer as soon as possible fortire replacement and/or system reset-ting.

O Replacing tires with those not originally

specified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

O The TPMS is not a substitute for theregular tire pressure check. Be sure tocheck the tire pressure regularly.

O If the vehicle is being driven at speeds ofless than 16 MPH (25 km/h), the TPMSmay not operate correctly.

O Be sure to correctly install the specifiedsize of tires to the 4 wheels.

Low washer fluid warninglight

This light comes on when the washer fluidis at a low level. Add washer fluid as nec-essary. See “Window washer fluid” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Preview Function warninglight (Orange: if soequipped)

The light comes on if there is a malfunc-tion in the Brake Assist (with PreviewFunction) system.

Run-flat tire warning light (ifso equipped)

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni-tors the tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare.

The run-flat tire warning light warns of aflat tire.

After the ignition switch is turned ON, thislight illuminates for about 1 second andturns off.

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the warning light will illu-minate continuously and a chime willsound for 10 seconds.

The chime will only sound at the first indi-cation of a flat tire and the warning lightwill illuminate continuously. When theFlat tire warning is activated, have thesystem reset and the tire checked and re-

placed if necessary by an INFINITI dealer.Even if the tire is inflated to the specifiedCOLD tire pressure, the warning light willcontinue to illuminate until the system isreset by an INFINITI dealer.

If you select the tire pressure informationin the display, the LOW PRESSUREwarning message will be displayed. Thetire pressure for each tire will also be dis-played.

Your vehicle can be driven for a limitedtime on a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” inthe “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

For additional information, see “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5.Starting and driving” section and in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

WARNING

O If the light does not illuminate with theignition switch turned ON, have the ve-hicle checked by an INFINITI dealer assoon as possible.

O Although you can continue driving witha punctured run-flat tire (if so equipped),

remember that vehicle handling stabilityis reduced, which could lead to an acci-dent and personal injury. Also, driving along distance at high speeds maydamage the tires.

O Do not drive at speeds above 55 MPH (88km/h) and do not drive more than 50miles (80 km) with a punctured run-flattire (if so equipped). The actual distancethe vehicle can be driven on a flat tire de-pends on outside temperature, vehicleload, road conditions and other factors.

O Do not tow a trailer when a run-flat tire(if so equipped) is flat.

Seat belt warning light andchime

The light and chime remind you to fastenseat belts. The light illuminates wheneverthe ignition switch is turned to ON, andwill remain illuminated until the driver’sseat belt is fastened. At the same time,the chime will sound for about 6 secondsunless the driver’s seat belt is securelyfastened.

The seat belt warning light will illuminate


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

if the front passenger’s seat belt is notfastened when the front passenger’s seatis occupied. For 5 seconds after the igni-tion switch is in the ON position, the sys-tem does not activate the warning lightfor the front passenger.

See “Seat belts” in the “1. Safety —Seats, seat belts and supplemental re-straint system” section for precautions onseat belt usage.

Supplemental air bagwarning light

After turning the ignition switch to the ONposition, the supplemental air bagwarning light will illuminate. The supple-mental air bag warning light will turn offafter about 7 seconds if the system is op-erational.

If any of the following conditions occur,the front air bag, side air bag, curtain androllover air bag and pretensioner systemneed servicing and your vehicle must betaken to an INFINITI dealer:

O The supplemental air bag warninglight remains on after approximately 7seconds.

O The supplemental air bag warninglight flashes intermittently.

O The supplemental air bag warninglight does not come on at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the supple-mental restraint system (air bag system)and/or pretensioners may not functionproperly. For additional information, see“Supplemental restraint system” in the“1. Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light ison, it could mean that the front air bag, sideair bag, curtain and rollover air bag systems,and/or pretensioner systems will not op-erate in an accident. To help avoid injury toyourself or others, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible.

INDICATOR LIGHTS

Automatic transmissionposition indicator light

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, the indicator in the tachom-eter shows the automatic transmissionselector lever position. See “Driving withautomatic transmission” in the “5.Starting and driving” section.

Cruise main switchindicator light (Green)

The light comes on when the cruise con-trol is pushed. The light goes out whenthe main switch is pushed again. Whilethe cruise control system main switch in-dicator light is on, the cruise control sys-tem is operational.

Cruise set switch indicatorlight

The light comes on while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the cruise controlsystem. If the light blinks while the en-gine is running, it may indicate the cruisecontrol system is not functioning prop-erly. Have the system checked by anINFINITI dealer.


w 07.8.9/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front passenger air bagstatus light

The front passenger air bag status light( ) will be lit and the passengerfront air bag will be OFF depending onhow the front passenger seat is beingused.

For front passenger air bag status lightoperation, see “INFINITI advanced air bagsystem” in the “1. Safety — Seats, seatbelts and supplemental restraint system”section of this manual.

High beam indicator light(Blue)

This light comes on when the headlighthigh beam is on and goes out when thelow beam is selected.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem MAIN switchindicator light (Green; if soequipped)

The light comes on when the ICC systemMAIN switch is pushed. The light goes outwhen the MAIN switch is pushed again.While the MAIN switch indicator lightcomes on, the ICC system is operational.

Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem set switch indicatorlight (if so equipped)

The light comes on while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the IntelligentCruise Control system. If the light blinkswhile the engine is running, it may indi-cate the Intelligent Cruise Control systemis not functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer.

Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system indicator light(Orange; if so equipped)

The light will blink if the vehicle is travel-ing close to either the left or the right ofthe traveling lane.

The light illuminates if there is a malfunc-tion in the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system. See “Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section.

Malfunction indicator light(MIL)

If the malfunction indicator light comeson steady or blinks while the engine isrunning, it may indicate a potential emis-sion control malfunction.

The malfunction indicator light may alsocome on steady if the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, or if the vehicle runs outof fuel. Check to make sure the fuel-fillercap is installed and closed tightly, andthat the vehicle has at least three gallonsof fuel in the fuel tank.

After a few driving trips, the lightshould turn off if no other potential emis-sion control system malfunction exists.

If this indicator light comes on steady for 20seconds and then blinks for 10 secondswhen the engine is not running, it indicatesthat the vehicle is not ready for an emissioncontrol system inspection/maintenance test.See “Readiness for inspection/maintenance(I/M) test” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section of this manual.

Operation

The malfunction indicator light will comeon in one of two ways:

O Malfunction indicator light on steady— An emission control system mal-function has been detected. Check thefuel-filler cap. If the fuel-filler cap isloose or missing, tighten or install thecap and continue to drive the vehicle.The light should turn off after a


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

few driving trips. If the light doesnot turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

O Malfunction indicator light blinking —An engine misfire has been detectedwhich may damage the emission con-trol system. To reduce or avoid emis-sion control system damage:

a) Do not drive at speeds above 45MPH (72 km/h).

b) Avoid hard acceleration or decel-eration.

c) Avoid steep uphill grades.d) If possible, reduce the amount of

cargo being hauled or towed.

The malfunction indicator light maystop blinking and come on steady.

Have the vehicle inspected by anINFINITI dealer. You do not need tohave your vehicle towed to the dealer.

CAUTION

Continued vehicle operation without having

the emission control system checked and re-paired as necessary could lead to poor drive-ability, reduced fuel economy, and possibledamage to the emission control system.

Slip indicator light

This indicator will blink when the VDCsystem or the traction control system isoperating, thus alerting the driver to thefact that the road surface is slippery andthe vehicle is nearing its traction limits.

Snow mode switch indicatorlight

When selecting SNOW mode while the en-gine is running, this light will illuminate.See “Snow mode switch” in the “2. In-struments and controls” section.

Turn signal/hazard indicatorlights

The light flashes when the turn signalswitch lever or hazard switch is turnedon.

Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) off indicator light

The light comes on when the Vehicle Dy-namic Control (VDC) off switch is pushedto OFF. This indicates the VDC system andtraction control system are not operating.When the VDC off indicator light and slipindicator light come on with the VDC sys-tem turned on, this light alerts the driverto the fact that the VDC system’s fail-safemode is operating, i.e. the VDC systemmay not be functioning properly. Have thesystem checked by an INFINITI dealer. If amalfunction occurs in the system, the VDCsystem function will be canceled but thevehicle is still driveable. For additional in-formation, see “Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system” in the “5. Starting anddriving” section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Key reminder chime

The chime will sound if the driver’s sidedoor is opened while the key is left in theignition switch (ignition switch is turnedoff). Remove the key and take it with youwhen leaving the vehicle.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Light reminder chime

The headlights will turn off when the frontdoor is opened with the light switch onunless the ignition switch is in the ON po-sition, or in the case of a model with theIntelligent Key, when the ignition switchis not in the LOCK position.

When you turn the headlight switch ONagain after the lights automatically turn offand when you open the driver’s door, thelights will not turn off automatically and achime will sound instead. See the batterysaver system under “Headlight switch” inthis section for details. Make sure to turnthe light switch off when you leave the ve-hicle.

Brake pad wear warning

The disc brake pads have audible wearwarnings. When a brake pad requires re-placement, it will make a high pitchedscraping sound when the vehicle is in mo-tion whether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the warning sound isheard.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)chime (if so equipped)

If the vehicle is traveling close to either theleft or the right of a traveling lane with de-tectable lane markers, the LDW system willblink the LDW indicator light and a chimesound.

Your vehicle has two types of securitysystems:

O Vehicle security system

O INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System

The condition of the security indicatorlight shows the status of the Vehicle Se-curity System and the INFINITI Vehicle Im-mobilizer System.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM

The vehicle security system provides vi-sual and audio alarm signals if someoneopens the doors, hood, or lift gate when

SIC2133

SECURITY SYSTEMS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

the system is armed. It is not, however, amotion detection type system that acti-vates when a vehicle is moved or when avibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft butcannot prevent it, nor can it prevent thetheft of interior or exterior vehicle compo-nents in all situations. Always secure yourvehicle even if parking for a brief period.Never leave your keys in the vehicle, andalways lock the vehicle when unattended.Be aware of your surroundings, and parkin secure, well-lit areas whenever pos-sible.

Many devices offering additional protec-tion, such as component locks, identifica-tion markers, and tracking systems, areavailable at auto supply stores and spe-cialty shops, Your INFINITI dealer mayalso offer such equipment. Check withyour insurance company to see if you maybe eligible for discounts for various theftprotection features.

How to arm the vehicle securitysystem

1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if the win-dows are open.

2. Remove the key from the ignitionswitch.

3. Close and lock all doors and the hood.

Lock all doors by pushing the lockbutton on the keyfob, Intelligent Keyor the front door handle requestswitch or by using the key.

When using the remote keyless entry,the hazard indicators will operate asshown in “Remote keyless entrysystem” or “Intelligent Key system” inthe “3. Pre-driving checks and adjust-ments” section.

4. Confirm that the SECURITY indicatorlight qA comes on. The SECURITY indi-cator light qA glows for about 30 sec-onds and then blinks. The system isnow activated. If, during this 30second time period, the door is un-locked by the key or the remote key-less entry, or the ignition key is turnedto ACC or ON, the system will not bearmed.

Even when the driver and/or passengersare in the vehicle, the system will activatewith all doors and the hood locked and ig-nition key off. Turn the ignition key to ACCto turn the system off.

SIC2153


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle security system activation

The security system will give the followingalarm:

O The headlights blink and the hornsounds intermittently.

O The alarm automatically turns off afterapproximately 1 minute. However, thealarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam-pered with again. The alarm can beshut off by unlocking a door with thekey, or by pressing the UNLOCKbutton on the electronic ignition key.

The alarm is activated by:

O Opening the door without using thekey or remote keyless entry.

O Opening the lift gate without using thekey or remote keyless entry.

O Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarm

The alarm will stop only by unlocking adoor with the key, by pressing the doorhandle request switch or by pressing theUNLOCK button on the keyfob or Intelli-gent Key. The alarm will not stop if the ig-nition switch is turned to ACC or ON.

If the system does not operate as de-scribed above, have it checked by anINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM

The INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemwill not allow the engine to start withoutthe use of the registered key.

If the engine fails to start using the regis-tered key (for example, when interferenceis caused by another registered key, anautomated toll road device or automatedpayment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following proce-dures:

1. Leave the ignition switch in the ON po-sition for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2.

4. Restart the engine while holding thedevice (which may have caused the in-terference) separate from the regis-tered key.

If this procedure allows the engine tostart, INFINITI recommends placing theregistered key on a separate key ringto avoid interference from other de-vices.

Statement related to section 15 of FCCrules for INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem (CONT ASSY-BCM, ANT ASSY-IMMOBILISER)

This device complies with part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada.Operation is subject to the following twoconditions;

(1) This device may not cause harmful in-terference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

CHANGES OR MODIFICATIONS NOT EX-PRESSLY APPROVED BY THE PARTY RE-SPONSIBLE FOR COMPLIANCE COULD VOIDTHE USER’S AUTHORITY TO OPERATE THEEQUIPMENT.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Security indicator light

The security indicator light qA blinkswhenever the ignition key is removed for5 seconds after the ignition switch is inthe OFF position (mechanical key) or theignition switch is in the LOCK position (In-telligent Key). This function indicates thesecurity systems equipped on the vehicleare operational.

If a non-registered key is in the ignitionswitch, the indicator light comes on.

If INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ismalfunctioning, this light will remain onwhile the ignition switch is in the ON po-sition.

If the light still remains on and/or the en-gine will not start, see an INFINITI dealerfor INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemservice as soon as possible. Please bringall electronic ignition keys that you havewhen visiting an INFINITI dealer for service.

The windshield wiper and washer oper-ates when the ignition switch is in the ONposition.

Push the lever down to operate the wiperat the following speed:

q1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion can be adjusted by turning theknob toward qA (Slower) or qB (Faster).Also, the intermittent operation speedvaries in accordance with the vehiclespeed. (For example, when the vehiclespeed is high, the intermittent opera-tion speed will be faster.) You canswitch this function on and off manu-

SIC2153 SIC3296

WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

ally. See “How to use the SETTING but-ton” in the “4. Display screen, heater,air conditioner and audio systems”section.

q2 Low (LO) — continuous low speed op-eration

q3 High (HI) — continuous high speed op-eration

Push the lever up q4 to have one sweepoperation (MIST) of the wiper.

Pull the lever toward you q5 to operatethe washer. Then the wiper will also oper-ate several times.

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the windshield and ob-scure your vision which may lead to an acci-dent. Warm the windshield with the de-froster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

O Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if the reser-voir tank is empty.

O Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.

O Pre-mix washer fluid concentrates withwater to the manufacturer’s recom-mended levels before pouring the fluidinto the window washer reservoir tank.Do not use the window washer reservoirtank to mix the washer fluid concentrateand water.

The rear window wiper and washer op-erate when the ignition switch is in theON position.

Turn the switch clockwise from the OFFposition to operate the wiper.

q1 Intermittent (INT) — intermittent opera-tion (not adjustable)

q2 Low (ON) — continuous low speed op-eration

Push the switch forward q3 to operate thewasher. Then the wiper will also operateseveral times.

SIC3297

REAR WINDOW WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solu-tion may freeze on the window and obscureyour vision. Warm the rear window with thedefroster before you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

O If the rear window wiper operation is in-terrupted by snow etc., the wiper maystop moving to protect its motor. If thisoccurs, turn the wiper switch to OFF andremove the snow etc. on and around thewiper arms. After about 1 minute, turnthe switch ON again to operate thewiper.

O Do not operate the washer continuouslyfor more than 30 seconds.

O Do not operate the washer if reservoirtank is empty.

O Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcohol

based washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.


To defog/defrost the rear window glassand outside mirrors, start the engine andpush the switch on q1 . The indicator lightqA will come on. Push the switch again toturn the defroster off.

It will automatically turn off in approxi-mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear win-dow, be careful not to scratch or damage therear window defroster.

SIC3072

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRRORDEFROSTER SWITCH


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

XENON HEADLIGHTS

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

O When xenon headlights are on, they pro-duce a high voltage. To prevent an elec-tric shock, never attempt to modify ordisassemble. Always have your xenonheadlights replaced at an INFINITIdealer.

O Xenon headlights provide considerablymore light than conventional head-lights. If they are not correctly aimed,they might temporarily blind an on-coming driver or the driver ahead of youand cause a serious accident. If head-lights are not aimed correctly, immedi-ately take your vehicle to an INFINITIdealer and have the headlights adjustedcorrectly.

When the xenon headlight is initiallyturned on, its brightness or color variesslightly. However, the color and bright-ness will soon stabilize.

O The life of xenon headlights will beshortened by frequent on-off opera-tion. It is generally desirable not toturn off the headlights for short inter-vals (for example, when the vehiclestops at a traffic signal). Even when thedaytime running lights are active(Canada only), the xenon headlights donot turn on. This way the life of thexenon headlights is not reduced.

O If the xenon headlight bulb is close toburning out, the brightness will drasti-cally decrease, the light will startblinking, or the color of the light willbecome reddish. If one or more of theabove signs appear, contact an INFINITIdealer. HEADLIGHT SWITCH

Lighting

q1 Turn the switch to the position:

The front park, side marker, tail, li-cense plate and instrument lights willcome on.

q2 Turn the switch to the position:

Headlights will come on and all theother lights remain on.

SIC3290Type A

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Use the headlights with the engine runningto avoid discharging the vehicle battery.

Autolight system (if so equipped)

The autolight system allows the head-lights to be set so they turn on and offautomatically.

To set the autolight system:

1. Make sure the headlight switch is inthe AUTO position.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ON.

3. The autolight system automaticallyturns the headlights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn theswitch to the OFF, , or position.

The autolight system can turn on theheadlights automatically when it is dark,turn off the headlights when it is light,and keep the headlights on for up to 45seconds after you turn the switch to OFFand open any door then close all thedoors.

If the ignition switch is turned OFF andone of the doors is opened and this con-dition is continued, the headlights remainON for 5 minutes.

SIC3291Type B

SIC3292


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Be sure not to put anything on top of thephoto sensor qA located on the top left-hand side of the instrument panel. Thephoto sensor controls the autolight; if it iscovered, the photo sensor reacts as if it isdark and the headlights will illuminate.

Headlight beam select

q1 To select the low beam, put the leverin the neutral position as shown.

q2 To select the high beam, push thelever forward. Pull it back to select thelow beam.

q3 Pulling the lever toward you will flashthe headlight high beam.

Battery saver system

O When the headlight switch is in theor position while the igni-

tion switch is in the ON position, thelights will automatically turn off 5 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position.

O When the headlight switch remains inthe or position after thelights automatically turn off, the lightswill turn on for 5 minutes when theheadlight switch is turned to the OFFposition and then turn to the or

position.

CAUTION

Even though the battery saver feature auto-matically turns off the headlights after a pe-riod of time, you should turn the headlightswitch to the OFF position when the engineis not running to avoid discharging thebattery.

SIC2142A SIC3293


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Headlight aiming control

Depending on the number of occupants inthe vehicle and the load it is carrying, theheadlight axis may be higher than de-sired. If the vehicle is traveling on a hillyroad, the headlights may directly hit therearview mirror of the vehicle ahead orthe windshield of the oncoming vehicle.The light axis can be lowered with the op-eration of the switch.

The larger the number designated on theswitch, the lower the axis.

When traveling with no heavy load or on aflat road, select position 0.

WARNING

Xenon headlights are extremely bright com-pared to conventional headlights. If thexenon headlights hit the rearview mirror ofthe vehicle ahead or the windshield of theoncoming vehicle, the driver of these ve-hicles may have difficulty driving because ofthe brightness. Use the headlight aimingcontrol switch to lower the light axis. See“Xenon headlights” earlier in this section foradditional information.

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHT SYSTEM(CANADA ONLY)

The daytime running lights automaticallyilluminate when the engine is started withthe parking brake released. The daytimerunning lights operate with the headlightswitch in the OFF position or in the

position.

If the parking brake is applied before theengine is started, the daytime runninglights do not illuminate. The daytime run-

ning lights illuminate once the parkingbrake is released. The daytime runninglights will remain on until the ignitionswitch is turned off.

The daytime running light may come onafter turning the key to the OFF positionand immediately turning it to the ON posi-tion. This is not a malfunction.

The daytime running light will be turnedoff when the headlight switch is turned tothe AUTO or position.

The daytime running light will remain onuntil the ignition switch is turned to theACC or OFF position.

Turn the fog light switch to the posi-tion to turn the fog light ON when drivingat night if necessary.

WARNING

When the daytime running light system isactive, tail lights on your vehicle are not on.It is necessary at dusk to turn on your head-lights. Failure to do so could cause an acci-dent injuring yourself and others.

SIC2141


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

The instrument brightness control oper-ates when the light switch is in the

or position.

To adjust the brightness of instrumentpanel lights, press the control switcheslocated on the left side of the meterpanel. Pressing the upper switch qA willbrighten the lights. The lower switch qB

dims the lights. Repeatedly pressing thelower switch will turn the lights off.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

q1 Turn signal

Move the lever up or down to signal theturning direction. When the turn is com-pleted, the turn signals cancel automati-cally.

q2 Lane change signal

To indicate a lane change, move the leverup or down to the point where lightsbegin flashing.

FOG LIGHT SWITCH

To turn the fog lights on, turn the head-light switch to the position, thenturn the switch to the position. Toturn them off, turn the switch to the OFFposition.

The headlights must be on and the lowbeams selected for the fog lights to oper-ate. The fog lights automatically turn offwhen the high beam headlights are se-lected.

SIC2140 SIC3294 SIC3295


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Push the switch on to warn other driverswhen you must stop or park under emer-gency conditions. All turn signal lightswill flash.

Some state laws may prohibit the use ofthe hazard warning flasher switch whiledriving.

WARNING

O If stopping for an emergency, be sure tomove the vehicle well off the road.

O Do not use the hazard warning flasherswhile moving on the highway unless un-usual circumstances force you to driveso slowly that your vehicle might be-come a hazard to other traffic.

O Turn signals do not work when thehazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the igni-tion switch either off or on.

To sound the horn, push around the hornmarks of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so couldaffect proper operation of the supplementalfront air bag system. Tampering with thesupplemental front air bag system may re-sult in serious personal injury.

SIC2574 SIC2143

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH HORN


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The front seats are warmed by built-inheaters. The switches located on the cen-ter console can be operated indepen-dently (driver side seat qA and front pas-senger seat qB ) of each other.

1. Start the engine.

2. Select heat range.

q1 For low heat, push the (Low)side of the switch.

q2 For high heat, push the(High) side of the switch.

q3 For no heat, the switch has a cen-

ter OFF position between low andhigh.

The indicator light in the switch qC willilluminate when low or high is se-lected.

The heater is controlled by a thermo-stat, automatically turning the heateron and off. The indicator light will re-main on as long as the switch is on.

3. When the vehicle’s interior is warmed,or before you leave the vehicle, besure to turn the switch to the off posi-tion (center) q3 .

CAUTION

O The battery could run down if the seatheater is operated while the engine isnot running.

O Do not use the seat heater for extendedperiods or when no one is using the seat.

O Do not put anything on the seat whichinsulates heat, such as a blanket,cushion, seat cover, etc. Otherwise, theseat may become overheated.

O Do not place anything hard or heavy onthe seat or pierce it with a pin or similarobject. This may result in damage to theheater.

O Any liquid spilled on the heated seatshould be removed immediately with adry cloth.

O When cleaning the seat, never use gaso-line, benzine, thinner, or any similar ma-terials.

O If any abnormalities are found or theheated seat does not operate, turn theswitch off and have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

SIC2793

HEATED SEATS (if so equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system will blink an indicator light on theinstrument panel and sound a chime toalert the driver if the vehicle is travelingclose to either the left or the right of thetraveling lane.

The system comes on automatically in itsautomatic mode when the ignition switchis turned on.

To cancel the LDW system, push the LDWswitch q1 to turn off the system. The LDWsystem ON indicator q2 will go off.

Push the LDW switch again or restart theengine to turn the system on. Modes canbe changed to automatic mode or manualmode by pushing and holding the LDWswitch for more than 4 seconds while theLDW system ON indicator is off. See “LaneDeparture Warning (LDW) system” in the“5. Starting and driving” section.

For driving or starting the vehicle onsnowy roads or slippery areas, turn onthe SNOW mode switch and the SNOW in-dicator light on the meter panel will illu-minate. When the SNOW mode is acti-vated, engine output is controlled toavoid wheel spin.

SIC2554 SSD0351

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SWITCH(if so equipped)

SNOW MODE SWITCH


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The vehicle should be driven with the Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) System onfor most driving conditions.

If the vehicle is stuck in mud or snow, theVDC system reduces the engine output toreduce wheel spin. The engine RPM willbe reduced even if the accelerator is de-pressed to the floor. If maximum enginepower is needed to free a stuck vehicle,turn the VDC system off.

To turn off the VDC system, push the VDCOFF switch. The indicator will comeon.

Push the VDC OFF switch again or restartthe engine to turn ON the system. See“Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system”in the “5. Starting and driving” section.

If the power supply is disconnected, theclock will not indicate the correct time. Re-adjust the time.

ADJUSTING THE TIME

1. To set the clock forward, push thebutton q1 .

2. To set the clock backward, push thebutton q2 .

3. To move forward or backward faster,push and hold the button more than 5seconds.

SIC1881 SIC2772

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) OFFSWITCH

CLOCK


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O The outlet and plug may be hot during orimmediately after use.

O This power outlet is not designed for usewith a cigarette lighter unit.

O Do not use with accessories that exceeda 12 volt, 120W (10A) power draw. Do notuse double adapters or more than oneelectrical accessory.

O Use power outlets with the engine run-ning to avoid discharging the vehiclebattery.

O Avoid using power outlets when the airconditioner, climate controlled seat,headlights or rear window defroster ison.

O Before inserting or disconnecting a plug,be sure to turn off the power switch ofthe electrical accessory being used orthe ACC power of the vehicle.

O Push the plug in as far as it will go. Ifgood contact is not made, the plug may

overheat or the internal temperaturefuse may open.

O When not in use, be sure to close thecap. Do not allow water to contact theoutlet.

The power outlet is for powering electricalaccessories such as cellular telephones.

SIC2144Console

POWER OUTLET


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

SUNGLASSES HOLDER

The sunglasses holder can be opened bypushing the button qA .

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed whiledriving to prevent an accident.

SIC3073Front

SIC3124Rear

SIC2146Luggage room

SIC1844A

STORAGE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Do not use for anything other than sun-glasses.

O Do not leave sunglasses in the sun-glasses holder while parking in directsunlight. The heat may damage the sun-glasses.

STORAGE BOX

To open, push the storage box lid qA asillustrated.

Do not place valuable items in the storagebox.

Do not use the storage box as an ashtray.

CUP HOLDERS

CAUTION

O Avoid abrupt starting and braking whenthe cup holder is being used to preventspilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, itcan scald you or your passenger.

O Use only soft cups in the cup holder.Hard objects can injure you in an acci-dent.

SIC3125


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Front cup holder

To open the cup holder, push the lid q1 .

The flap will be folded down when insert-ing a large container.

To close, lower the cup holder lid andpush it down lightly.

To clean the front cup holder, pull up theinside tray q2 and remove it.

The cup holder is not designed to storepersonal effects.

Rear cup holder

Push the cup holder opener switch todraw out the rear cup holder.

GLOVE BOX

To open the glove box, pull the handle q1 .

To close, push the lid in until the locklatches.

To lock q2 or unlock q3 the glove box,use the master key, mechanical key orwallet key.

SIC3118 SIC2149 SIC1888A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Keep glove box lid closed while driving tohelp prevent injury in an accident or asudden stop.

SIC3074


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CONSOLE BOX

CAUTION

To avoid being pinched, do not place yourfingers near the hinge when opening/closing the console box.

When the button qA is pushed, the uppercase is available for storing some smallitems. When the lever qB is pulled, thebottom case is available for storing somelarger ones.

LUGGAGE FLOOR BOXES (if soequipped)

To open the luggage floor boxes:

1. Raise the luggage box lid.

2. Remove the assist bar q1 and insert itinto the slot q2 .

To close, reset the assist bar to itsoriginal position.

CARD HOLDER (for driver’s side)

To use the card holder, slide your card qA

in after lowering the sun visor qB .

SIC3151 SIC2154


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CARGO NET (if so equipped)

The cargo net helps keep packages in thecargo area from moving around while yourvehicle is driven.

To install the cargo net, attach the hooksto the retainers.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo to help preventit from sliding or shifting. Do not placecargo higher than the seatbacks.

In a sudden stop or collision, unsecuredcargo could cause personal injury.

O Be sure to secure all four hooks into theretainers. The cargo restrained in the netmust not exceed 30 lb (13.6 kg) or the netmay not stay secured.

CARGO COVER (if so equipped)

The cargo cover q1 keeps the luggagecompartment contents hidden from theoutside.

To open the cargo cover, pull it out andhang both sides on the hooks q2 . Toclose the cargo cover, remove it from thehooks and then release it as illustrated.

To remove the cargo cover, pat gently thebottom of the cargo cover frame q3 up-ward and remove it from the holder q4after closing the cargo cover and foldingthe rear seatbacks forward.

SIC2151 SIC2626


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Never put anything on the cargo cover,no matter how small. Any object on itcould cause an injury in an accident orsudden stop.

O Do not leave the cargo cover in the ve-hicle with it disengaged from the holder.

O Never remove the cargo cover with therear seatbacks reclined. The cargo covermay jump up suddenly and could causean injury in the removal procedure.


O If the cargo cover contacts the top tetherstrap when it is attached to the toptether anchor, remove the cargo coverfrom the vehicle or secure it on the cargofloor below its attachment location. Ifthe cargo cover is not removed, it maydamage the top tether strap during a col-

lision. Your child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

O Do not allow cargo to contact the toptether strap when it is attached to thetop tether anchor. Properly secure thecargo so it does not contact the toptether strap. Cargo that is not properlysecured or cargo that contacts the toptether strap may damage it during a col-lision. Your child could be seriously in-jured or killed in a collision if the toptether strap is damaged.

POWER WINDOWS

WARNING

O Make sure that all passengers have theirhands, etc. inside the vehicle while it isin motion and before closing the win-dows. Use the window lock switch toprevent unexpected use of the powerwindows.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls and becometrapped in a window. Unattended chil-dren could become involved in seriousaccidents.

The power windows operate when the ig-nition switch is in the ON position and forabout 45 seconds, after the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position. If thedriver’s door or the front passenger’sdoor is opened during this period ofabout 45 seconds, power to the windowsis canceled.

WINDOWS


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

Main power window switch(driver’s side)

1. Rear left passenger side window2. Driver side window3. Window lock button4. Rear right passenger side window5. Front passenger side window

To open or close the window, push downqA or pull up qB the switch and hold it.The main switch (driver side switches) willopen or close all the windows.

Locking passenger’s windows

When the lock button qC is pushed in,only the driver side window can beopened or closed. Push it in again to can-cel.

Passenger side power windowswitch

The passenger side switch will open orclose only the corresponding window. Toopen or close the window, hold the switchdown qA or up qB .

SIC3283Main switch

SIC3284Passenger side


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Automatic operation (For frontdoor windows)

To fully open or close the window, com-pletely press or lift the switch and releaseit; it need not be held. The window willautomatically open or close all the way.To stop the window, just press or lift theswitch on the opposite side.

Auto reverse function

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in a window as it moves up, thewindow will be immediately lowered.

The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when a window is closed by auto-matic operation when the ignition switchis in the ON position or for about 45 sec-onds after the ignition switch is turned tothe ACC, OFF or LOCK position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the window oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehicle be-fore closing the window.

AUTOMATIC SUNROOF

The sunroof will only operate when the ig-nition switch is in the ON position.

The automatic sunroof is operational forabout 45 seconds, even if the ignitionswitch is turned to the OFF position. If thedriver’s door or the front passenger’sdoor is opened during this period ofabout 45 seconds, power to the sunroof iscanceled.

Sliding the sunroof

To fully open or close the sunroof, pressthe switch to the CLOSE q1 or OPEN q2

SIC3285Main switch

SIC1854A

SUNROOF (if so equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

side for less than 1 second and release it;it need not be held. The roof will auto-matically open or close all the way. Tostop the roof, press the switch once morewhile it is opening or closing.

To open or close the sunroof and stop onthe way, press the switch to the CLOSE q1or OPEN q2 side. The roof will stop whenreleasing the switch.

Tilting the sunroof

To tilt up, first close the sunroof, thenpress the UP q1 side of the switch and re-lease it; it need not be held. To tilt downthe sunroof, press the DOWN q2 side.

Sun shade

Open or close the sun shade by sliding itbackward or forward.

The shade will open automatically whenthe sunroof is opened. However, it mustbe closed manually.

Auto reverse function (Whenclosing or tilting down thesunroof)

The auto reverse function can be acti-vated when the sunroof is closed or tilteddown by automatic operation when the ig-

nition key is in the ON position or forabout 45 seconds after the ignition key isturned to the OFF position.

Depending on the environment or drivingconditions, the auto reverse function maybe activated if an impact or load similar tosomething being caught in the sunroof oc-curs.

WARNING

There are some small distances immediatelybefore the closed position which cannot bedetected. Make sure that all passengershave their hands, etc., inside the vehicle be-fore closing the sunroof.

When closing:

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the sunroof as it moves to thefront, the sunroof will immediately openbackward.

When tilting down:

If the control unit detects somethingcaught in the sunroof as it tilts down, thesunroof will immediately tilt up.

WARNING

O In an accident you could be thrown fromthe vehicle through an open sunroof. Al-ways use seat belts and child restraints.

O Do not allow anyone to stand up or ex-tend any portion of their body out of thesunroof opening while the vehicle is inmotion or while the sunroof is closing.

CAUTION

O Remove water drops, snow, ice or sandfrom the sunroof before opening.

O Do not place any heavy object on thesunroof or surrounding area.

If the sunroof does not close

If the sunroof does not close or open au-tomatically, use the following procedureto return sunroof operation to normal.

1. Press the switch to the CLOSE/UP sideto tilt up the sunroof.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Press and hold the switch to theCLOSE/UP side for approximately 3seconds while the sunroof is tilted up.

3. Release the switch once, then pressand hold the switch to the CLOSE/UPside again for approximately 10 sec-onds until the sunroof moves auto-matically.

4. The sunroof will automatically openand then close all the way.

If the sunroof does not operate properlyafter step 4, repeat the procedure startingwith step 1.

If the sunroof still does not close, have anINFINITI dealer check and repair the sun-roof.

ROOM LIGHT

The room light has a two-position switch;DOOR q1 and OFF q2 .

When the switch is in the door positionq1 , the light will illuminate when a door isopened.

The light will stay on for about 30 sec-onds when:

O The doors are unlocked by the keyfob,a key, the power door lock switch orusing the Intelligent Key system whileall doors are closed.

O The driver’s door is opened and thenclosed while the key is removed fromthe ignition switch.

O The key is removed from the ignitionswitch while all doors are closed.

The light will turn off while the 30 secondtimer is activated, when:

O The driver’s door is locked either withthe keyfob, a key, the power door lockswitch or using the Intelligent Keysystem.

O The ignition switch is turned ON.

MAP LIGHT

When the switch q3 is pushed in, thelight will turn on. When the switch q3 ispushed again, the light will turn off.

When the map light switch is in the ON po-sition, it will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position. To turn on thelight again, turn the ignition switch to theON position.

The map, personal, and vanity mirrorlights will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the latest operation of the fol-lowing with the ignition switch in the ACCor OFF position:

SIC1857A

INTERIOR LIGHT


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Opening or closing any door

O Locking or unlocking with the keyfob,a key or the power door lock switch.

O Inserting or removing a key from theignition switch

These lights will turn on again when anyof the above operations is performed afterthe lights have turned off automatically.(The lights will turn off 30 minutes afterthe latest operation of the above as well.)

CAUTION

O Turn off the map, personal and vanitymirror lights when you leave the vehicle.

O Do not use for extended periods of timewith the engine stopped. This could re-sult in a discharged battery.

CEILING LIGHT (if so equipped)

The ceiling light has a three-positionswitch. (qA : ON, qB : DOOR, qC : OFF)

When the switch is in the ON position qA ,the light will illuminate.

When the switch is in the DOOR positionqB , the light will illuminate when the dooris opened.

When the switch is in the OFF position qC ,the ceiling light does not illuminate, re-gardless of any condition.

When the personal light switch is in the

ON position qA , it will automatically turnoff 30 minutes after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the OFF position qC . To turnon the light again, turn the ignition switchto the ON position.

SIC2179


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

REAR PERSONAL LIGHT

The rear personal light has a three-position switch.

When the rear personal light switch is inthe ON position qA , the rear personallights illuminate, regardless of any condi-tion.

When the switch is in the DOOR positionqB , the light will illuminate when the dooris opened.

When the switch is in the OFF position qC ,the rear personal lights do not illuminate,regardless of any condition.

When the personal light switch is in theON position qA , it will automatically turnoff 30 minutes after the ignition switch hasbeen turned to the OFF position qC . To turnon the light again, turn the ignition switchto the ON position.

SIC1858A SIC2925Body side

SIC2926Door side


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CARGO LIGHT

This cargo light has a three-positionswitch.

When the switch is in the DOOR positionqA , the light illuminates while the lift gateis opened. When the lift gate is closed,the light will go off.

When the cargo light switch is in the ONposition qC , the cargo light illuminates,regardless of any condition.

When the switch is in the OFF position qB ,the light will turn off.

The light on the vanity mirror will turn onwhen the cover on the vanity mirror qA isopened.

When the vanity mirror light stays on, itwill automatically turn off 30 minutes afterthe ignition switch has been turned to theOFF position. To turn on the light again,turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro-vides a convenient way to consolidate thefunctions of up to three individual hand-held transmitters into one built-in device.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiverpower will automatically turn off 30 min-utes after the ignition switch has beenturned to the OFF position.

HomeLink Universal Transceiver:

O Will operate most Radio Frequency(RF) devices such as garage doors,gates, home and office lighting, entrydoor locks and security systems.

O Is powered by your vehicle’s battery.No separate batteries are required. Ifthe vehicle’s battery is discharged oris disconnected, HomeLink will retainall programming.

Once the HomeLink Universal Transceiveris programmed, retain the original trans-mitter for future programming procedures(i.e., new vehicle purchases). Upon sale ofthe vehicle, the programmed HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver buttons should beerased for security purposes. For addi-tional information, refer to “ProgrammingHomeLink ” later in this section.

SIC2555

VANITY MIRROR LIGHT HomeLink UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (ifso equipped)


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not use the HomeLink UniversalTransceiver with any garage dooropener that lacks safety stop and re-verse features as required by federalsafety standards. (These standards be-came effective for opener models manu-factured after April 1, 1982). A garagedoor opener which cannot detect an ob-ject in the path of a closing garage doorand then automatically stop and re-verse, does not meet current federalsafety standards. Using a garage dooropener without these features increasesthe risk of serious injury or death.

O During the programming procedure,your garage door or security gate willopen or close (if the transmitter is withinrange). Make sure that people and ob-jects are clear of the garage door, gate,etc. that you are programming.

O Your vehicle’s engine should be turnedoff while programming the HomeLinkUniversal Transceiver.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink

To program your HomeLink UniversalTransceiver to operate a garage door,gate, or entry door opener, home or officelighting, you need to be at the same loca-tion as the device. Note: Garage dooropeners (manufactured after 1996) have“rolling code protection”. To program agarage door opener equipped with “roll-ing code protection”; you will need to usea ladder to get up to the garage dooropener motor to be able to access the“smart or learn” program button.

1. To begin, press and hold the 2 outerHomeLink buttons (to clear thememory) until the indicator light qA

blinks (after 20 seconds). Releaseboth buttons.

2. Position the end of the hand-heldtransmitter 1-3 inches away from theHomeLink surface.

SIC3040


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Using both hands, simultaneouslypress and hold both the HomeLinkbutton you want to program and thehand-held transmitter button.DO NOT release the buttons until step4 has been completed.

4. Hold down both buttons until the indi-cator light on the HomeLink flashes,changing from a “slow blink” to a“rapid blink”. When the indicator lightblinks rapidly, both buttons may bereleased. The rapidly flashing light in-dicates successful programming. Toactivate the garage door or other pro-grammed device, press and hold the

programmed HomeLink button - re-leasing when the device begins to ac-tivate.

5. If the indicator light on the HomeLinkblinks rapidly for two seconds and thenturns solid, HomeLink has picked up a“rolling code” garage door opener sig-nal. You will need to proceed with thenext steps to train the HomeLink tocomplete the programming which mayrequire a ladder and another person forconvenience.

6. Press and release the training buttonlocated on the garage door opener’smotor to activate the “training mode”.This button is usually located near theantenna wire that hangs down fromthe motor. If the wire originates fromunder a light lens, you will need to re-move the lens to access the trainingbutton.

NOTE:

Once you have pressed and released thetraining button on the garage door open-er’s motor and the “training light” is lit,you have 30 seconds in which to performstep 7. Use the help of a second person forconvenience to assist when performingthis step.

7. Quickly within 30 seconds of pressingand releasing the garage door openerprogram button, firmly press and re-lease the HomeLink button you havejust programmed. Press and releasethe HomeLink button up to threetimes to complete the training.

8. Your HomeLink button should now beprogrammed. (To program the remain-ing HomeLink buttons for additionaldoor or gate openers, follow steps 2-8only.)

NOTE:

Do not repeat step one unless you want to“clear” all previously programmedHomeLink buttons).

If you have any questions or are havingdifficulty programming your HomeLinkbuttons, please refer to the HomeLinkweb site at: www.homelink.com or call1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HomeLink FORCANADIAN CUSTOMERS

Prior to 1992, D.O.C. regulations requiredhand-held transmitters to stop transmit-ting after 2 seconds. To program yourhand-held transmitter to HomeLink , con-

SIC3041


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

tinue to press and hold the HomeLinkbutton (note steps 2 through 4 under“Programming HomeLink ”) while youpress and re-press (“cycle”) your hand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until theindicator light flashes rapidly (indicatingsuccessful programming).

NOTE:

If programming a garage door opener, etc.,it is advised to unplug the device duringthe “cycling” process to prevent possibledamage to the garage door opener compo-nents.

OPERATING THE HomeLinkUNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVERThe HomeLink Universal Transceiver(once programmed) may now be used toactivate the garage door, etc. To operate,simply press the appropriate programmedHomeLink Universal Transceiver button.The red indicator light will illuminatewhile the signal is being transmitted.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE-DIAGNOSISIf the HomeLink does not quickly learnthe hand-held transmitter information:

O replace the hand-held transmitter bat-

teries with new batteries.

O position the hand-held transmitterwith its battery area facing away fromthe HomeLink surface.

O press and hold both the HomeLinkand hand-held transmitter buttonswithout interruption.

O position the hand-held transmitter 2to 5 in (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface. Hold the transmit-ter in that position for up to 15 sec-onds. If HomeLink is not pro-grammed within that time, try holdingthe transmitter in another position -keeping the indicator light in view atall times.

If you continue to have programming diffi-culties, please contact the INFINITI Con-sumer Affairs Department. The phonenumbers are located in the Foreword ofthis Owner’s Manual.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMEDINFORMATION

Individual buttons cannot be cleared,however to clear all programming, pressand hold the two outside buttons and re-lease when the indicator light begins to

flash (approximately 20 seconds).

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLEHomeLink BUTTON

To reprogram a HomeLink UniversalTransceiver button, complete the fol-lowing.

1. Press and hold the desired HomeLinkbutton. Do not release the button untilstep 4 has been completed.

2. When the indicator light begins toflash slowly (after 20 seconds), posi-tion the hand-held transmitter 2 to 5in (50 to 127 mm) away from theHomeLink surface.

3. Press and hold the hand-held trans-mitter button.

4. The HomeLink indicator light willflash, first slowly and then rapidly.When the indicator light begins toflash rapidly, release both buttons.

The HomeLink Universal Transceiverbutton has now been reprogrammed. Thenew device can be activated by pushingthe HomeLink button that was just pro-grammed. This procedure will not affectany other programmed HomeLink but-tons.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLENIf your vehicle is stolen, you shouldchange the codes of any non-rolling codedevice that has been programmed intoHomeLink . Consult the Owner’s Manualof each device or call the manufacturer ordealer of those devices for additional in-formation.

When your vehicle is recovered, you willneed to reprogram the HomeLink Uni-versal Transceiver with your new transmit-ter information.

FCC Notice:

This device complies with FCC rules part15. Operation is subject to the followingtwo conditions: (1) This device may notcause harmful interference and (2) This de-vice must accept any interference that maybe received, including interference thatmay cause undesired operation.

The transmitter has been tested and com-plies with FCC and DOC/MDC rules.Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the device.

DOC: ISTC 1763K1313

FCC I.D.: CB2V67690


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys (except Intelligent Key)............................. 3-2INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keys.... 3-2

Doors ............................................................... 3-3Locking with key (Driver’s door only)........... 3-3Opening and closing windows with thekey.............................................................. 3-3Locking with inside lock knob ..................... 3-4Locking with power door lock switch........... 3-4Child safety rear door lock .......................... 3-5

Remote keyless entry system (models withoutIntelligent Key system) ..................................... 3-5

How to use remote keyless entry system .... 3-6Intelligent Key system (if so equipped)............. 3-8

Door locks/unlocks precaution ................. 3-10Intelligent Key operation ............................ 3-11Opening and closing windows ................... 3-12Operating the engine ................................. 3-13Intelligent Key operating range ................. 3-15Warning signals ......................................... 3-16Trouble-shooting guide .............................. 3-18

Operation with intelligent remote keylessentry system.............................................. 3-19Operation with the mechanical key andvalet key ................................................... 3-22

Hood .............................................................. 3-23Lift gate .......................................................... 3-23

Auto closure ............................................. 3-24Fuel-filler door ................................................ 3-25

Open the fuel-filler door ............................ 3-25Fuel-filler cap ............................................ 3-26

Tilting telescopic steering column .................. 3-27Automatic operation .................................. 3-27

Sun visors ...................................................... 3-28Mirrors ........................................................... 3-29

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror ............. 3-29Outside mirrors ......................................... 3-30

Automatic drive positioner .............................. 3-31Memory storage function ........................... 3-31Entry/exit function .................................... 3-32

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Master key 1 (With built-intransponder chip; INFINITI mark-silver)

2. Master key 2 (With built-intransponder chip; INFINITI mark-silver)

3. Valet key (With built-in transponder

chip; INFINITI mark-black)

4. Key number plate

5. Wallet key

6. key case (Card type)

A key number plate is supplied with yourkeys. Record the key number and keep itin a safe place (such as your wallet), notin the vehicle. If you lose your keys, seean INFINITI dealer for duplicates by usingthe key number.

A key number is necessary when you havelost all keys and do not have one to dupli-cate from. If you still have a key, anINFINITI dealer can duplicate it.

INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZERSYSTEM KEYS

You can only drive your vehicle using themaster or valet keys which are registeredto the INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemcomponents in your vehicle. These keyshave a transponder chip in the key head.

The master key can be used for all thelocks.

The valet key cannot be used for glovebox lock.

To protect belongings when you leave akey with someone, give them the valetkey only.

Never leave these keys in the vehicle.

Additional or replacement keys:If you still have a key, the key number isnot necessary when you need extraINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System keys.An INFINITI dealer can duplicate it. Asmany as 5 INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem keys can be used with one ve-hicle. You should bring all registered keysthat you have to an INFINITI dealer for reg-istration. This is because the registrationprocess will erase the memory of all keycodes previously registered into theINFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System. Afterthe registration process, these compo-nents will only recognize keys coded intothe INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer Systemduring registration. Any key that is notgiven to your dealer at the time of regis-tration will no longer be able to start yourvehicle.

Do not allow the immobilizer system key,which contains an electrical transponder,to come into contact with salt water. Thiscould affect system function.

SPA1882

KEYS (except Intelligent Key)

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Always have the doors locked whiledriving. Along with the use of seat belts,this provides greater safety in the eventof an accident by helping to prevent per-sons from being thrown from the ve-hicle. This also helps keep children andothers from unintentionally opening thedoors, and will help keep out intruders.

O Before opening any door, always look forand avoid oncoming traffic.

O Do not leave children unattended insidethe vehicle. They could unknowingly ac-tivate switches or controls. Unattendedchildren could become involved in se-rious accidents.

If your vehicle is equipped with an Intelli-gent Key system, refer to “Intelligent Keysystem” later in this section.

LOCKING WITH KEY (Driver’s dooronly)

The power door lock system allows you tolock or unlock all doors simultaneously.

O Turning the driver’s door key lock withthe metal key (master key, mechanicalkey, valet key and wallet key) towardthe front of the vehicle q1 will lock alldoors.

O Turning the driver’s door key one timeto the rear of the vehicle q2 will un-lock the driver’s door. From that posi-tion, returning the key to neutral

(where the key can only be removedand inserted) and turning it to the rearagain within 5 seconds will unlock alldoors. (including the lift gate) andfuel-filler door.

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWSWITH THE KEY

The driver’s door key operation allowsyou to open and close the front windowssimultaneously.

To open the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key cylinder to the rear of the ve-hicle for longer than 1 second. The door isunlocked and the window keeps openingwhile turning the key.

This function can also be performed bypushing and holding the door UNLOCKbutton of the Intelligent Key. Refer to “In-telligent remote keyless entry system”later in this section.

To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key cylinder to the front of the ve-hicle for longer than 1 second. The door islocked and the window keeps closingwhile turning the key.

SPA1442A

DOORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB

To individually lock the doors, move theinside lock knob to the LOCK position q1 ,then close the door. To unlock, pull upthe inside lock knob to the UNLOCK posi-tion q2 .

When locking the door without a key, besure not to leave the key inside the ve-hicle.

LOCKING WITH POWER DOORLOCK SWITCH

Operating the power door lock switch lo-cated on the driver’s or front passenger’sarmrest will lock or unlock all doors in-cluding the lift gate.

To lock the doors, push the power doorlock switch to the lock position q1 withthe driver’s or front passenger’s dooropen, then close the door.

When locking the door this way, be certainnot to leave the key inside the vehicle.

To unlock, push the power door lockswitch to the unlock position q2 .

Lockout protection

When the power door lock switch (driveror front passenger) is moved to the lockposition with the key in the ignition andany door open, all doors will lock and un-lock automatically. This helps to preventthe keys from being accidentally lockedinside the vehicle.

SPA1422A SPA2320


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety locking helps prevent doorsfrom being opened accidentally, espe-cially when small children are in the ve-hicle.

When the lever is in the LOCK position q1 ,the rear door can be opened only from theoutside.

To disengage, move the lever to the FREEposition q2 .

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors (in-cluding the lift gate) and fuel-filler doorand activate the panic alarm by using thekeyfob from outside the vehicle.Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.The keyfob can operate at a distance ofapproximately 33 ft (10 m) from the ve-hicle. (The effective distance dependsupon the conditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 keyfobs can be used withone vehicle. For information concerningthe purchase and use of additionalkeyfob, contact an INFINITI dealer.

The keyfob will not function when:

O the battery is completely discharged,

O the distance between the vehicle andthe keyfob is over 33 ft (10 m).

The panic alarm will not activate when thekey is in the ignition switch.

CAUTION

The following conditions or occurrences willdamage the keyfob.

O Do not allow the keyfob to become wet.

O Do not drop the keyfob.

O Do not strike the keyfob sharply againstanother object.

O Do not place the keyfob for an extendedperiod in an area where temperaturesexceed 140°F (60°C).

If a keyfob is lost or stolen, INFINITI recom-mends erasing the ID code of that keyfob.This will prevent the keyfob from unautho-rized use to unlock the vehicle. For informa-tion regarding the erasing procedure, pleasecontact an INFINITI dealer.

SPA1618A

REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM (modelswithout Intelligent Key system)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESSENTRY SYSTEM

Setting hazard indicator and hornmode

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive the ve-hicle.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button q1 is pushed, the hazardindicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once. When the UNLOCK button q2is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesonce.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is notnecessary, you can switch to hazard indi-cator only mode by following theswitching procedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when theLOCK button q1 is pushed, the hazard in-dicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton q2 is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK q1 and UNLOCK q2 but-tons on the keyfob simultaneously for

more than 2 seconds to switch from onemode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator only mode, the hazard indicatorflashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indi-cator flashes once and the horn chirpsonce.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Display

SPA1397B SPA1260


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

screen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door

1. Remove the ignition key.*1,*2

2. Close all the doors.*3

3. Push the LOCK button q1 on thekeyfob.

4. All the doors and fuel-filler door willlock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton q1 on the keyfob is pushed eventhough a door remains open and/or the ig-nition key is in the ON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button q1 is pushedwith all doors locked, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice and the hornchirps once as a reminder that thedoors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the keyfob while akey is in the ignition switch. However,the panic alarm will not activate whenthe key is in the ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the keyfob while theignition switch is in the ON position.However, the hazard indicator andhorn will not function.

*3: Doors lock with the keyfob while anydoor is open. However, the hazard in-dicator and horn will not function.

Unlocking doors and fuel-fillerdoor

1. Push the UNLOCK button q2 on thekeyfob once.

O The driver’s door and fuel-filler doorunlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with theignition key in any position except theON position.

O The interior light turns on and thelight timer activates for 30 secondswhen the switch is in the DOOR posi-tion with the ignition key in any posi-tion except the ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button q2 on thekeyfob again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if all

doors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute of pushing theUNLOCK button q2 .

O any door is opened

O the ignition switch is turned to the ONposition

The interior light can be turned offwithout waiting for 30 seconds by turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orby locking the doors with the keyfob.

Opening the windows

Push the UNLOCK button q2 on thekeyfob.

The driver’s door will unlock.

Continue to push the UNLOCK button q2for 3 seconds. The door windows will belowered.

Continue to push the UNLOCK button q2until windows are fully open.

To stop lowering the windows, release theUNLOCK button q2 .

To start lowering the windows, push the


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

UNLOCK button q2 again for more than 3seconds.

The rear door windows will operate 0.5second after the front windows’ opera-tion. (if so equipped)

Using the panic alarm

If you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button q3 on the key-fob for longer than 0.5 second with thekey removed from the ignition switch.

2. The theft warning alarm and head-lights will stay on for 30 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 30 seconds, or

O The LOCK q1 or the UNLOCK q2 buttonis pushed, or

O The PANIC button q3 is pushed on thekeyfob for longer than 0.5 second.

The Intelligent Key uses coded radio sig-nals to communicate with the vehicle.When the Intelligent Key is near the ve-hicle, such as in your pocket or purse, itallows the vehicle to be locked, unlocked,or started without inserting the ignitionkey. It is also possible to use the remotecontrol entry function.

CAUTION

O Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou.

O Do not leave the vehicle with the Intelli-gent Key inside.

O The Intelligent Key may not functioncorrectly depending on the environ-ment or operating conditions. It couldalso malfunction if you do not use itcorrectly.

O The Intelligent Key transmits faintradio waves.

In the following situations, the Intelli-gent Key and remote control entry func-tions may not operate correctly, andyou may have to use the metal key (me-chanical key, valet key or wallet key):

• when there are strong signalscoming from a television tower,power station or broadcasting sta-tion.

• when you have wireless equipmentor a cellular phone with you.

• when the Intelligent Key is in contactwith or covered by a metallic mate-rial.

• when radio wave-type remote controlentry is used nearby.

• when the Intelligent Key is placednear an electric appliance such as apersonal computer.

O The Intelligent Key continually con-sumes battery power as the key re-ceives a signal to communicate withthe vehicle. Battery life is about 2years, although it varies depending onthe operating conditions. When thebattery of the Intelligent Key is low, thegreen blinking key warning light goesout about 30 seconds after the ignitionswitch is turned to ON. If the batteryruns down, replace it with a new one.

O If the Intelligent Key receives strongsignal over an extended period of time,the battery could quickly run down. Do

INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM (if so equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

not place the Intelligent Key near anelectric appliance such as a televisionset or personal computer.

1. Intelligent Key 2 sets2. Mechanical key (metal key)* 2 sets3. Valet key (metal key)* 1 set4. Wallet key and key case (card type)

(metal key) 1 set5. Key number plate 1 set

*: Refer to “INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem keys” earlier in this section.

WARNING

O The Intelligent Key transmits radiowaves that can adversely affect medicalelectric equipment.

O If you have a pacemaker, you shouldcontact the medical equipment manufac-turer to ask if it will be affected by the In-telligent Key signal.

The valet key cannot be used for the glovebox lock.

To protect belongings when you leave akey with someone, give them the valetkey only.

Record the key number on the keynumber plate/metal tag and keep it in asafe place (such as your wallet), NOT INTHE VEHICLE. A key number plate is sup-plied with your key. Keep the plate in asafe place. INFINITI does not record keynumbers so it is very important to keeptrack of your key number plate.

SPA1873


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concern-ing the purchase and use of additional In-telligent Keys, contact an INFINITI dealer.

It is possible that the Intelligent Key func-tions can become cancelled. Contact anINFINITI dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with youwhen driving. The Intelligent Key is a preci-sion device with a built-in transmitter. Toavoid damaging it, please note the fol-lowing.

— Wetting may damage the IntelligentKey. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, im-mediately wipe until it is completely dry.

— Do not bend, drop or strike it against an-other object.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key for anextended period in a place where tem-peratures exceed 140°F (60°C).

— Do not change or modify the IntelligentKey.

— Do not use a magnet key holder.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key near anelectric appliance such as a televisionset or personal computer.

— Do not place the Intelligent Key in astorage area (for example, a door pocketor glove box). It could be damaged or ac-tivated unexpectedly.

O Do not allow the Intelligent Key to comeinto contact with water or salt water,and be careful not to let the key bewashed in a washing machine. Thiscould affect the system function.

O If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen,INFINITI recommends erasing the IDcode of that Intelligent Key. This willprevent the Intelligent Key from unau-thorized use to unlock the vehicle. Forinformation regarding the erasing pro-cedure, please contact an INFINITIdealer.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKSPRECAUTION

O After locking with the door handle re-quest switch, make sure the doors aresecurely locked.

O To prevent the Intelligent Key from be-ing left inside the vehicle, make sureyou carry the key with you and thenlock the doors.

O You can lock or unlock the doors usingonly the door handle, which detectsthe Intelligent Key.

O It is not possible to lock the doorswith the lock knob when the driver’sdoor is open, the ignition switch ispushed in or the metal key is in the ig-nition switch.

O When you try to unlock the door whilepulling the door handle, the door maynot unlock. In this case, release thedoor handle and the door will unlock.Pull the door handle again and thedoor will open.

O The outside beep, which indicates thelock and unlock functions, can be can-celed with the LOCK/UNLOCK buttonon the Intelligent Key and the vehicle


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

electronic system on the monitor. See“4. Display screen, heater, air condi-tioner and audio systems”.

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION

You can lock or unlock the doors withouttaking the key out from your pocket orpurse.

When you carry the Intelligent Key withyou, you can lock or unlock all doors bypushing the door handle request switchqA or lift gate handle request switch qB

within the range of operation.

Locking doors

1. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the ignition key ifany metal key is in the ignitionswitch.*1, *2


SPA1874 SPA1627


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Push any front door or the lift gatehandle request switch while carryingthe Intelligent Key with you.*4

4. All the doors, lift gate and fuel-fillerdoor will lock.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice anddoor buzzer sounds twice.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile a mechanical key or valet key isin the ignition switch.

*2: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the ignition switch is not in theLOCK position.

*3: Doors do not lock by pushing thedoor handle request switch or theLOCK button on the Intelligent Keywhile any door is open. A beepsounds to warn you. However, doorslock with the metal key even if anydoor is open.

*4: Doors do not lock with door handlerequest switch with the IntelligentKey inside the vehicle and a beepsounds to warn you.

However, when an Intelligent Key isinside the vehicle, doors can belocked with another Intelligent Key.

Unlocking doors

1. Push the door handle request switchonce.

Driver’s side:

O The driver door and fuel-filler door un-lock.

Front passenger side or lift gate:

O Only corresponding door unlocks.

2. The hazard indicator flashes once anddoor buzzer sounds once if all doorsare completely closed with the ignitionkey in any position except the ON po-sition.

3. Push the door handle request switchagain within 5 seconds.

O All doors and the fuel-filler door un-lock.

O The hazard indicator flashes once anddoor buzzer sounds once if all doorsare completely closed.

All doors will be locked automaticallyafter pressing the unlocking button un-

less one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute.

O any door is opened

O the ignition switch is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition switch

The interior light, ceiling light (if soequipped) and step light can be turned offwithout waiting for 30 seconds by turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orby locking the doors.

OPENING AND CLOSING WINDOWS

O To open the windows, push the UN-LOCK button on the Intelligent Key forabout 3 seconds or turn the driver’sdoor key lock with the metal key tothe rear of the vehicle for about 2 sec-onds after the door is unlocked.

To stop opening, release the UNLOCKbutton or turn the key to the neutralposition.

O To close the windows, turn the driver’sdoor key lock to the front of the ve-hicle for about 2 seconds after thedoor is locked.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

To stop closing, turn the key to theneutral position.

The door windows will open or closewhile turning the metal key. See “Doors”earlier in this section.

OPERATING THE ENGINE

Ignition switch positions

Push in the ignition switch in the qB

range when you turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position) qA :

The ignition switch can only be locked inthe qA position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked whenit is pushed in, and turned to the ACC po-sition qD while carrying the IntelligentKey.

ACC (Accessories) qD :

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio, when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) qE :

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

START qF :

This position starts the engine. As soonas the engine has started, release theknob immediately. It will automatically re-turn to the ON position.

For important safety information, see “Ig-nition switch” in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section.

The ignition switch cannot be turned backto the LOCK position unless the shift leveris in P position. (It can be turned to onlyqC .)

SPA1628


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in ACC or ON positions when the en-gine is not running for an extended period.This can discharge the battery.

Starting the engine

When driving the vehicle, be sure to carrythe Intelligent Key with you.

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Slowly push the ignition switch in.When the Intelligent Key warning lightqa in the instrument panel comes onin green, the ignition switch can beturned.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andthe engine will be started.

4. When the engine starts, release the ig-nition switch.

WARNING

Do not start the engine from outside the ve-hicle through the window. Doing so couldlead to an accident and injury. Be sure to sitin the driver’s seat to use the key.

For important safety information, see“Starting the engine” in the “5. Startingand driving” section.

O When the ignition switch is pushedunder the following conditions, thekey warning light in the instrumentpanel comes on in red. It is not pos-sible to turn the ignition switch when:

• you do not have the Intelligent Keywith you

• the Intelligent Key battery has rundown

• you have an Intelligent Key for an-other vehicle with you

O Slowly turn the ignition switch afterthe key warning light comes on ingreen. If it is turned quickly, it may

SPA2193


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

stick and be difficult to turn.

O The engine may not start if the Intelli-gent Key is placed:

• inside the glove box or the doorpocket

• on the instrument panel

• in the corner of interior compart-ment.

O If it is difficult to turn the ignitionswitch, perform the following:

• Push the ignition switch again andslowly turn it.

• Turn the ignition switch while gentlyturning the steering wheel to the leftor right.

Stopping the engine

1. Shift the selector lever to the P posi-tion.

2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC.

WARNING

When you leave the vehicle, be sure to ob-serve the following:

O Shift the selector lever to P . (In other po-sitions, the ignition switch will not re-turn to LOCK.)

O Securely return the ignition switch toLOCK.

O Set the parking brake. Failure to do socould result in unexpected vehicle move-ment and could lead to severe injury.

INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATINGRANGE

The Intelligent Key functions can be usedonly when you carry the key with you andoperate as specified in the operatingrange inside or outside the vehicle.

When the Intelligent Key battery runsdown or where there are strong radiowaves or noise, the operating range maybe narrower or the key may be inopera-tive.

Operating range of the door lock/unlock function

The outside sensors are in the outsidemirrors, rear door corner pieces and thelift gate.

SPA1917


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The operating range of the doorlock/unlock function is shown in the illus-tration.

q1 59.1 in (1.5 m) from the outside mirrors

q2 59.1 in (1.5 m) from the rear doorcorner pieces

q3 31.5 in (80 cm) from the lift gatehandle

O If you are too close to the door glass,the Intelligent Key may not operate.

O If the Intelligent Key is in the oper-ating range, it is possible for anyonewho does not carry the Intelligent Keyto lock/unlock the doors by pushingthe door handle request switch. Operating range for engine start

function

The operating range for starting the en-gine is inside the vehicle.

O If the Intelligent Key is on the instru-ment panel, inside the glove box ordoor pocket, or the corner of interiorcompartment, it may not be possibleto start the engine.

O If the Intelligent Key is near the dooror door glass outside the vehicle, itmay be possible to start the engine.

WARNING SIGNALS

To help prevent the vehicle from movingunexpectedly by erroneous operation ofthe Intelligent Key or to help prevent thevehicle from being stolen, chime or beepsounds inside and outside the vehicleand a warning light comes on in the in-strument panel.

When a chime or beep sounds or thewarning light comes on, be sure to checkthe vehicle and Intelligent Key.

Alarm and warning when lockingthe doors

When the front door warning chime orbeep sounds, check for the following:

O The ignition switch is turned to LOCK.

O The Intelligent Key is not left insidethe vehicle.

O Doors are closed securely.

O The selector lever is in the P position.

The door beep sounds for about 2 sec-onds.

SPA1652


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Alarm and warning when theengine stops

When the P position selecting warninglight qb in the instrument panel blinks inred:

O Make sure the selector lever is in theP position.

When the chime sounds intermittently:

O Make sure the selector lever is in theP position and the ignition switch isturned to LOCK.

If the chime sounds continuously whenthe driver’s door is opened, check the fol-lowing:

O The selector lever is in the P positionand the ignition switch is turned toLOCK.

O The mechanical key or the valet key isnot inserted into the ignition switch.

O The inside warning chime may stopwhen one of the following is per-formed.

• Returning the ignition switch toLOCK.

• Removing the mechanical key or thevalet key.

• Closing the doors.

Alarm and warning when theengine starts

When the key warning light qa is blinkingin red and the outside buzzer sounds,make sure the Intelligent Key is inside thevehicle.

The buzzer sounds for about 3 seconds.

Warning for low battery power

O This warning is to let you know thatthe battery of the Intelligent Key willrun down soon. Replace it with a newone.

• The green blinking key warning lightqa goes out about 30 seconds afterthe ignition switch is turned to ON.

O We recommend replacing the batteryat an INFINITI dealer.

Preventing the Intelligent Keyfrom being left in the vehicle

If you lock all doors using the power doorlock switch with the Intelligent Key in thevehicle, all of the doors unlock immedi-ately and the beep sounds to warn youwhen the door is closed.

SPA2194


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

TROUBLE-SHOOTING GUIDE

Symptom Possible Cause Remedy

When pushing the door handle requestswitch

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 2 seconds

The doors cannot be locked.

Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and push the door handle re-quest switch.Turn the ignition switch to LOCK andpush the door handle request switchcarrying the Intelligent Key with you.Close all doors securely and push thedoor handle request switch carrying theIntelligent Key with you.

When closing the doors

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 10 seconds

The ignition switch is not turned toLOCK position.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.

The key warning light in the instrumentpanel blinks in red and the front doorwarning beep sounds for approxi-mately 3 seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the ve-hicle.

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key withyou.

The front door beep sounds for ap-proximately 3 seconds and all doorsunlock.

The Intelligent Key is left in the ve-hicle.

Take out the Intelligent Key from thevehicle and close the door.

When opening the driver’s door A warning chime sounds continuouslyThe ignition switch is not in LOCK posi-tion, or the mechanical key or valetkey is inserted into the ignition switch.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.Remove the mechanical key or valet keyform the ignition switch.

When stopping the engineThe P position warning light in the in-strument panel blinks in red.

The selector lever is not in the P posi-tion.

Make sure that the selector lever is inthe P position.

When turning the ignition switch The warning chime soundsThe ignition switch is not turned toLOCK.

Turn the ignition switch to LOCK.

When starting the engineThe key warning light in the instrumentpanel blinks in green.

The battery charge is low.Replace the battery to new one. See“Keyfob battery replacement” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Trouble-shooting examples

When it is difficult to turn the ignitionswitch

O Push the ignition switch again andturn it slowly.

O While gently turning the steeringwheel to the left or right, turn the igni-tion switch.

OPERATION WITH INTELLIGENTREMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

It is possible to lock/unlock all doors,fuel-filler door, activate the panic alarmand open the windows by pushing thebuttons on the Intelligent Key from out-side the vehicle.

Before locking the doors, make sure thekey is not left in the vehicle.

The LOCK/UNLOCK button on the Intelli-gent Key can operate at a distance of ap-proximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle.(The effective distance depends upon theconditions around the vehicle.)As many as 4 Intelligent Keys can be usedwith one vehicle. For information concern-ing the purchase and use of additional In-telligent Key, contact an INFINITI dealer.

The lock and unlock buttons on the Intel-ligent Key will not operate when:

O the Intelligent Key is too far away fromthe vehicle

O the Intelligent Key battery runs down

After locking with the remote control entryfunction, pull the door handle to makesure the doors are securely locked.

The operating range varies depending onthe environment. To securely operate thelock and unlock buttons, approach the ve-hicle to about 4.9 ft (1.5 m) from the door.

The panic alarm will not activate when themechanical key or the valet key is in the ig-nition switch. How to use remote keyless entry

system

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode:

This vehicle is set in hazard indicator andhorn mode when you first receive the ve-hicle.

The hazard indicator and horn mode alsocan be changed with vehicle electronicsystems on the monitor. See “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems”.

In hazard indicator and horn mode, whenthe LOCK button qA is pushed, the hazard

SPA1877


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

indicator flashes twice and the hornchirps once. When the UNLOCK button qB

is pushed, the hazard indicator flashesonce.

If hazard indicator and horn mode is notnecessary, you can switch to hazard indica-tor only mode by following the switchingprocedure.

In hazard indicator only mode, when theLOCK button qA is pushed, the hazard in-dicator flashes twice. When the UNLOCKbutton qB is pushed, neither the hazardindicator nor the horn operates.

(Switching procedure)

Push the LOCK qA and UNLOCK qB but-tons on the Intelligent Key simultaneouslyfor more than 2 seconds to switch fromone mode to the other.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator only mode, the hazard indicatorflashes 3 times.

When pushing the buttons to set hazardindicator and horn mode, the hazard indi-cator flashes once and the horn chirpsonce.

Locking doors and fuel-filler door:

1. Remove the mechanical key or the va-let key if any key is in the ignitionswitch.*1


3. Push the LOCK button qA on the Intel-ligent Key.

4. All the doors (including lift gate) andfuel-filler door will lock.

All of the doors will lock when the LOCKbutton qA on the Intelligent Key is pushedeven though the ignition switch is in theON position.

5. The hazard indicator flashes twice andthe horn chirps once.

O When the LOCK button qA is pushedwith all doors locked, the hazard indi-cator flashes twice and the hornchirps once as a reminder that thedoors are already locked.

*1: Doors lock with the Intelligent Keywhile the mechanical key or the valetkey is in the ignition switch or the ig-nition switch is pushed in.

*2: Doors do not lock with the IntelligentKey while any door is open.

SPA1260


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Unlocking doors and fuel-filler door:

1. Push the UNLOCK button qB on the In-telligent Key once.

O The driver’s door and fuel-filler doorunlock

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed with theignition switch in any position exceptthe ON position.

O The interior light turns on and thelight timer activates for 30 secondswhen the switch is in the DOOR posi-tion with the ignition switch in any po-sition except the ON position.

2. Push the UNLOCK button qB on the In-telligent Key again within 5 seconds.

O All doors unlock.

O Lift gate unlocks.

O The hazard indicator flashes once if alldoors are completely closed.

All doors will be locked automatically un-less one of the following operations isperformed within 1 minute of pressing theUNLOCK button qB .

O any door is open

O the ignition switch is pushed

O the mechanical key or the valet key isinserted into the ignition switch

The interior light can be turned offwithout waiting for 30 seconds by turningthe ignition switch to the ON position orby locking the doors with the IntelligentKey.

Opening the windows:

See “Opening and closing windows” onthe previous page.

Using the panic alarm:

If you are near your vehicle and feelthreatened, you may activate the alarm tocall attention as follows:

1. Push the PANIC button qC on the Intel-ligent Key for longer than 0.5 secondwith the metal key removed from theignition key cylinder or the ignitionswitch pushed in.

2. The theft warning alarm and head-lights will stay on for 25 seconds.

3. The panic alarm stops when:

O It has run for 25 seconds, or

O The LOCK qA or the UNLOCK qB buttonis pressed, or

O The PANIC button qC is pushed on theIntelligent Key for longer than 0.5 sec-ond.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPERATION WITH THEMECHANICAL KEY AND VALET KEY

If the Intelligent Key cannot be used be-cause its battery is discharged, use themetal key to lock or unlock the doors anduse the mechanical key or the valet key,which is registered to the INFINITI VehicleImmobilizer System components, to startthe engine.

Removing the mechanical key

O Release the lock knob at the back ofthe Intelligent Key and remove the me-chanical key.

O To install the mechanical key to the In-telligent Key, securely lock the lockknob and then check that the me-chanical key will not move.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with themechanical key installed in it.

Locking/unlocking the doors withthe metal key (mechanical key,valet key and wallet key)

The doors can be locked/unlocked by in-serting the metal key into the key cylinderin the driver’s door in the same way asthe ordinary key.

Starting the engine with themechanical key

1. Securely depress the brake pedal.

2. Insert the mechanical key or the valetkey into the ignition switch.

3. Turn the ignition switch to START andstart the engine.

4. After starting the engine, release theknob.

When the engine is off, the steering wheellock cannot be unlocked.

For important safety information, see the“5. Starting and driving” section.

Windows open/close with themechanical key

See “Opening and closing windows” onthe previous page.

SPA1878 SPA1913


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Pull the hood lock release handle q1located below the instrument panel;the hood will then spring up slightly.

2. Pull the lever q2 at the front of thehood with your fingertips and raisethe hood.

3. When closing the hood, lower it slowlyand make sure it locks into place.

WARNING

O Make sure the hood is completely closedand latched before driving. Failure to doso could cause the hood to fly open andresult in an accident.

O If you see steam or smoke coming fromthe engine compartment, to avoid injurydo not open the hood.

O The power door lock system allowsyou to lock or unlock all doors includ-ing the lift gate simultaneously.

O Push the opener switch qA and pullthe opener handle to open the liftgate.

WARNING

Do not drive with the lift gate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases to bedrawn into the vehicle. See “Precautions

SPA1268B SPA1879

HOOD LIFT GATE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

when starting and driving” in the “5.Starting and driving” section for exhaustgas.

AUTO CLOSURE

If the lift gate is pulled down to a partlyopen position, the lift gate will pull itselfto the closed position.

Do not apply excessive force when theauto closure is operating. Excessive forceapplied may cause the mechanism to mal-function.

CAUTION

O The lift gate will automatically closefrom a partly open position. To avoidpinching, keep hands and fingers awayfrom lift gate opening.

O Do not let children operate the lift gate.

Lift gate release lever

If the lift gate cannot be opened with thedoor lock switch due to a discharged bat-tery, follow these steps.

1. Remove the cover qA inside of the liftgate.

2. Move the lever as illustrated to openthe lift gate.

Contact an INFINITI dealer as soon as pos-sible for repair.

WARNING

O Always be sure the lift gate has beenclosed securely to prevent it fromopening while driving.

O Do not drive with the lift gate open. Thiscould allow dangerous exhaust gases tobe drawn into the vehicle.

SPA1880


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

OPEN THE FUEL-FILLER DOOR

To open the fuel-filler door, unlock itusing one of the following operations,then push the left-hand side of the lid.

O Push the unlock button on the keyfobor Intelligent Key once.

O Push the driver’s door handle requestswitch once.

O Insert the metal key into the door lockcylinder and turn the door key clock-wise twice.

O Push the power door lock switch tothe unlock side.

To lock, close the fuel-filler door and lockthe doors.

SPA1621

FUEL-FILLER DOOR


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL-FILLER CAP

The fuel-filler cap is a ratcheting type.Tighten the cap clockwise until ratchetingclicks are heard.

Put the fuel-filler cap qA on the capholder while refueling.

WARNING

O Gasoline is extremely flammable andhighly explosive under certain condi-tions. You could be burned or seriously

injured if it is misused or mishandled. Al-ways stop the engine and do not smokeor allow open flames or sparks near thevehicle when refueling.

O Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank af-ter the fuel pump nozzle shuts off auto-matically. Continued refueling maycause fuel overflow, resulting in fuelspray and possibly a fire.

O Use only an original equipment typefuel-filler cap as a replacement. It has a

built-in safety valve needed for properoperation of the fuel system and emis-sion control system. An incorrect capcan result in a serious malfunction andpossible injury. It could also cause the

malfunction indicator light tocome on.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle body toattempt to start your vehicle.

O Do not fill a portable fuel container in thevehicle or trailer. Static electricity cancause an explosion of flammable liquid,vapor or gas in any vehicle or trailer. Toreduce the risk of serious injury or deathwhen filling portable fuel containers:— Always place the container on the

ground when filling.— Do not use electronic devices when

filling.— Keep the pump nozzle in contact with

the container while you are filling it.— Use only approved portable fuel con-

tainers for flammable liquid.

SPA2161


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O If fuel is spilled on the vehicle body,flush it away with water to avoid paintdamage.

O Tighten until the fuel-filler cap clicks.Failure to tighten the fuel-filler cap prop-erly may cause the malfunction in-dicator light (MIL) to illuminate. If the

light illuminates because the fuel-filler cap is loose or missing, tighten orinstall the cap and continue to drive thevehicle. The light should turn offafter a few driving trips. If the lightdoes not turn off after a few driving trips,have the vehicle inspected by an INFINITIdealer.

O For additional information, see the “Mal-function indicator light (MIL)” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section.

WARNING

O Do not adjust the steering wheel whiledriving. You could lose control of yourvehicle and cause an accident.

O Do not adjust the steering wheel anycloser to you than is necessary forproper steering operation and comfort.The driver’s air bag inflates with greatforce. If you are unrestrained, leaningforward, sitting sideways or out of posi-tion in any way, you are at greater risk ofinjury or death in a crash. You may alsoreceive serious or fatal injuries from theair bag if you are up against it when it in-flates. Always sit back against the seat-back and as far away as practical fromthe steering wheel. Always use the seatbelts.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Tilt operation

Push the lever to adjust the steeringwheel up or down to the desired position.

Entry/Exit function

The automatic drive positioner system willmake the steering wheel move up auto-matically. This lets the driver get into andout of the seat more easily. See “Auto-matic drive positioner” later in this sec-tion.

SPA1881

TILTING TELESCOPIC STEERING COLUMN


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Telescopic operation

Push the lever to adjust the steeringwheel forward or backward to the desiredposition.

CAUTION

O Do not store the main sun visor beforestoring the extension sun visor.

O Do not pull the extension sun visor forc-edly downward.

1. To block out glare from the front,swing down the main sun visor q1 .

2. To block glare from the side, removethe main sun visor from the centermount and swing it to the side q2 .

3. Draw out the extension sun visor q3from the main sun visor to block fromfarther glare.

SPA2176

SUN VISORS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE INSIDEMIRROR

WARNING

Use automatic anti-glare only when neces-sary because it reduces rear view clarity.

The inside mirror is designed so that itautomatically changes reflection ac-cording to the intensity of the headlightsof the vehicle following you.

Type A:

When the inside MIRROR switch qA is inthe ON position (The Auto indicator lightqB will illuminate), excessive glare fromthe headlights of the vehicle behind youwill be reduced. Push the MIRROR switchqA to turn the system off (the indicatorlight goes off), and the inside mirror willoperate normally.

To turn on the system again, push theMIRROR switch once again.

For the HomeLink Universal Transceiverand the compass display, see the descrip-tion in the “2. Instruments and controls”section.

Type B:

The anti-glare system will be automati-cally turned on when you turn the ignitionswitch to the “ON” position.

When the system is turned on, the indica-tor light qB will illuminate and excessiveglare from the headlights of the vehiclebehind you will be reduced.

Push the switch for 3 seconds tomake the inside mirror operate normally,and the indicator light will go off. Pushthe switch again for 3 seconds toturn the system on.

Do not hang any object on the mirror or ap-ply glass cleaner. Doing so will reduce thesensitivity of the sensor qC , resulting inimproper operation.

SPA2195Type A

SPA2162Type B

MIRRORS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

OUTSIDE MIRRORS

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on thepassenger side are closer than they appear.Be careful when moving to the right. Usingonly this mirror could cause an accident. Usethe inside mirror or glance over yourshoulder to properly judge distances toother objects.

The outside mirror will operate only whenthe ignition switch is in the ACC or ON po-sition.

Move the switch to right or left to selectthe right or left outside mirror, then ad-just.

Defrosting outside mirrors

The outside mirrors will be heated whenthe rear window defroster switch is oper-ated.

Foldable outside mirrors

Manual type

Fold the outside mirrors by pushing themtowards the rear of the vehicle.

SPA1449 MPA0008


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Automatic type

The outside rearview mirror remote con-trol operates when the ignition switch isin the “ACC” or “ON” position.

The outside rearview mirrors automati-cally fold when the outside rearviewmirror folding switch is pushed to the“CLOSE” position q1 . To unfold, push tothe “OPEN” position q2 .

The automatic drive positioner systemhas two features:

O Memory storage function

O Entry/exit function

MEMORY STORAGE FUNCTION

Two positions for the driver’s seat,steering column, and outside mirrors canbe stored in the automatic drive posi-tioner memory. Follow these proceduresto use the memory system.

1. Apply the parking brake, and set theselector lever to the P (Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition ON.

3. Adjust the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors to the de-sired positions by manually operatingeach adjusting switch. For additionalinformation, see “Seats” in the “1.Safety — Seats, seat belts and supple-mental restraint system” section and“Steering wheel” and “Outside mir-rors” earlier in this section.During this step, do not turn the igni-tion to any positions other than ON.

SPA1732A SPA2185

AUTOMATIC DRIVE POSITIONER


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

4. Push the SET switch and, within 5 sec-onds, push the memory switch (1 or 2)fully for at least 1 second.

The indicator light for the pushed memoryswitch will come on and stay on for ap-proximately 5 seconds after pushing theswitch. After the indicator light goes off,the selected positions are stored in theselected memory (1 or 2).

If a new memory is stored in the samememory switch, the previous memory willbe deleted.

Linking a keyfob or Intelligent Keyto a stored memory position

A keyfob or Intelligent Key can be linkedto a stored memory position with the fol-lowing procedure.

1. Follow the steps for storing a memoryposition.

2. While the indicator light for thememory switch being set is illumi-nated for 5 seconds, press the

button on the keyfob or Intelli-gent Key. The indicator light will blink.After the indicator light goes off, thekeyfob or Intelligent Key is linked tothat memory setting.

With the key removed from the ignitionswitch, press the button on thekeyfob or Intelligent Key. The driver’sseat, steering wheel and outside mirrorswill move to the memorized position.

Confirming memory storage

O Turn the ignition ON and push the SETswitch. If the main memory has notbeen stored, the indicator light willcome on for approximately 0.5 second.When the memory has stored the posi-tion, the indicator light will stay on forapproximately 5 seconds.

O If the battery cable is disconnected, orif the fuse opens, the memory will becanceled. In such a case, reset the de-sired positions using the followingprocedures.

1. Open and close the driver’s door morethan two times with the ignition key inthe LOCK position.

2. Reset the desired position using theprevious procedure.

Selecting the memorized position

1. Set the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

2. Use one of the following methods tomove the driver’s seat, steeringcolumn and outside mirrors.

O Turn the ignition switch to the ON po-sition and push the memory switch (1or 2) fully for at least 1 second.

O Within 45 seconds after opening thedriver’s door, push the memory switch(1 or 2) fully for at least 1 second.

The driver’s seat, steering column andoutside mirrors will move to the memo-rized position with the indicator lightflashing, and then the light will stay onfor approximately 5 seconds.

ENTRY/EXIT FUNCTION

This system is designed so that the driv-er’s seat, steering column and door mir-rors will automatically move when the au-tomatic transmission selector lever is inthe P (Park) position. This allows thedriver to get into and out of the driver’sseat more easily.


w 07.11.30/S50-D/V5.0 X

The driver’s seat will slide backward andthe steering wheel will move up:

O When the driver’s door is opened afterremoving the key from the ignitionswitch or the ignition switch (if soequipped), or returning the ignitionswitch to lock position.

O When the driver’s door is opened withthe key turned to LOCK.

O When the key is turned from ACC toLOCK or returning the ignition switchto lock position with the driver’s dooropen.

The driver’s seat and steering wheel willreturn to the previous position:

O When the key is inserted into the igni-tion switch or the ignition switch (if soequipped) is pushed in after closingthe door.

O When the driver’s door is closed withthe key turned to LOCK.

O When the key or the ignition switch isturned from ACC to ON with the driv-er’s door open.

The entry/exit feature can be adjusted orcanceled. See “Vehicle electronic sys-tems” in the “4. Display screen, heater,

air conditioner and audio systems” sec-tion of this manual.

Initialize entry/exit function

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse opens, the entry/exit functionwill not work even if it has been set. Afterreconnecting the battery or replacing thefuse, open and close the driver’s doorseveral times after inserting the electronickey into the ignition switch. Theentry/exit function will be activated.

System operation

The automatic drive positioner system willnot work or will stop operating under thefollowing conditions:

O when the vehicle speed is above 4MPH (7 km/h).

O when any two or more of the memoryswitches are simultaneously pushedwhile the automatic drive positioner isoperating.

O when the adjusting switch for the driv-er’s seat is turned on while the auto-matic drive positioner is operating.

O when the memory switch 1 or 2 is notpushed for at least 1 second.

O when the seat has been alreadymoved to the memorized position.

O when no seat position is stored in thememory switch.

The automatic drive positioner system canbe adjusted and canceled. See “Auto-matic seat slide in getting off” and “Liftsteering column when exiting vehicle” inthe “4. Display screen, heater, air condi-tioner and audio systems” section.


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

4 Display screen, heater, air conditioner andaudio systems

Safety note....................................................... 4-2How to use INFINITI controller ..................... 4-2Start-up screen (model with Navigationsystem) ....................................................... 4-3

Control panel buttons — without Navigationsystem ............................................................. 4-4

How to use the “TRIP” button ..................... 4-5How to use the “FUEL ECON” button ........... 4-5How to use the “E/M” button...................... 4-5How to use the “MAINT” (Maintenance)button......................................................... 4-6Maintenance notice..................................... 4-6How to use “SETTING” button ..................... 4-8“DAY/NIGHT” button................................... 4-11Outside air temperature ............................. 4-11

Control panel buttons — with Navigationsystem ............................................................ 4-12

How to use “TRIP” button .......................... 4-12Maintenance notice ................................... 4-14How to use “SETTING” button .................... 4-15“DAY/NIGHT” button .................................. 4-18

Rearview monitor (if so equipped)................... 4-19How to read the displayed lines ................ 4-19Adjusting the screen ................................. 4-20

Operating tips ........................................... 4-20Ventilators...................................................... 4-20Heater and air conditioner (Automatic) ........... 4-22

Automatic operation .................................. 4-23Manual operation ...................................... 4-24Operating tips ........................................... 4-24In-cabin microfilter (if so equipped)........... 4-25

Servicing air conditioner ................................. 4-25Audio system.................................................. 4-26

FM radio reception .................................... 4-26AM radio reception.................................... 4-27Satellite radio reception (if so equipped)... 4-27Audio operation precautions...................... 4-27FM-AM-satellite radio with compact disc(CD) changer ............................................. 4-34CD care and cleaning ................................ 4-39Steering wheel switch for audio control(if so equipped) ........................................ 4-40

Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System withINFINITI voice recognition (if so equipped) ...... 4-41

Using the system ...................................... 4-43Control buttons ......................................... 4-45Getting started .......................................... 4-45List of voice commands............................. 4-47

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Speaker Adaptation (SA) mode .................. 4-53Troubleshooting guide ............................... 4-55

INFINITI Mobile Entertainment System (MES)(if so equipped) .............................................. 4-56

Digital video disc (DVD) player controls ..... 4-57Remote control .......................................... 4-57Remote control holder............................... 4-58

Flip-down screen ....................................... 4-58Playing a digital video disc (DVD).............. 4-59Care and maintenance .............................. 4-63How to handle the DVD............................. 4-63Antenna..................................................... 4-65

Car phone or CB radio .................................. 4-66

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not disassemble or modify thissystem. If you do, it may result in acci-dents, fire, or electrical shock.

O Do not use this system if you notice anyabnormality, such as a frozen screen orlack of sound. Continued use of thesystem may result in accident, fire orelectric shock.

O In case you notice any foreign objects inthe system hardware, spill liquid on it,or notice smoke or smell coming from it,stop using the system immediately andcontact an INFINITI dealer. Ignoring suchconditions may lead to accident, fire, orelectric shock.

HOW TO USE INFINITI CONTROLLER

Choose an item on the display using themain directional buttons q2 (or additionaldirectional buttons q6 with Navigationsystem) or center dial q3 , and push theENTER “ ” button q1 for operation.

If you push the BACK “ ” button q4 be-fore the setup is completed, the setup willbe canceled and/or the display will returnto the previous screen.

After the setup is completed, push theBACK “ ” button q4 and return to theprevious screen.

For the “VOICE” button q5 functions, referto the separate Navigation System Own-er’s Manual.

SAA1097With Navigation system

SAA1098Without Navigation system

SAFETY NOTE

4-2 Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

START-UP SCREEN (model withNavigation system)

When you push the ignition switch to theACC or ON position, the SYSTEMSTART-UP warning is displayed on thescreen. When you read and agree with thewarning, push the ENTER “ ”button.

If you do not push the ENTER “ ”button, you will not be able to use theNavigation system.

To proceed to the Navigation system,refer to the separate Navigation SystemOwner’s Manual.

SAA1382

Display screen, heater, air conditioner and audio systems 4-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1, 2, 7, 9, 13. For audio system controlbutton (See “AUDIO SYS-TEM” later in this sec-tion.)

3. “TRIP” button

4. INFINITI controller

5. “DAY/NIGHT” button

6. “MAINT” maintenance button

8. “E/M” button

10. “TRIP RESET” button

11. “FUEL ECON” button

12. “SETTING” button

Make sure the engine is running beforeusing this system.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

SAA1383

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — WITHOUTNAVIGATION SYSTEM


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE THE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, thefollowing modes will display on thescreen.

TRIP 1 (TIME, DIST, AVG) → TRIP 2 (TIME,DIST, AVG) → OFF

Elapsed Time, Driving Distance and Av-erage Speed will be displayed.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button, or push the “TRIPRESET” or “TRIP” button for more than ap-proximately 1.5 seconds.

HOW TO USE THE “FUEL ECON”BUTTON

Average Fuel Economy and Distance toEmpty will be displayed for referencewhen the “FUEL ECON” button is pushed.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button, or push the “TRIPRESET” or “TRIP” button for more than ap-proximately 1.5 seconds.

HOW TO USE THE “E/M” BUTTON

You can change the unit as follows usingthe “E/M” (English/Metric) button.

Unit: US — Mile, °F, MPGMetric — km, °C, L/100 km

SAA1384 SAA1385


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE THE “MAINT”(Maintenance) BUTTON

Maintenance and tire pressure informa-tion (if so equipped) will be displayedwhen the “MAINT” button is pushed.

To display the setting of the maintenanceinterval, select the “Engine Oil” or “TireRotation” key using the INFINITI controllerand push the ENTER “ ” button.

To set the maintenance interval, selectthe “Maintenance Schedule” key by usingthe INFINITI controller and move theINFINITI controller to the right or left.

To reset the maintenance interval, selectthe “Reset” key using the INFINITI control-ler and push the ENTER “ ” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE NOTICE, au-tomatically when setting trip distance isreached, select the “Display MaintenanceNotification” key and push the ENTER“ ” button.

MAINTENANCE NOTICE

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-GINE OIL” or “TIRE ROTATION”) will be au-tomatically displayed as shown whenboth of the following conditions are met:

O the vehicle is driven the set distanceand the ignition switch is turned OFF.

O the ignition key is turned ON the nexttime the vehicle will be driven.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played, push the BACK “ ” button.

SAA1386 SAA1387 SAA1354


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen dis-plays each time the key is turned ON untilone of the following conditions are met:

O “RESET” is selected.

O “Display Maintenance Notification” isset OFF.

O the maintenance interval is set again.

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

Pressure indication in ** psi on thescreen indicates that the pressure isbeing measured. After a few driving trips,the pressure for each tire will be dis-played randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures dis-played on the screen does not correspondwith the actual order of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s travelingcondition and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message(LOW PRESSURE or CHECK ALL TIRE) isdisplayed on the screen:

LOW PRESSURE — Check all tires.

WARNING

O When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys-tem (TPMS) will not function and the lowtire pressure warning light will flash forapproximately 1 minute and remain onafter the 1 minute. Contact your INFINITIdealer as soon as possible for tire re-placement and/or system resetting.

O Replacing tires with those not originallyspecified by INFINITI could affect theproper operation of the TPMS.

SAA1398


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

HOW TO USE “SETTING” BUTTON

The SETTINGS screen will appear whenthe “SETTING” button is pushed.

“Display” settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen selecting the “Display” key andpushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Brightness/Contrast:

To adjust the brightness and contrast ofthe screen, select the “Brightness/Contrast” key and push the ENTER“ ” button. Then you can adjust thebrightness to Darker or Brighter, the con-trast to Lower or Higher using the INFINITIcontroller.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SET-TING” button and select the “Display” keyand “Display Off” key. The indicator ofthe “Display Off” will turn on. When anymode button is pushed with the screenoff, the screen turns on for further opera-tion. The screen will turn off automatically5 seconds after the operation is finished.

To turn on the screen, push the “SET-TING” button and select the “Display” keyand “Display Off” key, then set the screento on by pushing the ENTER “ ”button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heaterand air conditioner) key to be displayedat the bottom, by using the INFINITI con-troller. The audio or HVAC (heater, airconditioner) setting condition will nor-mally appear on the screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the“SETTING” button or BACK “ ” button.

SAA1355 SAA1550


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle electronic systems

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screenwill appear when selecting the “VehicleElectronic Systems” key with the INFINITIcontroller and pushing the ENTER“ ” button.

You can set the various electronic sys-tems operating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select theapplicable item using the INFINITI control-ler, and push the ENTER “ ” button.

The indicator light alternately turns onand off each time the ENTER “ ”

button is pushed.Indicator light is illuminated. — ON

Indicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle:

The driver’s seat automatically movesback and returns to the original positionfor ease of exit and entry.

Selective door unlock:

This key can switch the unlock doors ofthe 1st unlocking operation as follows:

ON (Only the driver side door) ←→ OFF(All the doors)

Keyless Remote Response — Horn*:

This key changes the horn chirp modethat occurs when pushing the “LOCK”button on the keyfob or the IntelligentKey.

Keyless Remote Response — Lights*:

This key changes the hazard indicatorflash mode that occurs when pushing the“LOCK” or “UNLOCK” button on thekeyfob or the Intelligent Key.

* Even if you change the horn chirp or thehazard flash with the keyfob or the Intel-ligent Key, the change may not be re-

SAA1357 SAA1416 SAA1417


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

flected in the display. Use the keyfob orthe Intelligent Key to return to the previ-ous mode.

Auto Re-Lock Time:

The length of the auto door re-lock timecan be set. Select the “Auto Re-LockTime” key, then move the INFINITI control-ler and push the ENTER “ ” buttonto adjust the time.

Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights:

Automatic light illumination can be set asdesired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left (lower) or right (higher).

Automatic Headlights Off Delay:

You can control how long it takes the au-tomatic turn off timer to extinguish theheadlights in the AUTO position.

Select the “Automatic Headlights OffDelay” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left or right to adjust thetimer.

Speed Dependent Wiper:

When this item is turned to on, the wiperinterval is adjusted automatically ac-

cording to the vehicle speed.

Intelligent Key Lock Response — Sound(if so equipped):

The sound pattern of the Intelligent re-quest switch operation can be set as de-sired. Select the “Intelligent Key lock re-sponse — Sound” key, then push the EN-TER “ ” button to change thesound pattern.

Intelligent Key Unlock Response — BeepSound (if so equipped):

The beep sounds when unlocking doorwith the Intelligent request switch can beturned on or off.

Return All Settings to Default:

When this key is selected and turned onusing the ENTER “ ” button, all set-tings made by VEHICLE ELECTRONICS willreturn to the initial conditions.

System settings

Language/Unit:

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appearwhen selecting the “Language/Unit” keyand pushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Language: English or French


You can select the language and unitusing the INFINITI controller and ENTER“ ” button.

SAA1388


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTON

Pushing the “DAY/NIGHT” button willchange the display to DAY or NIGHT dis-play. Then, adjust the brightness movingthe INFINITI controller right or left.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds,or if the BACK “ ” button is pushed,the display will return to the previous dis-play.

Pushing the “DAY/NIGHT” button for morethan approximately 2 seconds will turnthe display on and off.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE

The outside air temperature is displayedin °F or °C.

It may differ from the actual outside airtemperature due to the sensor location.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1, 2, 3, 10, 11. For Navigation system con-trol buttons; refer to theseparate NavigationSystem Owner’s Manual.

4. INFINITI controller

5. “DAY/NIGHT” button

6. “TRIP” button

7, 8, 9, 13. For audio system control but-tons; refer to “AUDIOSYSTEM” later in this section.

12. “SETTING” button

When you use this system, make sure theengine is running.

If you use the system with the engine notrunning (ignition ON or ACC) for a longtime, it will use up all the battery power,and the engine will not start.

HOW TO USE “TRIP” BUTTON

When the “TRIP” button is pushed, thefollowing modes will display on thescreen.

Warning message (if there are any) →TRIP 1 → TRIP 2 → FUEL ECONOMY →MAINTENANCE.

SAA1399

CONTROL PANEL BUTTONS — WITHNAVIGATION SYSTEM


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

“TRIP” information

Elapsed Time, Driving Distance and Av-erage Speed will be displayed.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button or push the “TRIP”button for more than approximately 1.5seconds.

“FUEL ECONOMY” information

Average Fuel Economy and Distance toEmpty will be displayed for reference.

To reset, select the “Reset” key using theINFINITI controller and push the ENTER“ ” button or push the “TRIP”button for more than approximately 1.5seconds.

“MAINTENANCE” information

You can set the engine oil and the tire ro-tation interval.

And the tire pressure will appear on thescreen (if the tire pressure system isequipped).

To display the setting of the maintenanceinterval, select the “Engine Oil” or “TireRotation” key using the INFINITI controllerand push the ENTER “ ” button.

SAA1384 SAA1385 SAA1386


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

To set the maintenance interval, selectthe “Maintenance Schedule” key by usingthe INFINITI controller and move theINFINITI controller to the right or left.

To reset the maintenance interval, selectthe “Reset” key using the INFINITI control-ler and push the ENTER “ ” button.

To display the MAINTENANCE NOTICE, au-tomatically when setting trip distance isreached, select the “Display MaintenanceNotification” key and push the ENTER“ ” button.

MAINTENANCE NOTICE

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen (“EN-GINE OIL” or “TIRE ROTATION”) will be au-tomatically displayed as shown whenboth of the following conditions are met:

O the vehicle is driven the set distanceand the ignition switch is turned OFF.

O the ignition key is turned ON the nexttime the vehicle will be driven.

To return to the previous display after the“MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen is dis-played, push the BACK “ ” button.

The “MAINTENANCE NOTICE” screen dis-plays each time the key is turned ON untilone of the following conditions are met:

O “RESET” is selected.

O “Display Maintenance Notification” isset OFF.

O the maintenance interval is set again.

SAA1387 SAA1354


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Tire pressure information (if soequipped)

To view “TIRE PRESSURE” information,push the “TRIP” button repeatedly untilthe “MAINTENANCE” screen is displayed.Select “TIRE PRESSURE” using the INFINITIcontroller and push the ENTER “ ”button.

Pressure indication in ** psi on thescreen indicates that the pressure isbeing measured. After a few driving trips,the pressure for each tire will be dis-played randomly.

The order of tire pressure figures dis-played on the screen does not correspondwith the actual order of the tire position.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending onthe heat caused by the vehicle’s travelingcondition and the temperature.

In case of low tire pressure, a message isdisplayed on the screen:

LOW PRESSURE — Check all tires.

WARNING



* — Refer to the separate Navigation Sys-tem Owner’s Manual.

HOW TO USE “SETTING” BUTTON

The SETTINGS screen will appear whenthe “SETTING” button is pushed.

SAA1398 SAA1322


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

“Display” settings

The DISPLAY SETTINGS screen will appearwhen selecting the “Display” key andpushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Brightness/Contrast:

To adjust the brightness and contrast ofthe screen, select the “Brightness/Contrast” key and push the ENTER“ ” button. Then you can adjust thebrightness to Darker or Brighter, the con-trast to Lower or Higher using the INFINITIcontroller.

The Map Background is related to thenavigation system. Refer to the separateNavigation System Owner’s Manual.

Display Off:

To turn off the screen, push the “SET-TING” button and select the “Display” keyand “Display Off” key. The indicator ofthe “Display Off” will turn on. When anymode button is pushed with the screenoff, the screen turns on for further opera-tion. The screen will turn off automatically5 seconds after the operation is finishedon the map display in the Audio, HVAC(Heater and air conditioner).

To turn on the screen, push the “SET-TING” button and select the “Display” keyand “Display Off” key, then set the screento on by pushing the ENTER “ ”button.

Setting Audio or HVAC display:

Choose the “Audio” or “HVAC” (Heaterand air conditioner) key to be displayedat the bottom, by using the INFINITI con-troller. The audio or HVAC (heater, airconditioner) setting condition will nor-mally appear on the screen.

To return to the setting screen, push the“SETTING” button or BACK “ ” button.

Vehicle electronic systems

The VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS screenwill appear when selecting the “VehicleElectronic Systems” key with the INFINITIcontroller and pushing the ENTER“ ” button.

You can set the various electronic sys-tems operating conditions.

To set an operating condition, select theapplicable item using the INFINITI control-ler, and push the ENTER “ ” button.

The indicator light alternately turns onand off each time the ENTER “ ”

SAA1551 SAA1390


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

button is pushed.Indicator light is illuminated. — ON

Indicator light is not illuminated. — OFF

Adjust driver seat when exiting vehicle:

The driver’s seat automatically movesback and returns to the original positionfor ease of exit and entry.

Lift steering column when exiting vehicle:

The steering column automatically tilts upand returns to the original position for ex-ceptional ease of entry and exit.

Selective door unlock:

This key can switch the unlock doors ofthe 1st unlocking operation as follows:

ON (Only the driver side door) ←→ OFF(All the doors)

Keyless Remote Response — Horn*:

This key changes the horn chirp modethat occurs when pushing the “LOCK”button on the keyfob or the IntelligentKey.

Keyless Remote Response — Lights*:

This key changes the hazard indicator

flash mode that occurs when pushing the“LOCK” or “UNLOCK” button on thekeyfob or the Intelligent Key.

* Even if you change the horn chirp or thehazard flash with the keyfob or the Intel-ligent Key, the change may not be re-flected in the display. Use the keyfob orthe Intelligent Key to return to the previ-ous mode.

Auto Re-Lock Time:

The length of the auto door re-lock timecan be set. Select the “Auto Re-LockTime” key, then move the INFINITI control-ler and push the ENTER “ ” buttonto adjust the time.

Sensitivity of Automatic Headlights:

Automatic light illumination can be set asdesired.

Select the “Sensitivity of Automatic Head-lights” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left (lower) or right (higher).

Automatic Headlights Off Delay:

You can control how long it takes the au-tomatic turn off timer to extinguish theheadlights in the AUTO position.

SAA1391 SAA1392


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Select the “Automatic Headlights OffDelay” key, then move the INFINITI con-troller to the left or right to adjust thetimer.

Speed Dependent Wiper:

When this item is turned to on, the wiperinterval is adjusted automatically ac-cording to the vehicle speed.

Intelligent Key Lock Response — Sound(if so equipped):

The sound pattern of the Intelligent re-quest switch operation can be set as de-sired. Select the “Intelligent Key lock re-sponse — Sound” key, then push theENTER“ ” button to change thesound pattern.

Intelligent Key Unlock Response — BeepSound (if so equipped):

The beep sounds when unlocking doorwith the Intelligent request switch can beturned on or off.

Return All Settings to Default:

When this key is selected and turned onusing the ENTER “ ” button, all set-tings made by VEHICLE ELECTRONIC SYS-TEMS will return to the initial conditions.

System settings

Language/Unit:

The LANGUAGE/UNIT screen will appearwhen selecting the “Language/Unit” keyand pushing the ENTER “ ” button.

Language: English or French


You can select the language and unitusing the INFINITI controller and ENTER“ ” button.

“DAY/NIGHT” BUTTON

Pushing the “DAY/NIGHT” button willchange the display to DAY or NIGHT dis-play. Then, adjust the brightness movingthe INFINITI controller right or left.

If no operation is done within 10 seconds,or if the BACK “ ” button is pushed,the display will return to the previous dis-play.

Pushing the “DAY/NIGHT” button for morethan approximately 2 seconds will turnthe display on and off.

SAA1388


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

When the selector lever is shifted into theR (Reverse) position, the monitor displayshows view to the rear of the vehicle.

The system is designed as an aid to thedriver in detecting large stationary objectsto help avoid damaging the vehicle. Thesystem will not detect small objectsbelow the bumper, and may not detectobjects close to the bumper or on theground.

CAUTION

O The rearview camera is a conveniencebut it is not a substitute for proper back-ing. Always turn and check that it is safeto do so before backing up. Always backup slowly.

O Objects viewed in the rearview monitordiffer from actual distance because awide-angle lens is used. Objects in therearview monitor will appear visually op-posite than when viewed in the rearviewand outside mirrors.

O Make sure that the lift gate is securelyclosed when backing up.

O Do not put anything on the rearviewcamera. The rearview camera is installedbeside the license plate light.

O When washing the vehicle with high-pressure water, be sure not to spray itaround the camera. Otherwise, watermay enter the camera unit causing watercondensation on the lens, a malfunction,fire or an electric shock.

O Do not strike the camera. It is a precisioninstrument. Otherwise, it may malfunc-tion or cause damage resulting in a fireor an electric shock.

O Do not use alcohol, benzine or thinner toclean the camera. This will cause discol-oration.

O There is a plastic cover over the camera.Do not scratch the cover when cleaningdirt or snow from it.

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYEDLINES

Lines which indicate the vehicle clearanceand distances to objects with reference tothe bumper line qA are displayed on themonitor.

They are indicated as reference distancesto objects. Displayed lines indicate dis-tances 1.5 feet (red) q1 , 3 feet (yellow) q2 ,7 feet (green) q3 and 10 feet (green) q4[0.5 m (red), 1 m (yellow), 2 m (green) and3 m (green)] from the lower part of thebumper line qA .

SAA0889

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The vehicle clearance lines are wider thanthe actual clearance.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN

To adjust the quality of the screen, referto “HOW TO USE THE “SETTING” BUTTON”in this section.

OPERATING TIPS

O When the selector lever is shifted to R,the display screen automaticallychanges to the rearview monitormode. However, the radio can beheard.

O It may take some time for the rearviewmonitor to display after the selectorlever has been shifted to R. Objectsmay be distorted momentarily. Whenthe selector lever is returned to a posi-tion other than R, it may take sometime for the screen to change. Objectson the screen may be distorted untilthey are completely displayed.

O When the temperature is extremelyhigh or low, the screen may not clearlydisplay objects. This is not a malfunc-tion.

O When strong light directly enters the

camera, objects may not be displayedclearly.

O Vertical lines may be seen in objectson the screen. This is due to strong re-flected light from the bumper. This isnot a malfunction.

O The screen may flicker under fluores-cent light. This is not a malfunction.

O The colors of objects on the rear viewmonitor may differ somewhat fromthose of the actual object.

O When the contrast of objects is low atnight, pushing the ENTER “ ”button may not change the brightness.

O Objects on the monitor may not beclear in a dark place or at night.

O If dirt, rain or snow attaches to thecamera, the rear view monitor may notclearly display objects. Clean the cam-era.

O To clean the camera, wipe with a clothdampened with diluted mild cleaningagent and then wipe with a dry cloth.

O Do not use body wax on the camerawindow. Wipe off any wax with a cleancloth dampened with mild detergentdiluted with water.

Open or close, and adjust the air flow di-rection of ventilators.

: This symbol indicates that thevents are closed.

: This symbol indicates that thevents are open.

SAA0708AFront

VENTILATORS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

SAA0709ARear — side


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Temperature control button (driveronly, or driver and passenger)

2. “AUTO” climate control “ON” button

3. “ ” front defroster button

4. “A/C” air conditioner “ON/OFF” button

5. “MODE” manual air flow control button

6. Temperature control button (passengerside)

7. “OFF” button for climate controlsystem

8. “ ” rear window defroster button;refer to the “2. Instrument and con-trols” section.

9. Fan speed control button

10. “ ” intake air controlbutton

11. “DUAL” passenger side temperaturecontrol “ON/OFF” button

SAA1393

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER(Automatic)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The air conditioner cooling function op-erates only when the engine is running.

O On hot, sunny days, temperatures in aclosed vehicle could quickly becomehigh enough to cause severe or possiblyfatal injuries to people or animals. Donot leave children or adults who wouldnormally require the assistance ofothers in your vehicle. Unattended petsshould also not be left alone.

O Do not use the recirculation mode forlong periods as it may cause the interiorair to become stale and the windows tofog up.

Start the engine and operate the controlsto activate the air conditioner.

AUTOMATIC OPERATION

Cooling and/or dehumidifiedheating (AUTO)

This mode may be normally used all yearround as the system automatically works

to keep a constant temperature. Air flowdistribution and fan speed are also con-trolled automatically.

1. Push the “AUTO” button on. (AUTO willbe displayed.)

2. Push the temperature set button to setthe desired temperature.

O Adjust the temperature to about 75°F(24°C) for normal operation.

O The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintained auto-matically. Air flow distribution and fanspeed are also controlled automati-cally.

3. You can individually set driver andfront passenger side temperatureusing each temperature controlbutton. When the “DUAL” button ispushed or passenger side temperaturecontrol button is turned, the DUAL in-dicator will come on. To turn off thepassenger side temperature control,push the “DUAL” button.

A visible mist may be seen coming fromthe ventilators in hot, humid conditionsas the air is cooled rapidly. This does notindicate a malfunction.

Heating (A/C OFF)

The air conditioner does not activate.When you need to heat only, use thismode.

1. Push the “A/C” button. (A/C OFF willbe displayed and A/C indicator willturn off.)


O The temperature of the passengercompartment will be maintained auto-matically. Air flow distribution and fanspeed are also controlled automati-cally.

O Do not set the temperature lower thanthe outside air temperature. Otherwisethe system may not work properly.

O Not recommended if windows fog up.

Dehumidified defrosting ordefogging

1. Push the “ ” FRONT defroster but-ton on. (The indicator light on the but-ton will come on.)



w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O To quickly remove ice from the outsideof the windows, push the fan speedcontrol button “ ” and set to themaximum position.

O As soon as possible after the wind-shield is clean, push the “AUTO”button to return to the auto mode.

O When the “ ” front defrosterbutton is pushed, the air conditionerwill automatically be turned on at out-side temperatures above 23°F (−5°C)to defog the windshield, and the airrecirculate mode will automatically beturned off.

Outside air is drawn into the pas-senger compartment to improve thedefogging performance.

MANUAL OPERATION

Fan speed control

Push the fan control button “ ” tomanually control the fan speed.

Push the “AUTO” button to return to auto-matic control of the fan speed.

Air recirculation

Push the intake air control button“ ” to recirculate interior air in-

side the vehicle. The indicator light on the“ ” side will come on.

The air recirculation mode cannot beactivated when the air conditioner is in thefront defrosting mode “ ”.

Fresh air

Push the button “ ” to draw out-side air into the passenger compartment.The indicator light on the “ ” side willcome on.

Automatic intake air control

In the AUTO mode, the intake air will becontrolled automatically. To manually con-trol the intake air, push the intake aircontrol “ ” . To return to the au-tomatic control mode, push the intake aircontrol button for about 2 seconds. Theindicator lights (both air recirculate andfresh air buttons) will flash twice, andthen the intake air will be controlled auto-matically.

Air flow control

Pushing the “MODE” manual air flow con-trol button selects the air outlet to:

: Air flows from center and sideventilators.

: Air flows from center and sideventilators and foot outlets.

: Air flows mainly from foot outlets.

: Air flows from defroster and footoutlets.

To turn the system off

Push the “OFF” button.

OPERATING TIPS

When the engine coolant temperature andoutside air temperature are low, the airflow from the foot outlets may not operatefor a maximum of 150 seconds. However,this is not a malfunction. After the coolanttemperature warms up, the air flow fromthe foot outlets will operate normally.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The sensor qA on the instrument panelhelps maintain a constant temperature;do not put anything on or around thissensor.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER (if soequipped)

The air conditioning system is equippedwith an in-cabin microfilter which collectsdirt, pollen, dust, etc. To make sure theair conditioner heats, defogs, and venti-lates efficiently, replace the filter in accor-dance with the maintenance schedule inthe “INFINITI Service and Maintenance

Guide”. To replace the filter, contact anINFINITI dealer.

The filter should be replaced if the air flowdecreases significantly or if windows fogup easily when operating the heater or airconditioning system.

The air conditioning system in your INFINITIvehicle is charged with a refrigerant de-signed with the environment in mind. Thisrefrigerant will not harm the earth’s ozonelayer. However, special charging equip-ment and lubricants are required when ser-vicing your INFINITI air conditioner. Usingimproper refrigerants or lubricants willcause severe damage to your air condition-ing system. See “Capacities and recom-mended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Techni-cal and consumer information” section forair conditioning system refrigerant and lu-bricant recommendations.

An INFINITI dealer will be able to serviceyour environmentally friendly air condi-tioning system.

WARNING

The air conditioner system contains refriger-ant under high pressure. To avoid personalinjury, any air conditioner service should bedone only by an experienced technician withproper equipment.

SAA0642B

SERVICING AIR CONDITIONER


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Turn the ignition key to ACC or ON andpress the power on switch to turn on theradio. If you listen to the radio with theengine not running, the key should beturned to the ACC position.

Radio reception is affected by station sig-nal strength, distance from radio trans-mitter, buildings, bridges, mountains andother external influences. Intermittentchanges in reception quality normally arecaused by these external influences.

Using a cellular phone in or near the ve-hicle may influence radio receptionquality.

Radio reception

Your radio system is equipped with state-of-the-art electronic circuits to enhanceradio reception. These circuits are de-signed to extend reception range, and toenhance the quality of that reception.

However there are some general charac-teristics of FM, AM and satellite radio sig-nals that can affect radio receptionquality in a moving vehicle, even whenthe finest equipment is used. These char-acteristics are completely normal in agiven reception area, and do not indicateany malfunction in your radio system.

Remember that a moving vehicle is notthe ideal place to listen to a radio. Be-cause of the movement, reception condi-tions will constantly change. Buildings,terrain, signal distance and interferencefrom other vehicles can work againstideal reception. Described below aresome of the factors that can affect yourradio reception.

Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzing noiseto come from the audio system speakers.Storing the device in a different locationmay reduce or eliminate the noise.

FM RADIO RECEPTION

Range: FM range is normally limited to 25to 30 miles (40 to 48 km), with monaural(single channel) FM having slightly morerange than stereo FM. External influencesmay sometimes interfere with FM stationreception even if the FM station is within25 miles (40 km). The strength of the FMsignal is directly related to the distancebetween the transmitter and receiver. FMsignals follow a line-of-sight path, exhib-iting many of the same characteristics aslight. For example they will reflect off ob-jects.

SAA0306C

AUDIO SYSTEM


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

Fade and drift: As your vehicle movesaway from a station transmitter, the sig-nals will tend to fade and/or drift.

Static and flutter: During signal interfer-ence from buildings, large hills or due toantenna position, usually in conjunctionwith increased distance from the stationtransmitter, static or flutter can be heard.This can be reduced by adjusting thetreble control counterclockwise to reducetreble response.

Multipath reception: Because of the re-flective characteristics of FM signals, di-rect and reflected signals reach the re-ceiver at the same time. The signals maycancel each other, resulting in momentaryflutter or loss of sound.

AM RADIO RECEPTION

AM signals, because of their low fre-quency, can bend around objects andskip along the ground. In addition, thesignals can be bounced off the iono-sphere and bent back to earth. Becauseof these characteristics. AM signals arealso subject to interference as they travelfrom transmitter to receiver.

Fading: Occurs while the vehicle ispassing through freeway underpasses or

in areas with many tall buildings. It canalso occur for several seconds duringionospheric turbulence even in areaswhere no obstacles exist.

Static: Caused by thunderstorms, elec-trical power lines, electric signs and eventraffic lights.

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION (if soequipped)

When the satellite radio is first installedor the battery has been replaced, the sat-ellite radio may not work properly. This isnot a malfunction. Wait more than 10 min-utes with satellite radio ON for satelliteradio to receive all of the necessary data.

No satellite radio reception is availableunless optional satellite receiver and an-tenna are installed and an XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio service subscrip-tion is active.

Satellite radio is not available in Alaska,Hawaii and Guam.

Satellite radio performance may be af-fected if cargo carried on the roof blocksthe satellite radio signal.

If possible, do not put cargo over the sat-ellite antenna.

A build up of ice on the satellite radio an-tenna can affect satellite radio perfor-mance. Remove the ice to restore satelliteradio reception.

AUDIO OPERATION PRECAUTIONS

Compact Disc (CD) player

O Do not force a compact disc into the CDinsert slot. This could damage the CDand/or CD changer/player.

O Trying to load a CD with the CD doorclosed could damage the CD and/or CDchanger.

O During cold weather or rainy days, theplayer may malfunction due to the hu-midity. If this occurs, remove the CDand dehumidify or ventilate the playercompletely.

O The player may skip while driving onrough roads.

O The CD player sometimes cannot func-tion when the passenger compartmenttemperature is extremely high. De-crease the temperature before use.


w 07.11.21/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Only use high quality 4.7 in (12 cm)round discs that have the “COMPACTdisc DIGITAL AUDIO” logo on the discor packaging.

O Do not expose the CD to direct sun-light.

O CDs that are of poor quality, dirty,scratched, covered with fingerprints, orthat have pin holes may not work prop-erly.

O The following CDs may not work prop-erly:

• Copy control compact discs (CCCD)

• Recordable compact discs (CD-R)

• Rewritable compact discs (CD-RW)

O Do not use the following CDs as theymay cause the CD player to malfunc-tion.

• 3.1 in (8 cm) discs

• CDs that are not round

• CDs with a paper label

• CDs that are warped, scratched, orhave abnormal edges

O CDs with MP3 or WMA format cannot bewritten in this audio system.

O If the CD cannot be played, one of thefollowing messages will be displayed.

CHECK DISC:

• Confirm that the CD is inserted cor-rectly (the label side is facing up,etc.).

• Confirm that the CD is not bent orwarped and it is free of scratches.

PUSH EJECT:

This is a malfunction due to excessivetemperature inside the player. Removethe CD by pushing the “EJECT” button.After a short time, reinsert the CD. TheCD can be played when the tempera-ture of the player returns to normal.

UNPLAYABLE:

The file is unplayable in this audio sys-tem (only MP3 or WMA CD).

SAA0480


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Compact Disc (CD) with MP3 orWMA

Explanation of terms:

O MP3 — MP3 is short for Moving Pic-tures Experts Group Audio Layer 3.MP3 is the most well-known com-pressed digital audio file format. Thisformat allows for near “CD quality”sound, but at a fraction of the size ofnormal audio files. MP3 conversion ofan audio track from CD-ROM can re-duce the file size by approximately10:1 ratio with virtually no perceptibleloss in quality. MP3 compression re-moves the redundant and irrelevantparts of a sound signal that thehuman ear doesn’t hear.

O WMA — Windows Media Audio (WMA)is a compressed audio format createdby Microsoft as an alternative to MP3.The WMA codec offers greater filecompression than the MP3 codec, en-abling storage of more digital audiotracks in the same amount of spacewhen compared to MP3s at the samelevel of quality.

O Bit rate — Bit rate denotes the numberof bits per second used by a digitalmusic file. The size and quality of a

compressed digital audio file is deter-mined by the bit rate used when en-coding the file.

O Sampling frequency — Sampling fre-quency is the rate at which thesamples of a signal are convertedfrom analog to digital (A/D conversion)per second.

O Multisession — Multisession is one ofthe methods for writing data to media.Writing data once to the media iscalled a single session, and writingmore than once is called a multises-sion.

O ID3/WMA Tag — The ID3 tag is thepart of the encoded MP3 or WMA filethat contains information about thedigital music file such as song title,artist, album title, encoding bit rate,track time duration, etc. ID3 tag infor-mation is displayed on theAlbum/Artist/Track title line on thedisplay.

* Windows and Windows Media areeither registered trademarks or trade-marks of Microsoft Corporation in theUnited States and/or other countries.

Playback order:

Playback order of the CD with compressedfiles (MP3/WMA) is as illustrated above.

SAA1025


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The names of folders not containingMP3/WMA files are not shown in thedisplay.

O If there is a file in the top level of thedisc, “ROOT” is displayed.

O The playback order is the order inwhich the files were written by thewriting software. Therefore, the filesmight not play in the desired order.

Specification chart:

Supported media CD, CD-R, CD-RW

Supported file systemsISO9660 LEVEL1, ISO9660 LEVEL2, Romeo, Joliet* ISO9660 Level 3 (packet writing) is not sup-ported.

Supported versions*

MP3

Version MPEG1, MPEG2, MPEG2.5

Sampling frequency 8 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 8 kbps - 320 kbps, VBR

WMA

Version WMA7, WMA8, WMA9

Sampling frequency 32 kHz - 48 kHz

Bit rate 48 kbps - 192 kbps, VBR

Tag information ID3 tag VER1.0, VER1.1, VER2.2, VER2.3 (MP3 only)

Folder levelsFolder levels: 8, Folders: 255 (including root folder),Files: 512

Text character number limitation 128 characters

Displayable character codes

01: ASCII, 02: ISO-8859-1, 03: UNICODE (UTF-16BOM Big Endian), 04: UNICODE (UTF-16 Non-BOMBig Endian), 05: (UTF-8), 06: UNICODE (Non-UTF-16BOM Little Endian)

* Files created with a combination of 48 kHz sampling frequency and 64 kbps bit ratecannot be played.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Troubleshooting guide:

Symptom Cause and Countermeasure

Cannot play

Check if the disc was inserted correctly.

Check if the disc is scratched or dirty.

Check if there is condensation inside the player. If there is, wait until the condensation is gone (about 1 hour) before using theplayer.

If there is a temperature increase error, the CD player will play correctly after it returns to the normal temperature.

If there is a mixture of music CD files (CD-DA data) and MP3/WMA files on a CD, only the music CD files (CD-DA data) will beplayed.

Files with extensions other than “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma” cannot be played. In addition, the character codes andnumber of characters for folder names and file names should be in compliance with the specifications.

Poor sound qualityCheck if the disc is scratched or dirty.

The bit rate may be too low.

It takes a relatively long time be-fore the music starts playing.

If there are many folder or file levels on the MP3/WMA disc, or if it is a multisession disc, some time may be required beforethe music starts playing.

Music cuts off or skipsThe writing software and hardware combination might not match, or the writing speed, writing depth, writing width, etc., mightnot match the specifications. Try using the slowest writing speed.

Skipping with high bit rate files Skipping may occur with large quantities of data, such as for high bit rate data.

Move immediately to the nextsong when playing.

When a non-MP3/WMA file has been given an extension of “.MP3”, “.WMA”, “.mp3” or “.wma”, or when play is prohibited bycopyright protection, there will be approximately 5 seconds of no sound and then the player will skip to the next song.

The songs do not play back in thedesired order.

The playback order is the order in which the files were written by the writing software. Therefore, the files might not play inthe desired order.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. “RPT (Repeat)zRDM (Random)” button

2. “SCAN” button

3. “CD LOAD” button

4. “A.B.C.” preset select button

5. “RADIO” FM-AM-SAT band selectbutton

6. “CDzDVD” play button

7. CD slot

8. “DISP (Display)” button

9. “SEEK/APS REW” button

10. “APS FF/TRACK CHANGE” button

11. “CD EJECT” button

12. “PAUSE/MUTE” button

13. POWER ONzOFF/VOLUME control knob

14. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT)/CDinsert/eject or CD play select button

15. TUNE knob, FOLDER select and AUDIO(BASS, TREBLE, FADE, BALANCE, andSSV) knob

*: No satellite radio reception is availableunless optional satellite receiver andantenna are installed and an XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio service sub-scription is active.

SAA1394Without Navigation system


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. “CD LOAD” button

2. “A.B.C.” preset select button

3. “RADIO” FM-AM-SAT band selectbutton

4. “CD/DVD” play button

5. CD slot

6. “DISP (Display)” button

7. “SEEK/APS REW” button

8. “APS FF/TRACK CHANGE” button

9. “CD EJECT” button

10. “RPT (Repeat) RDM (Random)” playbutton

11. “SCAN” button

12. “POWER ONzOFF/VOLUME” controlknob

13. Station and preset (FM/AM/SAT)/CDinsert/eject or CD play select button

14. TUNE knob, FOLDER select and AUDIO(BASS, TREBLE, FADE, BALANCE, andSSV) knob

*: No satellite radio reception is availableunless optional satellite receiver andantenna are installed and an XM orSIRIUSTM satellite radio service sub-scription is active.

SAA1395With Navigation system


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

It may take some time to receive the acti-vation signal after subscribing to the XMor SIRIUSTM satellite radio provider. Afterreceiving the activation signal, an avail-able station list will be automatically up-dated in the radio. For XM , turn the igni-tion switch from the LOCK to ACC positionto update the station list.


FM-AM-SATELLITE RADIO WITHCOMPACT DISC (CD) CHANGER

Audio main operation

For all operation precautions, see “Audiooperation precautions” earlier in this sec-tion.

Head unit:

The radio has an FM diversity receptionsystem, which employs an antennaprinted on the rear window. This systemautomatically switches to the antennawhich is receiving less interference.

The auto loudness circuit enhances thelow frequency range automatically in bothradio reception and CD playback.

POWER on/off:

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition, and then push the “POWER”on/off button while the system is off tocall up the mode (radio, CD or DVD) whichwas playing immediately before thesystem was turned off. When no CD orDVD is loaded, the radio will come on.While the system is on, pushing the“POWER” on/off button turns the systemoff.

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjustthe volume.

This vehicle has Speed Sensitive controlVolume (SSV) for audio. The audio volumechanges as the driving speed changes.

AUDIO knob (BASS, TREBLE, FADER,BALANCE, SSV):

Push the AUDIO knob to change the se-lecting mode as follows.

BASS → TREBLE → FADE → BALANCE →SSV → (Normal) → BASS

To adjust Bass, Treble, Fader and Bal-ance, push the AUDIO knob until the de-sired mode BASS, TREBLE, FADE or BAL-ANCE appears in the display. Turn the AU-

DIO knob to adjust Bass, Treble, Fade orBalance. Fade adjusts the sound level be-tween the front and rear speakers andBalance adjusts the sound between theright and left speakers.

To change the SSV mode to OFF, LOW,MID or HIGH, turn the AUDIO knob.

After 10 seconds, the radio, or CD displayreappears. Once the sound quality is setto the desired level, push the AUDIO knobrepeatedly until the radio, or CD displayappears.

DISPLAY CHANGE:

This button will work during FM/AM radio,satellite radio (if so equipped) and CD op-eration. Find the detailed function in thedescription of each item.

Pause/mute button (if soequipped):

To mute or pause the audio sound, pushthe “PAUSE/MUTE” button.

To release the mute or pause, push thebutton again.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

FM-AM-SAT radio operation

RADIO (FM/AM/SAT) band select:

Pushing the band select button willchange the band as follows:

(Without satellite radio)

AM → FM → AM

(With satellite radio)

AM → FM → SAT (XM/SR) → AM

No satellite radio reception is availableunless optional satellite receiver and an-tenna are installed and an XM or SIRI-USTM satellite radio service subscriptionis active.


When the RADIO band select button ispushed while the ignition switch is in theACC or ON position, the radio will comeon at the station last played.

The last station played will also come onwhen the ONzOFF/VOL control knob ispushed to ON.

If another audio source is playing whenthe “RADIO” button is turned to ON, theother audio source will automatically be

turned off and the last radio stationplayed will come on.

The FM stereo indicator ST will glowduring FM stereo reception. When the ste-reo broadcast signal is weak, the radiowill automatically change from stereo tomonaural reception.

TUNE (Tuning):

O For AM and FM radio

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob formanual tuning.

O For satellite radio

Turn the TUNE/FOLDER knob to seekstations from all of the categorieswhen any CAT is not selected.

SEEK tuning:

O For AM and FM radio

Push the “SEEK/TRACK” buttonor for less than 1.5 seconds

to tune from high to low or low to highfrequencies and to stop at each broad-casting station for 5 seconds. Pushingthe button again during this 5 secondperiod will stop SEEK tuning and theradio will remain turned to that sta-tion. Push the “SEEK/TRACK” button

or for more than 1.5 sec-onds to tune from high to low or lowto high frequencies and to stop ateach broadcasting station for 5 sec-onds. Pushing the button again duringthis 5 second period will stop SEEKtuning and the radio will remainturned to that station.

O For satellite radio

After selecting a CAT name, push the“SEEK/TRACK” button or toseek the next or previous station inthe selected category. To seek the firststations listed in each category, pushthe “SEEK/TRACK” button or

before selecting a CAT name.

To cancel the CAT mode, push the BACK“ ” button on the INFINITI controller.

SCAN tuning:

Push the SCAN tuning button to tune fromlow to high frequencies and stops at eachbroadcasting station for 5 seconds. Push-ing the button again during this 5 sec-onds period will stop “SCAN” tuning andthe radio will remain tuned to that sta-tion.

If the “SCAN” tuning button is not pushed


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

within 5 seconds, SCAN tuning moves tothe next station.

PRESET select:

Push the “PRESET” select button to goto the next PRESET. After choosing fromthe PRESET A, B or C, you can select thedesired station using the INFINITI con-troller or pushing the station preset but-tons to .

to Station memoryoperations:

Six stations can be set for PRESET A, Band C. The PRESET A, B and C function al-lows you to store a combination of FM,AM and SAT (if so equipped) stations foreasy access.

1. Choose preset station A, B or C usingthe preset select button.

2. Tune to the desired station using the“SEEK”, “SCAN” or “TUNE” button.

3. Select the desired station and keeppushing any of the desired stationpreset buttons to until abeep sound is heard. (The radio muteswhen the select button is pushed.)

4. The station indicator will then comeon and the sound will resume. Memo-rizing is now complete.

5. Other buttons can be set in the samemanner.

If the battery cable is disconnected, or ifthe fuse blows, the radio memory will beerased. In that case, reset the desiredstations.

DISPLAY:

O By pushing the “DISP” button for morethan 1.5 seconds while receiving FMradio waves, “PS NAME” switches be-tween ON and OFF.

O Pushing the “DISP” button will displayadditional information about the satel-lite radio broadcast (for example:Artist name, Title).Keep pushing the “DISP” button, andit will change the information of thesatellite radio broadcast to be dis-played as follows:CH Number → CH Name → ArtistName → Song Title → CH Number

CATEGORY (CAT):

1. CAT selection mode

CAT name selection can be done by

turning the TUNE/FOLDER knob in theCAT selection mode or by using theINFINITI controller when the CAT list isdisplayed on the screen.

2. CAT SEEK tuning mode

After selecting a CAT name, push the“SEEK/TRACK” button or toseek the next or previous station inthe selected category.

To seek the first stations listed in eachcategory, push the “SEEK/TRACK” but-ton or before entering theCAT select mode.

To cancel the CAT mode, push theBACK “ ” button on the INFINITIcontroller.

3. CAT SCAN tuning mode

After selecting a CAT name, push the“SEEK/TRACK” button for more than1.5 seconds to scan stations in the


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

selected category, and stop at eachstation for 5 seconds. Pushing thebutton again during this 5 second pe-riod will stop SCAN tuning and the ra-dio will remain tuned to that station.

To scan the first stations listed in eachcategory, push the “SEEK/TRACK” but-ton or for more than 1.5 sec-onds before entering the CAT selectmode.

4. Information screen

The following notices will be displayedunder certain conditions.

O NO SIGNAL (No signal is receivedwhile the SAT tuner is connected.)

O OFF AIR (Broadcasting signed off)

O ANTENNA ERROR (Antenna connectionerror)

O LOADING(XM)/ACQUIRING(SR) (Whenthe initial setting is performed)

O UPDATING(XM)/CALL XXXX(SR) (Whenthe satellite radio subscription is notactive)

O INVALID CH (Invalid station is received.)

Compact disc (CD) changeroperation

Turn the ignition switch to the ACC or ONposition and insert the compact disc intothe slot with the label side facing up. Thecompact disc will be guided automaticallyinto the slot and start playing. To insertthe disc, first push the “LOAD” button.After loading the disc, the number oftracks on the disc and the play time willappear on the display.If the radio or tape is already operating, itwill automatically turn off and the com-pact disc will play.

If the system has been turned off whilethe compact disc was playing, pushingthe ONzOFF/VOL control knob will startthe compact disc.

CD LOAD button:

To insert a CD in the CD changer, pushthe “ ” button for less than 1.5 sec-onds. Select the loading slot by pushingthe CD insert select button (1 to 6), theninsert the CD.

To insert 6 CDs to the CD changer, pushthe “ ” button for more than 1.5 sec-onds.

The inserted slot numbers will illuminateon the display.

CD PLAY:

When the “CDzDVD” button is pushed withthe system off and the CD loaded in theCD changer, the CD changer or the rearINFINITI mobile entertainment system (ifso equipped) will start to play.

Pushing the “CDzDVD” button changes op-erations alternately as follows:

CD → DVD → CD

When the “CDzDVD” button is pushed withthe CD loaded with another audio sourceplaying, the other source will automati-cally be turned off and

O the CD will start to play if the last playwas a CD.

O the DVD will start to play if the lastplay was a DVD.

DISPLAY:

When the display button is pushed formore than 1.5 seconds while the CD is be-ing played, the music information is dis-played. If CD has folders, select folders byturning the folder knob while the informa-tion is displayed. Music information canbe changed in the following order.


w 07.11.21/S50-D/V5.0 X

CD:

CD with MP3 or WMA:

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind)/APS (AutomaticProgram Search) FF, APSREW:

When the “ ” (rewind) or “ ” (fastforward) button is pushed for more than1.5 seconds while the compact disc is be-ing played, the compact disc will playwhile fast forwarding or rewinding. Whenthe button is released, the compact discwill return to normal play speed.

When the “ ” or “ ” button ispushed for less than 1.5 seconds whilethe compact disc is being played, thenext track or the beginning of the currenttrack on the CD will be played.

The INFINITI controller can also be used toselect tracks when a CD is being played.

CD PLAY selection:

To change to another CD already loadedinto the player, push the CD play select

buttons to or choose a discdisplayed on the screen using the INFINITIcontroller.

SCAN tuning:

When the “SCAN” tuning button ispushed for less than 1.5 seconds whilethe CD is being played, the beginning ofall the CD programs in each track will beplayed for 10 seconds in sequence.

When the “SCAN” tuning button ispushed for more than 1.5 seconds whilethe CD is being played, the first programin all the CDs will be played for 10 sec-onds.

Pushing the button again during this 10second period will stop SCAN tuning.

If the “SCAN” tuning button is not pushedwithin 10 seconds, SCAN tuning moves tothe next disc program.

REPEAT (RPT)zRANDOM (RDM):

When the “RPTzRDM” play button ispushed while the compact disc is played,the play pattern can be changed as fol-lows:

CD EJECT:

When the “CD EJECT” button is pushedwith the compact disc loaded, the com-pact disc will be ejected.

To eject the discs selected by the “EJECT”button, push it for less than 1.5 seconds.

To eject all the discs, push the “EJECT”button for more than 1.5 seconds.

If the compact disc comes out and is notremoved, it will be pulled back into the slotto protect it.

DVD OFF function:

It is possible to turn off the INFINITI Mo-bile Entertainment System (MES) from thefront seat. When the ON-OFF switch ispushed when the DVD is being playedfrom the speakers (with DVD displayed),the MES is turned off. (The audio systemwill not turn off. If a CD is loaded, the CDwill be played.) Pushing the “CDzDVD”


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

button with no DVD discs loaded will turnon the MES (mute).

The sound resumes when a DVD disc isloaded or another audio source is con-nected to the auxiliary input jacks.

CD CARE AND CLEANING

O Handle a CD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc. Do not bendthe disc.

O Always place the discs in the storagecase when they are not being used.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.Do not use a conventional recordcleaner or alcohol intended for indus-trial use.

O A new disc may be rough on its innerand outer edges. Remove the roughedges using the side of a pen or pen-cil as illustrated.

SAA0451


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. VOLUME control switch2. POWER on/off switch3. MODE select switch4. Tuning switch5. POWER on/MODE select switch

STEERING WHEEL SWITCH FORAUDIO CONTROL (if so equipped)

The audio system can be operated usingthe controls on the steering wheel.

POWER on/off switch

With the ignition switch turned to the ACCor ON position, push the POWER switch toturn the audio system on or off.

MODE select switch

Push the MODE select switch to changethe mode in the sequence of AM, FM, SAT(if so equipped) and CD.

Pushing this switch also turns the audiosystem on when it is off.

POWER on/MODE select switch (ifso equipped)

With the ignition switch turned to the ACCor ON position, push the POWERon/MODE select switch to turn the audiosystem on. Push the switch to change the

mode in the sequence of AM, FM, SAT andCD.

VOLUME control switch

Push up/down the VOLUME control switchto increase or decrease the volume.

Tuning switch

Memory change (radio):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor less than 1.5 seconds to change

the radio frequency.

SEEK tuning (radio):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor more than 1.5 seconds to seek

the next or previous radio station.

APS (Automatic Program Search) FF, APSREW (CD):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor less than 1.5 seconds to return to

the beginning of the present program orskip to the next program. Push severaltimes to skip back or skip through pro-grams.

This system searches for the blank inter-vals between selections. If there is ablank interval within one program or there

SAA0974Type A

SAA1349Type B


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

is no interval between programs, the sys-tem may not stop in the desired or ex-pected location.

PROGRAM change:

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor less than 1.5 seconds to return to

the beginning of the present program orskip to the next program.

DISC change (CD without MP3/WMA):

Push up/down the tuning switch orfor more than 1.5 seconds to change

the playing disc up or down.

WARNING

O Use a phone after stopping your vehiclein a safe location. If you have to use aphone while driving, exercise extremecaution at all times so full attention maybe given to vehicle operation.

O If you find yourself unable to devote fullattention to vehicle operation while talk-ing on the phone, pull off the road to asafe location and stop your vehicle be-fore doing so.

CAUTION

To avoid discharging the vehicle battery, usea phone after starting the engine.

BLUETOOTH HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEMWITH INFINITI VOICE RECOGNITION (if soequipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your INFINITI is equipped with theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System. Ifyou are an owner of a Bluetooth enabledcellular phone, you can set up the wire-less connection between your cellularphone and the in-vehicle phone module.

With Bluetooth wireless technology, youcan make or receive a hands-free telephonecall with your cellular phone in the vehicle.Once your cellular phone is paired to thein-vehicle phone module, no other phoneconnecting procedure is required. Yourphone is automatically connected with

the in-vehicle phone module when the ig-nition switch is turned to the ON positionwith the paired cellular phone turned onand carried in the vehicle.

You can register up to 5 differentBluetooth cellular phones to the in-vehicle phone module. However, you cantalk on only one cellular phone at a time.

Before using the Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System, refer to the following notes.

O Set up the wireless connection betweena cellular phone and the in-vehiclephone module before using theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.

O Some Bluetooth enabled cellularphones may not be recognized by thein-vehicle phone module. Please visitwww.infiniti.com/bluetooth for a rec-ommended phone list.

O You will not be able to use a hands-freephone under the following conditions:

— Your vehicle is outside of the tele-phone service area.

— Your vehicle is in an area where itis difficult to receive radio waves;such as in a tunnel, in an under-ground parking garage, near a tallbuilding or in a mountainous area.

SAA1396


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

— Your cellular phone is locked toprevent it from being dialed.

When the radio wave condition is notideal or ambient sound is too loud, itmay be difficult to hear the other per-son’s voice during a call.

Do not place the cellular phone in anarea surrounded by metal or far awayfrom the in-vehicle phone module toprevent tone quality degradation andwireless connection disruption.

While a cellular phone is connectedthrough the Bluetooth wireless connec-tion, the battery power of the cellularphone may discharge quicker thanusual. The Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem cannot charge cellular phones.

If the Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem seems to be malfunctioning,please refer to “Troubleshootingguide” later in this section. You canalso visit www.infiniti.com/bluetoothfor troubleshooting help.

Some cellular phones or other devicesmay cause interference or a buzzingnoise to come from the audio systemspeakers. Storing the device in a dif-ferent location may reduce or elimi-nate the noise.

Refer to the cellular phone Owner’sManual regarding the telephone charges,cellular phone antenna and body, etc.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol-lowing two conditions: (1) this device maynot cause harmful interference, and (2)this device must accept any interferencereceived, including interference that maycause undesired operation.

FCC Radiation Exposure Statement:

This equipment complies with FCC radia-tion exposure limits set forth for an un-controlled environment. This equipmentshould be installed and operated withminimum distance 8 in (20 cm) betweenthe radiator and your body. This Transmit-ter must not be co-located or operating inconjunction with any other antenna ortransmitter.

USING THE SYSTEM

The INFINITI Voice Recognition system al-lows hands-free operation of theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.

If the vehicle is in motion, some com-mands may not be available so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.

Initialization

When the ignition switch is turned to theON position, INFINITI Voice Recognition isinitialized, which takes a few seconds.When completed, the amber light on theoverhead console illuminates and thesystem is ready to accept voice com-mands. If the “ ” button is pushedbefore the initialization completes, thesystem will announce “Hands-free phonesystem not ready” and will not react tovoice commands.

Operating tips

To get the best performance out of theINFINITI Voice Recognition system, ob-serve the following:

O Keep the interior of the vehicle asquiet as possible. Close the windowsto eliminate surrounding noises (traf-fic noises, vibration sounds, etc.),which may prevent the system fromrecognizing voice commands correctly.

O Wait until the tone sounds beforespeaking a command. Otherwise, thecommand will not be received prop-erly.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Start speaking a command within 5seconds after the tone sounds.

O Speak in a natural voice without paus-ing between words.

Giving voice commands

To operate INFINITI Voice Recognition,push and release the “ ” button lo-cated on the steering wheel. The light onthe overhead console flashes to signalyou have entered a voice recognition (VR)session. After the tone sounds, speak acommand.

The command given is picked up by themicrophone, and voice feedback is givenwhen the command is accepted.

O If you need to hear the available com-mands for the current menu again, say“Help” and the system will repeatthem.

O If a command is not recognized, thesystem announces, “Command notrecognized. Please try again.” Repeatthe command in a clear voice.

O If you want to go back to the previouscommand, you can say “Go back” or“Correction” anytime the system iswaiting for a response.

O You can cancel a command when thesystem is waiting for a response bysaying, “Cancel” or “Quit.” The systemannounces “Cancel” and ends the VRsession. You can also push the“ ” button on the steering wheelat any time. Whenever the VR sessionis cancelled, a double beep is playedto indicate you have exited thesystem.

O If you want to adjust the volume of thevoice feedback, push the volume con-trol switches (+ or −) on the steeringwheel while being provided with feed-back. You can also use the radiovolume control knob.

How to say numbers

INFINITI Voice Recognition requires a cer-tain way to speak numbers in voice com-mands. Refer to the rules and examplesbelow.

O Either “zero” or “oh” can be used for“0”.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight oh oh six six two six twooh oh”, or

—“One eight zero zero six six two sixtwo oh oh”

O Words can be used for the first 4 dig-its places only.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight hundred six six two sixtwo oh oh”,

—NOT “One eight hundred six six twosixty two hundred, and

—NOT “One eight oh oh six six twosixty two hundred.

O Numbers can be spoken in smallgroups. The system will prompt you tocontinuing entering digits, if desired.

Example: 1-800-662-6200

—“One eight oh oh”

The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

—“six six two”

The system repeats the numbers andprompts you to enter more.

—“six two oh oh”

O You can say “Star” for * and “Pound”


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

for # at anytime in any position of thephone number.

Example: 1-555-1212 *123

—“One five five five one two one twostar one two three”

NOTE:

For best results, say phone numbers assingle digits.

CONTROL BUTTONS

The control buttons for the BluetoothHands-Free Phone System are located onthe steering wheel.

TALK/PHONE SEND

Push the “ ” button to initiate aVR session or answer an incomingcall.

You can also use the “ ” button toskip through system feedback and toenter commands during a call. See“List of voice commands” and “During

a call” later in this section for more in-formation.

MODE/PHONE END

Push the “ ” button to cancel aVR session or end a call.

GETTING STARTED

The following procedures will help you getstarted using the Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System with INFINITI Voice Recog-nition. For additional command options,refer to “List of voice commands” later inthis section.

Choosing a language

You can interact with the BluetoothHands-Free Phone System using English,Spanish or French.

To change the language, perform the fol-lowing.

1. Press and hold the “ ” button formore than 5 seconds.

2. The system announces: “Press the“PHONE SEND ( )” button for thehands-free phone system to enter thespeaker adaptation mode or press the“PHONE END ( )” button to selecta different language.”

SAA1397


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

3. Press the “ ” button.

For information on speaker adapta-tion, see “Speaker adaptation (SA)mode” later in this section.

4. The system announces the current lan-guage and gives you the option tochange the language to Spanish (inSpanish) or French (in French). Use thefollowing chart to select the language.

NOTE:

Note: You must press the “ ” button orthe “ ” button within 5 seconds tochange the language.

Currentlanguage

Press(TALK/PHONE

SEND)to select

Press(MODE/PHONE

END)to select

English Spanish French

Spanish English French

French English Spanish

5. If you decide not to change the lan-guage, do not press either button.After 5 seconds, the VR session willend, and the language will not bechanged.

Pairing procedure

1. Push the “ ” button on thesteering wheel. The system announcesthe available commands.

2. Say: “Setup” qA . The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

3. Say: “Pair phone” qB . The system ac-knowledges the command and an-nounces the next set of available com-mands.

4. Say: “New phone” qC . The system ac-knowledges the command and asksyou to initiate pairing from the phonehandset qD .

When you are asked to enter a PINcode for pairing your Bluetooth cellu-

lar phone, operate it to enter the code“1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardlessof the number of phones paired.

The pairing procedure of the cellularphone varies according to each cel-lular phone. See the cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for details. You canalso visit www.infiniti.com/bluetoothfor instructions on pairing INFINITI rec-ommended cellular phones.

5. The system asks you to say a name forthe phone qE .

If the name is too long or too short,the system tells you, then promptsyou for a name again.

Also, if more than one phone is pairedand the name sounds too much like aname already used, the system tellsyou, then prompts you for a nameagain.

6. The system asks you to assign a prior-ity level qF . The priority level deter-mines which phone is active whenmore than one paired Bluetoothphone is in the vehicle. Follow the in-structions provided by the system orrefer to “Setup” later in this section


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

for more information on changing pri-orities.

7. The system will ask if you would liketo select a custom ringtone qG . Followthe instructions provided by thesystem or refer to “Setup” later in thissection for more information on se-lecting ringtones.

Making a call by entering a phonenumber

1. Push the “ ” button on steeringwheel. A tone will sound.

2. Say: “Call” qA . The system acknowl-edges the command and announcesthe next set of available commands.

3. Say the number you wish to call qB .For example, 555-1212 can be said as“five five five one two one two.” See“How to say numbers” earlier in thissection for more information.

4. When you have finished speaking thephone number, the system repeats itback and announces the availablecommands.

5. Say: “Dial” qC . The system acknowl-edges the command and makes thecall.

For additional command options, see “Listof voice commands” later in this section.

Receiving a call

When you hear the ringtone, press the“ ” button on the steering wheel.

Once the call has ended, press the“ ” button on the steering wheel.

NOTE:

If you do not wish to take the call when youhear the ringtone, press the “ ”button on the steering wheel to reject thecall.

For additional command options, see “Listof voice commands” later in this section.

LIST OF VOICE COMMANDS

When you push and release the “ ”button on the steering wheel, you canchoose from the commands on the MainMenu. The following pages describe thesecommands and the commands in eachsub-menu.

Remember to wait for the tone beforespeaking.

You can say “Help” to hear the list ofcommands currently available anytime thesystem is waiting for a response.

If you want to end an action without com-pleting it, you can say “Cancel” or “Quit”at anytime the system is waiting for a re-sponse. The system will end the VR ses-sion. Whenever the VR session is can-celled, a double beep is played to indi-cate you have exited the system.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

If you want to go back to the previous com-mand, you can say “Go back” or “Correc-tion” anytime the system is waiting for a re-sponse.

When you get used to the menus in thesystem, you can talk ahead by sayingmore than one command at a time. Forexample, say, “Call five five five one twoone two” or “Memo pad record.”

Also, when you get used to the system re-sponses, you can skip ahead to the toneby pressing the “ ” button on thesteering wheel. However, if you press the“ ” button when the system iswaiting for a response from you it will endthe VR session.

“Call”

Name (speak name) qA

If you have stored entries in the Phone

Book, you can dial a number associatedwith a name and location.

See “Phone book” later in this section tolearn how to store entries.

When prompted by the system, say thename of the phone book entry you wish tocall. The system acknowledges the name.

If there are multiple locations associatedwith the name, the system asks you tochoose the location.

Once you have confirmed the name andlocation, the system begins the call.

Number (speak digits) qB

When prompted by the system, say thenumber you wish to call. Refer to “How tosay numbers” and “Making a call by en-tering a phone number” earlier in thissection for more details.

“Redial” qC

Use the Redial command to call the lastnumber that was dialed within the ve-hicle.

NOTE:

The system will not redial the last numberdialed by the handset keypad.

The system acknowledges the command,repeats the number and begins dialing.

If a redial number does not exist, the sys-tem announces, “There is no number toredial” and ends the VR session.

“Call back” qD

Use the Call Back command to dial thenumber of the last incoming call withinthe vehicle.

The system acknowledges the command,repeats the number and begins dialing. Ifa call back number does not exist, thesystem announces, “There is no numberto call back” and ends the VR session.

During a call

During a call there are several commandoptions available. Press the “ ”button on the steering wheel to mute thereceiving voice and enter commands.

O “Help” — The system announces theavailable commands.

O “Go back/Correction” — The systemannounces “Go back,” ends the VRsession and returns to the call.

O “Cancel/Quit” — The system an-nounces “Cancel,” ends the VR ses-


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

sion and returns to the call.

O “Send/Enter/Call/Dial” — Use theSend command to enter numbers duringa call. For example, if you were directedto dial an extension by an automatedsystem:

Say: “Send one two three four.”

The system acknowledges the commandand sends the tones associated with thenumbers. The system then ends the VRsession and returns to the call.

O “Transfer call” — Use the Transfer Callcommand to transfer the call from theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System tothe cellular phone when privacy is desired.

The system announces, “Transfer call.Call transferred to privacy mode.” Thesystem then ends the VR session.

You can also issue the Transfer Callcommand again to return to a hands-freecall through the vehicle.

O “Mute” — Use the Mute command tomute your voice so the other partycannot hear it. Use the mute commandagain to unmute your voice.

NOTE:If the other party ends the call or the cellu-lar phone network connection is lost while

the Mute feature is on, the Mute featuremay need to be reset to “off.”

“Phone book”

The Phone Book stores up to 40 names foreach phone paired with the system. Eachname can have up to 4 locations/phonenumbers associated with it.NOTE:Each phone has its own separate phonebook. You cannot access Phone A’s phonebook if you are currently connected withPhone B.“New entry” qA

Use the New Entry command to store anew name in the system.When prompted by the system, say thename you would like to give the new entry.

For example, say: “Mary.”If the name is too long or too short, thesystem tells you, then prompts you for aname again.

Also, if the name sounds too much like aname already stored, the system tells you,then prompts you for a name again.

Once the system accepts the name and youconfirm it is correct, the system asks for alocation (Home, Office, Mobile or Other).

For example, say: “Home.”The system acknowledges the location.The system will ask you to say a phonenumber or to transfer a phone numberstored in the cellular phone’s memory.To enter a phone number by voice command:For example, say: “five five five one twoone two.” See “How to say numbers” ear-lier in this section for more information.To transfer a phone number stored in thecellular phone’s memory (if so equipped):Say: “Transfer entry.” The system ac-knowledges the command and asks youto initiate the transfer from the phonehandset. The new contact phone numberwill be transferred from the cellular phonevia the Bluetooth communication link.The transfer procedure varies according toeach cellular phone. See the cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for details. You can alsovisit www.infiniti.com/bluetooth for instruc-tions on transferring phone numbers fromINFINITI recommended cellular phones.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The system repeats the number and promptsyou for the next command. When you have fin-ished entering numbers, choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, locationand number. The system then asks if youwould like to store another location forthe same name. If you do not wish tostore another location, the system endsthe VR session.

“Edit” qB

Use the Edit command to alter an existingphone book entry or to add a 2nd, 3rd or4th phone number to an existing entry.

When prompted by the system, say thename of the entry you wish to edit.

The system acknowledges the name andasks you for the location you would liketo edit.

Say the name of the location.The system will ask you to say a phonenumber or to transfer a phone numberstored in the cellular phone’s memory.To enter a phone number by voice command:For example, say: “five five five one twoone two.” See “How to say numbers” ear-lier in this section for more information.To transfer a phone number stored in the

cellular phone’s memory (if so equipped):Say: “Transfer entry.” The system ac-knowledges the command and asks youto initiate the transfer from the phonehandset. The new contact phone numberwill be transferred from the cellular phonevia the Bluetooth communication link.The transfer procedure varies according toeach cellular phone. See the cellular phoneOwner’s Manual for details. You can alsovisit www.infiniti.com/bluetooth for instruc-tions on transferring phone numbers fromINFINITI recommended cellular phones.

The system repeats the number andprompts you for the next command. Whenyou have finished entering numbers,choose “Store.”

The system confirms the name, locationand number, then announces that the en-try has been stored. The system thenends the VR session.

“Delete” qC

Use the Delete command to erase one en-try from the phone book, all entries fromthe phone book, the current redialnumber or the current call back number.

To delete entries from the phone book,say a name or “All entries” when

prompted by the system.

The system acknowledges the commandand asks you to confirm the deletion.

To delete the current redial number or callback number, say “redial number” or “callback number” when prompted by the sys-tem.

If a redial number or a call back numberexists, the system deletes them withoutasking for confirmation.

If there is no number for the entry you aretrying to delete, the system says so andends the VR session.

“List names” qD

Use the List Names command to hear allthe names and locations in the phonebook.

The system recites the phone book en-tries but does not include the actualphone numbers. When the playback ofthe list is complete the system returns tothe main menu.

You can stop the playback of the list atany time by pressing the “ ” buttonon the steering wheel. The system endsthe VR session.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

“Memo pad”

The Memo Pad records a maximum of 6voice memos, each up to 20 seconds long.

“Play” qA

The system plays back all the memos inthe order of newest to oldest. The systemends the VR session.

If there are no memos recorded, thesystem announces “No messages toplay.” The system ends the VR session.

“Record” qB

The system announces “Recording” and atone sounds signaling you to begin.

Speak the information you wish to recordclearly. When you are done, press the“ ” or “ ” button on the steeringwheel.

A tone sounds and the system announces“Memo recorded.” Another tone soundsto end the VR session.

If the memo pad is full, the system asks ifyou wish to record over the oldest memo.

“Delete” qC

The Delete command erases all memos.The system asks you to confirm this ac-tion before deleting all memos.

“Setup”

Use the Setup command to change op-tions associated with the BluetoothHands-Free Phone System.

“Pair phone” qA

Use the Pair Phone command to pair aphone to the Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System.

When you are asked to enter a PIN codefor pairing your Bluetooth cellular phone,operate it to enter the code “1234”.

The code is always “1234” regardless ofthe number of phones paired.

Up to 5 phones can be paired. If you try topair a sixth phone, the system announcesthat you must first delete one phone orreplace an existing phone.

If you try to pair a phone that has alreadybeen paired to your vehicle’s system, thesystem announces the name the phone isalready using. The pairing procedure willthen be cancelled.

When prompted by the system, choosefrom the following commands:

O “New phone” — Refer to “Pairing aphone” earlier in this section.

O “Replace phone” — The system an-nounces the names of the phones al-ready paired and asks which youwould like to replace.

Once you say the name of the phoneyou wish to replace, the paring proce-dure will begin. Refer to “Pairing pro-cedure” earlier in this section.

O “List phones” — See the descriptionbelow.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

“List phones” qB

Use the List Phones command to hear thenames of the phones currently paired. Ifno phones are paired, the system an-nounces, “No paired phones to list.” Thesystem then ends the VR session.

“Select phone” qC

Use the Select Phone command to selecta phone of lesser priority when two ormore phones paired with BluetoothHands-Free Phone System are in the ve-hicle at the same time.

The system asks you to name the phoneand confirm the selection.

Once the selection is confirmed, the se-lected phone remains active until the igni-tion switch is turned OFF or you select anew phone.

“Change priority” qD

Use the Change Priority command tochange the priority level of the activephone.

The priority level determines which phoneis active when more than one pairedBluetooth phone is in the vehicle.

The system states the priority level of the

active phone and asks for a new prioritylevel (1, 2, 3, 4, 5).

If the new priority level is already beingused for another phone, the two phoneswill swap priority levels.

For example, if the current priority levels are:

Priority Level 1 = Phone APriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone C

and you change the priority level of PhoneC to Level 1, then:

Priority Level 1 = Phone CPriority Level 2 = Phone BPriority Level 3 = Phone A

“Delete phone” qE

Use the Delete Phone command to deletea specific phone or all phones from theBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.

The system announces the names of thephones already paired with the system andtheir priority level. The system then givesyou the option to delete a specific phone,all phones or listen to the list again.

Once you chose to delete a phone or allphones, the system asks you to confirmthis action.

NOTE:

When you delete a phone, the associatedphone book for that phone will also be de-leted.

“Select ringtone” qF

Use the Select Ringtone command to se-lect the tone heard in the vehicle when anincoming call is received.

The system announces the name of theactive phone and asks you to choose fromthe following commands:

O “Ringtone” — The system plays a ring-tone and asks if you would like to se-lect that tone. If you say no, the systemplays the next ringtone available andcontinues to cycle through the ring-tones until you select one or quit.

O “Silent” — The system asks you to con-firm your wish to disable the ringtone.

“Bluetooth off” qG

Use the Bluetooth Off command to turn offthe Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.

When Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem is off, you will not be able tomake or receive calls using INFINITI VoiceRecognition. Also, you will not have ac-cess to the Phone Book.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

You can still use the Memo Pad and ac-cess Setup.

To turn on the system again, choose theBluetooth On command from the Setupcommand.

SPEAKER ADAPTATION (SA) MODE

Speaker Adaptation allows up to two out-of dialect users to train the system to im-prove recognition accuracy. By repeatinga number of commands, the users cancreate a voice model of their own voicethat is stored in the system. The systemis capable of storing a different speakeradaptation model for memory A andmemory B.

If memory A is available, the system willuse memory A to store the model. Ifmemory A is in use and memory B isavailable, the system will use memory Bto store the model. If both of the memorylocations are in use, the system will askthe user to select which memory locationshould be overwritten.

Training procedure

The procedure for training a voice is asfollows.

1. Position the vehicle in a reasonably

quiet outdoor location.

2. Sit in the driver’s seat with the enginerunning, the parking brake on, and thetransmission in Park.

3. Press and hold the “ ” button formore than 5 seconds.

4. The system announces: “Press the“PHONE SEND ( )” button for thehands-free phone system to enter thespeaker adaptation mode or press the“PHONE END ( )” button to selecta different language.”

5. Press the “ ” button.

For information on selecting a dif-ferent language, see “Choosing a lan-guage” earlier in this section.

6. Voice memory A or memory B is se-lected automatically. If both memorylocations are already in use, thesystem will prompt you to overwriteone. Follow the instructions providedby the system.

7. When preparation is complete and youare ready to begin, the press the“ ” button.

8. The SA mode will be explained. Follow

the instructions provided by thesystem.

9. When training is finished, the systemwill tell you an adequate number ofphrases have been recorded.

10. The system will ask you to say yourname. Follow the instructions to regis-ter your name.

11. The system will announce thatspeaker adaptation has been com-pleted and the system is ready.

The SA mode will stop if:

O The “ ” button is pressed formore than 5 seconds in SA mode.

O The vehicle is driven during SA mode.

O The ignition switch is turned to theOFF or LOCK position.

Training phrases

During the SA mode, the system instructsyou to say the following phrases.

(The system will prompt you for eachphrase.)

O phone book new entry

O dial three oh four two nine


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O delete call back number

O setup pair phone

O memo pad play

O eight pause nine three two pauseseven

O delete all entries

O call seven two four zero nine

O phone book delete entry

O memo pad record

O dial star two one seven oh

O Yes

O No

O select ringtone

O dial eight five six nine two

O Bluetooth on

O setup change priority

O call three one nine oh two

O nine seven pause pause three oh eight

O Cancel

O call back number

O call star two zero nine five

O delete phone

O dial eight three zero five one

O Home

O four three pause two nine pause zero

O delete redial number

O phone book list names

O call eight oh five four one

O Correction

O setup change ringtone

O dial seven four oh one eight

O setup main menu

O Delete

O dial nine seven two six six

O memo pad delete

O call seven six three oh one

O go back

O call five six two eight zero

O dial six six four three seven


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

The system should respond correctly to all voice commands without difficulty. If problems are encountered, try the following solu-tions.

Where the solutions are listed by number, try each solution in turn, starting with number 1, until the problem is resolved.

Symptom Solution

System fails to interpret the command cor-rectly.

1. Ensure that the command is valid. See “List of voice commands” earlier in this section.

2. Ensure that the command is spoken after the tone.

3. Speak clearly without pausing between words and at a level appropriate to the ambient noise level in the ve-hicle.

4. Ensure that the ambient noise level is not excessive (for example, windows open or defroster on). NOTE: If it istoo noisy to use the phone, it is likely that the voice commands will not be recognized.

5. If more than one command was said at a time, try saying the commands separately.

6. If the system consistently fails to recognize commands, the voice training procedure should be carried out toimprove the recognition response for the speaker. See “Speaker adaptation (SA) mode” earlier in this section.

The system consistently selects the wrong en-try from the phone book.

1. Ensure that the phone book entry name requested matches what was originally stored. This can be confirmedby using the “List Names” command. See “Phone book” earlier in this section.

2. Replace one of the names being confused with a new name.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O The Mobile Entertainment System (MES)is designed for rear seat passengerviewing only.

O The driver must not attempt to operateor view the MES while the vehicle is inmotion so that full attention may begiven to vehicle operation.

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, do nottouch the liquid crystalline material,which contains a small amount of mer-cury. In case of contact with skin, washimmediately with soap and water.

O Use a damp, soft cloth when cleaningthe Mobile Entertainment System com-ponents. Do not use solvents or cleaningsolutions.

O Do not attempt to use the system inextreme temperature conditions[below −4°F (−20°C) or above 158°F(70°C)].

O To avoid discharging the vehicle bat-tery, do not operate the system morethan 15 minutes without starting theengine.

SAA0716

INFINITI MOBILE ENTERTAINMENT SYSTEM(MES) (if so equipped)


w 07.8.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

DIGITAL VIDEO DISC (DVD) PLAYERCONTROLS

The DVD player has the following con-trols:

1. “EJECT” button

2. DVD slot

3. “ENTER” button

4. POWER on/off switch

5. “MODE” button

6. Input jacks

7. “STOP” button

8. “PLAY/PAUSE” button

9. “MENU” button

10. “DISPLAY” button

11. NAVIGATION KEYS

REMOTE CONTROL

The remote control has the following con-trols:

1. “ONzOFF” button

SAA0717

SAA0810


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. “STOP” button

3. “NEXT TRACK/CHAPTER” and “PREVI-OUS TRACK/CHAPTER” button

4. “TITLE” button

5. “ENTER” button

6. “DISPLAY” button

7. “MODE” button

8. “SUBTITLE” button

9. “AUDIO” button

10. “ANGLE” button

11. “CLEAR” button

12. “PAUSE” button

13. “PLAY” button

14. “FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE”button

15. “MENU” button

16. NAVIGATION KEYS

17. “RETURN” button

18. NUMERIC KEYPAD

REMOTE CONTROL HOLDER

Peel the sheet q1 of the holder off, thenput the remote control holder to the de-sired position in the rear armrest.

1. Wireless remote controller receiver/Wireless headphones transmitter

FLIP-DOWN SCREEN

CAUTION

O The glass screen on the liquid crystaldisplay may break if hit with a hard orsharp object. If the glass breaks, do nottouch the liquid crystalline material,

SAA0747

SAA0719A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

which contains a small amount of mer-cury. In case of contact with skin, washimmediately with soap and water.

O The screen rotates down to view and upinto the housing to store when not inuse. Ensure that the screen is latchedsecurely into the housing when stored.

Headphones

Power ON/OFF:

Push the “POWER” button to turn theheadphones on or off.

Volume control:

Turn the volume control knob to adjustthe volume.

The headphones will automatically beturned off in 30 seconds if there is nosound during that period. To prevent thebattery from being discharged, keep thepower supply turned off when not in use.

PLAYING A DIGITAL VIDEO DISC(DVD)

CAUTION

O Only operate the DVD while the vehicleengine is running. Operating the DVD forextended periods of time with the en-gine OFF can discharge the vehicle bat-tery.

O Do not allow the system to get wet. Ex-cessive moisture such as spilled liquids

SAA0720 SAA0721


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

may cause the system to malfunction.

O The driver must not attempt to wear theheadphones while the vehicle is in mo-tion so that full attention may be givento vehicle operation.

O While playing video CD media, this DVDplayer does not guarantee completefunctionality of all video CD formats.

With the DVD player, you can hear DVDvideos, video CDs and CDs using head-phones. Passengers in the rear seat canenjoy the sound independently of thefront seat.

Using the “CDzDVD” button located on thefront seat, you can also hear the sound ofthe DVD player through the speakers inthe vehicle.

It is possible to operate the DVD player byremote control.

Headphones are a wireless type and nocables are necessary. You can use themin almost all the ranges in the rear seat.(It is not possible to use the headphonesin the front seat.)

“POWER” on/off button:

With the ignition switch turned to the ACCor ON position, push the “POWER” buttonto turn the DVD player on or off.

Insert the compact disc into the slot withthe label side facing up. The digital videodisc will be guided automatically into theslot.

CAUTION

Do not force the compact disc into the slot.This could damage the player.

MODE select switch:

Push the Mode button to selectAudio/Video source between DVD andAUX input (input jacks on the faceplate,Red = right channel audio input, White =left channel audio input, and Yellow =Video input).

The display will show the “AUX” in theupper left corner of the display for 4 sec-onds once the Mode is changed to AUX.

To use the input jacks, refer to “Auxiliaryinput jacks” in this section.

or PLAY:

When the “PLAY/PAUSE” button on theplayer or the “PLAY” button on the remotecontrol is pushed, the player will play.

In play mode, the display will showon the upper left corner of the dis-

play.

FF (Fast Forward), REW(Rewind) (Remotecontrol only):

Push “FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE”buttons to carry out the fast forward orfast reverse presentation at 5 timesnormal play speed.

Push “FAST FORWARD/FAST REVERSE”buttons again or “PLAY” button to resumethe normal play speed.

NEXT CHAPTER/PREVIOUS CHAPTER:

When the “ ” (NEXT CHAPTER) buttonis pushed while the digital video disc isbeing played, the program next to thepresent one will start to play from its be-ginning. Push several times to skipthrough programs. The digital video discwill advance the number of times the but-ton is pushed. When the “ ” (PREVI-


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

OUS CHAPTER) button is pushed, the pro-gram being played returns to its begin-ning. Push several times to skip backthrough programs. The digital video discwill go back the number of times the but-ton is pushed.

or PAUSE:

When the “PLAY/PAUSE” button on theplayer or the “PAUSE” button on the re-mote control is pushed, the player willpause playing of the media. In pausemode, the player will show on theupper left corner of the display until theplayer is changed to another mode.

STOP:

Push the “STOP” button once to stopplaying the media. The display will show

in the upper left corner of the dis-play for 4 seconds, and the last disc posi-tion will be stored. When the “PLAY” but-ton is pushed again, it will resume at thestored disc track and time position.

If the “STOP” button is pushed againwhen the player is already in Stop mode,it will reinitialize the pointer to the begin-ning of the disc. In effect it will ignore thelast stored disc position and upon receiptof the next play message it will begin at

the Title Menu, or at “the beginning of thedisc”.

EJECT:

When the “EJECT” button is pushed withthe digital video disc loaded, it will beejected.

The display will show the EJECT symbolin the upper left corner of the dis-

play for 4 seconds once the “EJECT”button is pushed.

If the digital video disc is not loaded, thedisplay will show “NO DISC”.

If the digital video disc comes out and isnot removed within 25 seconds, it will bepulled back into the slot to protect it.

DISPLAY:

If the DISPLAY control is pushed for lessthan 2 seconds, the display menu will ap-pear on the screen.

O The display menu will remain on thescreen for 10 seconds if no subse-quent control activations occur.

O Use NAVIGATION KEYS to navigatewithin the display menu, and useENTER to select the item.

O Holding the DISPLAY control on the

faceplate for longer than approxi-mately 2 seconds while in the displaymenu will reset the display character-istics to their nominal values. (Face-plate feature only)

If the DISPLAY control button on the face-plate is pushed for more than 2 seconds,the media track/time information will bedisplayed along the bottom of the dis-play. Pushing the DISPLAY control formore than 2 seconds will remove the me-dia track/time information from the dis-play. (Faceplate feature only)

NAVIGATION KEYS:

If media is in PLAY mode, activation of theNAVIGATION KEYS (Up, Down, Left, andRight) will perform the following func-tions: next chapter/track, previouschapter/track, fast reverse and fast for-ward, and the display will show ,

and , respectively in theupper left corner of the display for 4 sec-onds. (Faceplate feature only)

If media is in PAUSE mode, activation ofthe NAVIGATION KEYS (Up, down andRight) will perform the following func-tions: next chapter/track, previouschapter/track and slow forward, and thedisplay will show , and re-


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

spectively in the upper left corner of thedisplay for 4 seconds. (Faceplate featureonly)

If media is in activated MENU mode, theNAVIGATION KEYS will be used to navi-gate Up, Down, Left, and Right within themenu.

If display control menu is on, the NAVIGA-TION KEYS will be used to navigate Up,Down, Left, and Right within the menu.

“ENTER”:

In MENU mode, push the “ENTER” buttonto select MENU items.

In the display menu, push the “ENTER”button to select items for modification, asper the on-screen instructions.

“MENU”:

If the media is in PLAY mode and the“MENU” button is pressed, the DVD menuwill appear on the screen. Use NavigationKeys to navigate within the menu, anduse ENTER to select the item.

Push the “MENU” button again to returnto PLAY mode.

TITLE (Remote control only):

Push “TITLE” button to return the DVD

media to the “title” of the DVD.

Push “TITLE” button again to return to theprevious stop point and play.

RETURN (Remote control only):

Push RETURN function to exit the currentactive menu and return to the previousmenu.

SUBTITLES (Remote control only):

Push the “SUBTITLES” button to call-upsubtitle selection menu.

Repeatedly press the “SUBTITLE” buttonto cycle through each available subtitle.

AUDIO (Remote control only):

Push the “AUDIO” button to call-up audiomenu.

Repeatedly press the “AUDIO” button tocycle through each available audio track.

ANGLE (Remote control only):

Push the “ANGLE” button to call-upcamera angle menu.

Repeatedly press the ANGLE button tocycle through each available angle.

CLEAR (Remote control only):

Push the “CLEAR” button to clear all nu-

meric inputs, if actuated prior to expira-tion of the 3-second timer.

NUMERIC KEYPAD (0-9 & ≥10) (Remotecontrol only):

Push the NUMERIC KEYPAD to directly ac-cess disc chapters, titles or tracks by in-putting their numeric value.

The “≥10” button input numbers greaterthan or equal to 10, allowing up threedigits to be input for selectingchapter/title/track number.

The subsequent actuation of numeric but-tons will continuously shift the previouslyinput number to the “left”.

The chapter/title/track number will be au-tomatically selected (if valid, based onmedia content) if 3 seconds expirewithout any keypad inputs.

The operator can cancel the inputchapter/title/track number by actuatingthe CLEAR control prior to the expirationof the 3-second timer.

These functions can be used only for theDVD discs which correspond to them.

Auxiliary input jacks

The auxiliary input jacks are located on


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

the control panel. Compatible devicessuch as video games camcorders and por-table video players can be connected tothe auxiliary jacks.

The auxiliary jacks are color coded foridentification purposes.

O Yellow - video input

O White - left channel audio input

O Red - right channel audio input

CARE AND MAINTENANCE

Use a lightly dampened, lint free cloth toclean the surfaces of your Mobile Enter-tainment System. (DVD player face,screen, remote control, etc.)

O Do not attempt to operate the systemin extreme temperature conditions[below −4°F (−20°C) and above 158°F(70°C)].

O Do not attempt to operate the systemin extreme humidity conditions (lessthan 10% or more than 75%).

CAUTION

O Do not use any solvents or cleaning solu-tions when cleaning the video system.

O Do not use excessive force on themonitor screen.

O Avoid touching or scratching themonitor screen as it may become dirty ordamaged.

HOW TO HANDLE THE DVD

CAUTION

O Handle a DVD by its edges. Never touchthe surface of the disc.

O To clean a disc, wipe the surface fromthe center to the outer edge using aclean, soft cloth. Do not wipe the discusing a circular motion.

SAA0451


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not use a conventional recordcleaner, benzine, thinner or alcohol in-tended for industrial use.

O A new disc may be rough on its inner andouter edges. Remove the rough edgesusing the side of a pen or pencil as illus-trated.

O Never attempt to use a DVD that hasbeen cracked, deformed, or repairedusing adhesive. Doing so may causedamage to the equipment.

O Handle the DVD carefully to avoid con-tamination or flaws. Otherwise, sig-nals may not be read properly.

O Do not write, draw or attach anythingon any side of the DVD.

O Do not store the DVD in locations withdirect sunlight or in high temperaturesor humidity.

O Always place discs in the storage casewhen they are not being used.

O Do not put on any sticker or write any-thing on either surface of the DVD.

Remote control and headphonesbattery replacement

Replace the battery as follows:

1. Open the lid.

2. Replace both batteries with new ones.

O Size AA (remote control)

O Size AAA (headphones)

Make sure that the ! and @ ends on thebatteries match the markings inside thecompartment.

3. Close the lid securely.

If the battery is removed for any reasonother than replacement, perform step 3above.

O If you will not be using the remote con-trol for long periods of time, removethe batteries.

O Replacement of the batteries is neededwhen the remote control only functions

SAA0722 SAA0723


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

at extremely close distances to theMES or not at all.

O Be careful not to touch the battery ter-minal.

O An improperly disposed battery canharm the environment. Always confirmlocal regulations for battery disposal.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the remote controland headphones.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment. This device com-plies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules andRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device. ANTENNA

Placing the antenna

You can adjust the antenna to three dif-ferent positions manually.

INFINITI recommends position q1 for thebest radio reception

Removing the antenna

You can remove the antenna if necessary.

Hold the bottom of the antenna and re-move by turning counterclockwise.

CAUTION

O Be sure that antenna is removed beforethe vehicle enters an automatic carwash.

O Be sure to fold down the antenna beforethe vehicle enters a garage with a lowceiling.

SAA0748


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

When installing a CB, ham radio or carphone in your INFINITI, be sure to observethe following cautions, otherwise the newequipment may adversely affect the en-gine control system and other electronicparts.

WARNING

O A cellular telephone should not be usedwhile driving so full attention may begiven to vehicle operation. Some juris-dictions prohibit the use of cellular tele-phones while driving.

O If you must make a call while your ve-hicle is in motion, the hands free cellularphone operational mode (if so equipped)is highly recommended. Exercise ex-treme caution at all times so full atten-tion may be given to vehicle operation.

O If a conversation in a moving vehicle re-quires you to take notes, pull off theroad to a safe location and stop your ve-hicle before doing so.

CAUTION

O Keep the antenna as far as possibleaway from the electronic control mod-ules.

O Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in(20 cm) away from the electronic controlsystem harnesses. Do not route the an-tenna wire next to any harness.

O Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratioas recommended by the manufacturer.

O Connect the ground wire from the CBradio chassis to the body.

O For details, consult an INFINITI dealer.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving.............. 5-2Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide) .................. 5-2Three-way catalyst....................................... 5-3On-pavement and off-road drivingprecautions (for AWD models) .................... 5-3Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)(for models without run-flat tire only) .......... 5-3Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)(for models with run-flat tire only) ............... 5-5Avoiding collision and rollover..................... 5-7Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving ............. 5-7Driving safety precautions .......................... 5-8

Ignition switch (except Intelligent Keysystem) ........................................................... 5-10

Key positions.............................................. 5-11INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ........... 5-11

Ignition switch (models with the IntelligentKey system)..................................................... 5-12

Ignition switch positions ............................ 5-13INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System........... 5-13

Before starting the engine............................... 5-14Starting the engine ......................................... 5-14Driving the vehicle........................................... 5-15

Automatic transmission.............................. 5-15

Parking brake.................................................. 5-18Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system (if soequipped)........................................................ 5-19

Precautions on Lane Departure Warning(LDW) system ............................................ 5-20Lane Departure Warning (LDW) systemoperation ................................................... 5-21

Cruise control ................................................. 5-23Precautions on cruise control .................... 5-23Cruise control operations .......................... 5-23

Intelligent Cruise Control system (if soequipped) ....................................................... 5-25

Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode............................................. 5-26Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode... 5-26Precautions on vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode ............................................ 5-27Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeoperation................................................... 5-29Conventional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode......................................................... 5-42Preview function (for Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped models) ............. 5-46

Break-in schedule........................................... 5-46

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Increasing fuel economy ................................. 5-46All-wheel drive (AWD) (if so equipped) ............ 5-47Parking/parking on hills ................................. 5-49Power steering................................................ 5-50Brake system.................................................. 5-50

Braking precautions................................... 5-50Brake assist .................................................... 5-51

Brake assist .............................................. 5-51Brake assist (with preview function)(Intelligent Cruise Control systemequipped model) ........................................ 5-51

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................. 5-54Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ........... 5-55Cold weather driving ....................................... 5-57

Freeing a frozen door lock ......................... 5-57Anti-freeze ................................................. 5-57Battery....................................................... 5-57Draining of coolant water........................... 5-57Tire equipment........................................... 5-57Special winter equipment .......................... 5-57Driving on snow or ice............................... 5-58Engine block heater (if so equipped) ......... 5-58

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not leave children or adults whowould normally require the support ofothers alone in your vehicle. Pets shouldalso not be left alone. They could acci-dentally injure themselves or othersthrough inadvertent operation of the ve-hicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, tempera-tures in a closed vehicle could quicklybecome high enough to cause severe orpossibly fatal injuries to people or ani-mals.


EXHAUST GAS (Carbon monoxide)

WARNING

Do not breathe exhaust gases; they con-

tain colorless and odorless carbon mon-oxide. Carbon monoxide is dangerous. It cancause unconsciousness or death.

O If you suspect that exhaust fumes areentering the vehicle, drive with all win-dows fully open, and have the vehicle in-spected immediately.

O Do not run the engine in closed spacessuch as a garage.

O Do not park the vehicle with the enginerunning for any extended length of time.

O Keep the lift gate closed while driving,otherwise exhaust gases could be drawninto the passenger compartment. If youmust drive with the lift gate open, followthese precautions:

1. Open all the windows.

2. Set the air recirculation switch OFFand the fan control at maximum posi-tion to circulate the air.

O If electrical wiring or other cable connec-tions must pass to a trailer through

the seal on the lift gate or the body,follow the manufacturer’s recommenda-tion to prevent carbon monoxide entryinto the vehicle.

O If a special body, camper or other equip-ment is added for recreational or otherusage, follow the manufacturer’s recom-mendation to prevent carbon monoxideentry into the vehicle. (Some recre-ational vehicle appliances such asstoves, refrigerator, heaters, etc. mayalso generate carbon monoxide.)

O The exhaust system and body should beinspected by a qualified mechanic when-ever:

a. The vehicle is raised for service.

b. You suspect that exhaust fumes areentering into the passenger compart-ment.

c. You notice a change in the sound ofthe exhaust system.

d. You have had an accident involvingdamage to the exhaust system, un-derbody, or rear of the vehicle.

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING ANDDRIVING

5-2 Starting and driving

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

THREE-WAY CATALYST

The three-way catalyst is an emissioncontrol device installed in the exhaustsystem. Exhaust gases in the converterare burned at high temperatures to helpreduce pollutants.

WARNING

O The exhaust gas and the exhaust systemare very hot. Keep people, animals orflammable materials away from the ex-haust system components.

O Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

CAUTION

O Do not use leaded gasoline. Depositsfrom leaded gasoline will seriously re-duce the three-way catalyst’s ability tohelp reduce exhaust pollutants.

O Keep your engine tuned up. Malfunc-tions in the ignition, fuel injection, orelectrical systems can cause overrichfuel flow into the three-way catalyst,causing it to overheat. Do not keepdriving if the engine misfires, or if no-ticeable loss of performance or other un-usual operating conditions are detected.Have the vehicle inspected promptly byan INFINITI dealer.

O Avoid driving with an extremely low fuellevel. Running out of fuel could causethe engine to misfire, damaging thethree-way catalyst.

O Do not race the engine while warming itup.

O Do not push or tow your vehicle to startthe engine.

ON-PAVEMENT ANDOFF-ROAD DRIVING PRECAUTIONS(for AWD models)

Utility vehicles have a significantly higherrollover rate than other types of vehicles.

They have higher ground clearance thanpassenger cars to make them capable ofperforming in a variety of on-pavementand off-road applications. This gives thema higher center of gravity than ordinarycars. An advantage of higher groundclearance is a better view of the road, al-lowing you to anticipate problems. How-ever, they are not designed for corneringat the same speeds as conventional two-wheel drive vehicles any more than low-slung sports cars are designed to performsatisfactorily under off-road conditions. Ifat all possible, avoid sharp turns orabrupt maneuvers particularly at highspeeds. As with other vehicles of thistype, failure to operate this vehicle cor-rectly may result in loss of control or ve-hicle rollover. In a rollover crash, an un-belted person is significantly more likelyto die than a person wearing a seatbelt.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) (for modelswithout run-flat tire only)

Each tire, including the spare (if pro-vided), should be checked monthly whencold and inflated to the inflation pressurerecommended by the vehicle manufac-turer on the vehicle placard or tire infla-

Starting and driving 5-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

tion pressure label. (If your vehicle has tiresof a different size than the size indicated onthe vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure la-bel, you should determine the proper tire infla-tion pressure for those tires.)

As an added safety feature, your vehiclehas been equipped with a Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS) that illumi-nates a low tire pressure telltale whenone or more of your tires is significantlyunder-inflated. Accordingly, when the lowtire pressure telltale illuminates, youshould stop and check your tires as soonas possible, and inflate them to theproper pressure. Driving on a significantlyunder-inflated tire causes the tire to over-heat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency andtire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’shandling and stopping ability.

Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to trigger illuminationof the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.

Your vehicle has also been equipped witha TPMS malfunction indicator to indicatewhen the system is not operating prop-

erly. The TPMS malfunction indicator iscombined with the low tire pressure tell-tale. When the system detects a malfunc-tion, the telltale will flash for approxi-mately one minute and then remain con-tinuously illuminated. This sequence willcontinue upon subsequent vehiclestart-ups as long as the malfunction ex-ists. When the malfunction indicator is il-luminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as in-tended. TPMS malfunctions may occur fora variety of reasons, including the instal-lation of replacement or alternate tires orwheels on the vehicle that prevent theTPMS from functioning properly. Alwayscheck the TPMS malfunction telltale afterreplacing one or more tires or wheels onyour vehicle to ensure that the replace-ment or alternate tires and wheels allowthe TPMS to continue to function properly.

Additional information

O The TPMS does not monitor the tirepressure of the spare tire.

O The TPMS will activate only when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not de-tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).

O The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure, thevehicle must be driven at speeds above16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMSand turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

O Tire pressure rises and falls dependingon the heat caused by the vehicle’s op-eration and the outside temperature.Low outside temperature can lower thetemperature of the air inside the tirewhich can cause a lower tire inflationpressure. This may cause the low tirepressure warning light to illuminate. Ifthe warning light illuminates in low am-bient temperature, check the tire pres-sure for all four tires.

O You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the displayscreen. The order of the tire pressure fig-ures displayed on the screen does notcorrespond with the actual order of thetire position. See “Tire pressure informa-tion” in the “4. Display screen, heater, airconditioner and audio system” section.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section and “Tire Pres-sure Monitoring System (TPMS)” in the “6.In case of emergency” section.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS) (for models withrun-flat tire only)Each tire, including the spare (if provided),should be checked monthly when cold andinflated to the inflation pressure recom-mended by the vehicle manufacturer on thevehicle placard or tire inflation pressurelabel. (If your vehicle has tires of a differentsize than the size indicated on the vehicleplacard or tire inflation pressure label, youshould determine the proper tire inflationpressure for those tires.)As an added safety feature, your vehicle hasbeen equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitor-ing System (TPMS) that illuminates a lowtire pressure telltale when one or more ofyour tires is significantly under-inflated. Ac-cordingly, when the low tire pressure telltaleilluminates, you should stop and check yourtires as soon as possible, and inflate themto the proper pressure. Driving on a signifi-cantly under-inflated tire causes the tire tooverheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tiretread life, and may affect the vehicle’s han-dling and stopping ability.If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the run-flat tire warning lightwill illuminate continuously and a chime will

sound for 10 seconds. The chime will onlysound at the first indication of a flat tire andthe warning light will illuminate continu-ously. When the Flat tire warning is acti-vated, have the system reset and the tirechecked and replaced if necessary by anINFINITI dealer. Even if the tire is inflated tothe specified COLD tire pressure, thewarning light will continue to illuminate un-til the system is reset by an INFINITI dealer.Your vehicle can be driven for a limited timeon a flat tire. See “Run-flat tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.Please note that the TPMS is not a substi-tute for proper tire maintenance, and it isthe driver’s responsibility to maintain cor-rect tire pressure, even if under-inflation hasnot reached the level to trigger illuminationof the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.Your vehicle has also been equipped with aTPMS malfunction indicator to indicate whenthe system is not operating properly. TheTPMS malfunction indicator is combinedwith the low tire pressure telltale. When thesystem detects a malfunction, the telltalewill flash for approximately one minute andthen remain continuously illuminated. Thissequence will continue upon subsequent ve-hicle start-ups as long as the malfunctionexists. When the malfunction indicator is il-

luminated, the system may not be able todetect or signal low tire pressure as in-tended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for avariety of reasons, including the installationof replacement or alternate tires or wheelson the vehicle that prevent the TPMS fromfunctioning properly. Always check theTPMS malfunction telltale after replacingone or more tires or wheels on your vehicleto ensure that the replacement or alternatetires and wheels allow the TPMS to continueto function properly.Additional information:O The TPMS does not monitor the tire

pressure of the spare tire.O The TPMS will activate only when the ve-

hicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not de-tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).

O The low tire pressure warning light doesnot automatically turn off when the tirepressure is adjusted. After the tire is in-flated to the recommended pressure, thevehicle must be driven at speeds above16 MPH (25 km/h) to activate the TPMSand turn off the low tire pressurewarning light. Use a tire pressure gaugeto check the tire pressure.

O Tire pressure rises and falls de-


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

pending on the heat caused by the ve-hicle’s operation and the outside tem-perature. Low outside temperature canlower the temperature of the air insidethe tire which can cause a lower tireinflation pressure. This may cause thelow tire pressure warning light to illu-minate. If the warning light illuminatesin low ambient temperature, check thetire pressure for all four tires.

O You can also check the pressure of alltires (except the spare tire) on the dis-play screen. The order of the tire pres-sure figures displayed on the screendoes not correspond with the actualorder of the tire position. See “Tirepressure information” in the “4. Dis-play screen, heater, air conditionerand audio systems” section.

For additional information, see “Low tirepressure warning light” in the “2. Instru-ments and controls” section, “Tire pres-sure monitoring system” in the “6. Incase of emergency” section.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking,reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road toa safe location and stop the vehicle assoon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damagethe tires and increase the likelihood oftire failure. Serious vehicle damagecould occur and may lead to an accidentand could result in serious personal in-jury. Check the tire pressure for all fourtires. Adjust the tire pressure to the rec-ommended COLD tire pressure shown onthe Tire and Loading Information label toturn the low tire pressure warning lightOFF. If you have a flat tire, replace it witha spare tire as soon as possible. (See“Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section for changing a flat tire.)

O Although you can continue driving witha punctured run-flat tire (if so equipped),remember that vehicle handling stability

is reduced, which could lead to an acci-dent and personal injury. Also, driving along distance at high speeds maydamage the tires.






w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

CAUTION

Do not place metalized film or any metalparts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. Thismay cause poor reception of the signalsfrom the tire pressure sensors, and theTPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem-porarily interfere with the operation of theTPMS and cause the low tire pressurewarning light to illuminate. Some ex-amples are:

O Facilities or electric devices usingsimilar radio frequencies are near thevehicle.

O If a transmitter set to similar frequen-cies is being used in or near the ve-hicle.

O If a computer (or similar equipment) or

a DC/AC converter is being used in ornear the vehicle.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment.

This device complies with Part 15 of theFCC Rules and RSS-210 of Industry Canada.

Operation is subject to the following twoconditions: (1) This device may not causeharmful interference, and (2) this devicemust accept any interference received, in-cluding interference that may cause un-desired operation of the device.

AVOIDING COLLISION ANDROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe andprudent manner may result in loss of controlor an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times.Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid exces-

sive speed, high speed cornering, or sud-den steering maneuvers, because thesedriving practices could cause you to losecontrol of your vehicle. As with any ve-hicle, a loss of control could result in a col-lision with other vehicles or objects, orcause the vehicle to rollover, particularly ifthe loss of control causes the vehicle toslide sideways. Be attentive at all times,and avoid driving when tired. Never drivewhen under the influence of alcohol ordrugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsi-ness). Always wear your seat belt. See“Seat belts” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section and also instruct your pas-sengers to do so.

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury incollisions and rollovers. In a rollovercrash, an unbelted or improperly beltedperson is significantly more likely to be in-jured or killed than a person properlywearing a seat belt.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS ANDDRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alcohol ordrugs. Alcohol in the bloodstream reducescoordination, delays reaction time and im-pairs judgment. Driving after drinking al-cohol increases the likelihood of being in-volved in an accident injuring yourself andothers. Additionally, if you are injured in anaccident, alcohol can increase the severityof the injury.

INFINITI is committed to safe driving. Youmust not drive under the influence of al-cohol. Every year thousands of people areinjured or killed in alcohol related acci-dents. Although the local laws vary onwhat is considered to be legally intoxi-cated, the fact is that alcohol affects allpeople differently and most people under-estimate the effects of alcohol.

Remember, drinking and driving don’tmix! And that’s true for drugs too (overthe counter, prescription, and illegaldrugs). Don’t drive if your ability to op-

erate your vehicle is impaired by alcohol,drugs, or some other physical condition.

DRIVING SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Please observe the following precautions:

WARNING

O Drive carefully when off the road andavoid dangerous areas. Every personwho drives or rides in this vehicle shouldbe seated with their seat belt fastened.This will keep you and your passengersin position when driving over rough ter-rain.

O Before driving up or down grades, checkthe road surface for bumps or potholes.Be sure to climb a gentle slope and de-scend a gentle slope.

O Do not drive across steep slopes. In-stead drive either straight up or straightdown the slopes. Off-road vehicles cantip over sideways much more easily thanthey can forward or backward.

O Many hills are too steep for any vehicle.If you drive up them, you may stall. If you

drive down them, you may not be able tocontrol your speed. If you drive acrossthem, you may roll over.

O Do not move the selector lever whiledriving on downhill grades as this couldcause loss of control of the vehicle.

O Be sure to use the engine brake. The footbrake performance may be reduced, re-sulting in a possible accident.

O Stay alert when driving to the top of ahill. At the top there could be a drop-offor other hazard that could cause an acci-dent.

O If your engine stalls or you cannot makeit to the top of a steep hill, never attemptto turn around. Your vehicle could tip orroll over. Always back straight down in R(Reverse) range. Never back down in N(Neutral), using only the brake, as thiscould cause loss of control.

O Heavy braking going down a hill couldcause your brakes to overheat and fade,resulting in loss of control and an acci-dent. Apply brakes lightly and use a low


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

range to control your speed.

O Unsecured cargo can be thrown aroundwhen driving over rough terrain. Prop-erly secure all cargo so it will not bethrown forward and cause injury to youor your passengers.

O To avoid raising the center of gravity ex-cessively, do not exceed the rated ca-pacity of the roof rack and evenly dis-tribute the load. Secure heavy loads inthe cargo area as far forward and as lowas possible. Do not equip the vehiclewith tires larger than specified in thismanual. This could cause your vehicle toroll over.

O Do not grip the inside or spokes of thesteering wheel when driving off-road.The steering wheel could move suddenlyand injure your hands. Instead drivewith your fingers and thumbs on the out-side of the rim.

O Before operating the vehicle, ensurethat the driver and all passengers havetheir seat belts fastened.

O Always drive with the floor mats in placeas the floor may become hot.

O Lower your speed when encounteringstrong crosswinds. With a higher centerof gravity, your INFINITI is more affectedby strong side winds. Slower speeds en-sure better vehicle control.

O Do not drive beyond the performance ca-pability of the tires, even with AWD en-gaged. Accelerating quickly, sharpsteering maneuvers or sudden brakingmay cause loss of control.

O If at all possible, avoid sharp turningmaneuvers, particularly at high speeds.Your INFINITI all-wheel drive vehicle hasa higher center of gravity than a two-wheel drive vehicle. The vehicle is notdesigned for cornering at the samespeeds as conventional two-wheel drivevehicles. Failure to operate this vehiclecorrectly could result in loss of controland/or a rollover accident.

O Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all four

wheels. Install tire chains on the rearwheels when driving on slippery roadsand drive carefully.

O Be sure to check the brakes immediatelyafter driving in mud or water. See “Brakesystem” later in this section.

O Avoid parking your vehicle on steephills. If you get out of the vehicle and itrolls forward, backward or sideways,you could be injured.

O Whenever you drive off-road throughsand, mud or water as deep as the wheelhub, more frequent maintenance may berequired. See the maintenance schedulein the “INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

O Do not drive continuously on sandy ormuddy roads with the rear wheels spin-ning. The AWD warning light blinks andthe driving mode changes to 2WD. Thiscould reduce traction force remarkably.Be especially careful when towing atrailer. (AWD models)

O A vehicle equipped with AWD (All-WheelDrive) should never be tested using a


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

two wheel dynamometer (such as thedynamometers used by some states foremissions testing), or similar equip-ment. Make sure you inform test facilitypersonnel that your vehicle is equippedwith AWD before it is placed on a dyna-mometer. Using the wrong test equip-ment may result in transmission damageor unexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

O Never operate the accelerator pedal withany wheels raised and the other wheelson the ground while jacking up or withany wheels on a roller and the otherwheels on the ground. Otherwise, thevehicle could lurch forward or backward.(AWD models)

O When a wheel is off the ground due to anunlevel surface, do not spin the wheelexcessively. (AWD models)

O When the vehicle is on a free roller or thefront or rear wheels are jacked up, do notstart the engine. The vehicle could lurchforward. (AWD models)

WARNING

Never remove or turn the key to the LOCK po-sition while driving. The steering wheel willlock. This may cause the driver to lose con-trol of the vehicle and could result in seriousvehicle damage or personal injury.

The ignition lock is designed so that thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and re-moved until the selector lever is moved tothe P (Park) position.

When removing the key from the ignition,make sure the selector lever is in the P(Park) position.

If the selector lever is not returned to P(Park) position, the key cannot be movedtoward LOCK.

When the key cannot be turned towardthe LOCK position, proceed as follows toremove the key:

SSD0392

IGNITION SWITCH (except Intelligent Keysystem)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Move the selector lever into the P(Park) position.

2. Turn the ignition key slightly in the ONdirection.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK posi-tion.

4. Remove the key.

If the key is removed from the ignitionswitch, the selector lever cannot bemoved from P (Park) position. The se-lector lever can be moved if the ignitionswitch is in the ON position and the footbrake pedal is depressed.

There is an OFF position q1 in betweenLOCK and ACC, although it does not showon the lock cylinder. When the ignition isin OFF the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/6 of aturn clockwise from the straight up posi-tion.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the key tothe LOCK position. Remove the key. To un-lock the steering wheel, insert the key andturn it gently while rotating the steeringwheel slightly right and left.

KEY POSITIONS

The switch includes an anti-theft steeringlock device.

LOCK (Normal parking position) (0)

The ignition key can only be removedwhen the switch is in this position.

OFF (1)

The engine can be turned off withoutlocking the steering wheel.

The ignition lock is designed so that thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and re-moved until the selector lever is moved tothe P (Park) position.

ACC (Accessories) (2)

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) (3)

This position turns on the ignition systemand the electrical accessories.

START (4)

This position activates the starter motor,starting the engine.



If the engine fails to start using a regis-tered key (for example, when interferenceis caused by another registered key, anautomated toll road device or automatedpayment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following proce-dures:


2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF orLOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.



If this procedure allows the engine tostart, INFINITI recommends placing theregistered key on a separate key ring toavoid interference from other devices.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Never turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition while driving. The steering wheelwill lock. This may cause the driver to losecontrol of the vehicle and could result in se-rious vehicle damage or personal injury.

The ignition lock is designed so that theignition switch cannot be turned to theLOCK position and removed until the se-lector lever is moved to the P (Park) posi-tion.

When turning the ignition switch, makesure the selector lever is in the P position.

If the selector lever is not returned to theP position, the ignition switch cannot bemoved toward the LOCK position.

When the ignition switch cannot beturned toward the LOCK position when

the Intelligent Key is in range, proceed asfollows:

1. Move the selector lever into the P po-sition.

2. Turn the ignition switch slightly in theON direction.

3. Turn the key toward the LOCK posi-tion.

The selector lever can be moved from P po-sition if the ignition switch is in the ON po-sition and the foot brake pedal is de-pressed.

There is an OFF position qC in betweenLOCK and ACC, although it does not showon the lock cylinder. When the ignition isin OFF the steering wheel is not locked.

In order for the steering wheel to belocked, it must be turned about 1/6 of aturn counterclockwise from the straightup position.

To lock the steering wheel, turn the igni-tion switch to the LOCK position. To unlockthe steering wheel, push the ignitionswitch in and turn it gently while rotatingthe steering wheel slightly right and left.

If the battery of the vehicle equipped withthe Intelligent Key system is discharged,

SPA1628

IGNITION SWITCH (models with theIntelligent Key system)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

the ignition switch cannot be turned fromthe LOCK position, even using the me-chanical key or valet key.

IGNITION SWITCH POSITIONS

Push in the ignition switch to the qB

range when you turn it.

LOCK (Normal parking position):

The ignition switch can only be locked inthe qA position.

The ignition switch will be unlocked whenit is pushed in, and turned to the ACC po-sition qD while carrying the IntelligentKey.

ACC (Accessories) qD :

This position activates electrical accesso-ries such as the radio, when the engine isnot running.

ON (Normal operating position) qE :

This position turns on the ignition systemand electrical accessories.

START qF :

This position starts the engine. As soonas the engine has started, release theknob immediately. It will automatically re-turn to the ON position.

The ignition switch cannot be turned backto the LOCK position unless the shift leveris in P position. (It can be turned to onlyqC .)

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the ignitionswitch in ACC or ON positions when the en-gine is not running for an extended period.This can discharge the battery.



If the engine fails to start using a regis-tered key (for example, when interferenceis caused by another registered key, anautomated toll road device or automatedpayment device on the key ring), restartthe engine using the following proce-dures:


2. Turn the ignition switch to the OFF or

LOCK position and wait approximately10 seconds.



If this procedure allows the engine tostart, INFINITI recommends placing theregistered key on a separate key ring toavoid interference from other devices.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Make sure the area around the vehicleis clear.

O Maintenance items should be checkedperiodically, for example, each timeyou check engine oil.

O Check that all windows and lights areclean.

O Visually inspect tires for their appear-ance and condition. Also, check tiresfor proper inflation.

O Lock all doors.

O Position seat and adjust head re-straints.

O Adjust inside and outside mirrors.

O Fasten seat belts and ask all passen-gers to do likewise.

O Check the operation of warning lightswhen the ignition switch is turned tothe ON (3) position.

1. Apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to P (Park) orN (Neutral). (P preferred.)

The starter is designed not to operateif the selector lever is in one of thedriving positions.

3. Crank the engine with your foot off theaccelerator pedal by turning the igni-tion key to START. Release the keywhen the engine starts. If the enginestarts, but fails to run, repeat theabove procedure.

O If the engine is very hard to start inextremely cold weather or when re-starting, depress the accelerator pedala little (approximately 1/3 to the floor)and hold it then crank the engine. Re-lease the key and the acceleratorpedal when the engine starts.

O If the engine is very hard to start be-cause it is flooded, depress the accel-erator pedal all the way to the floorand hold it. Crank the engine for 5 to6 seconds. After cranking the engine,release the accelerator pedal. Crankthe engine with your foot off the accel-erator pedal by turning the ignitionswitch to START. Release the key when

the engine starts. If the engine starts,but fails to run, repeat the above pro-cedure.

CAUTION

Do not operate the starter for more than 15seconds at a time. If the engine does notstart, turn the key off and wait 10 secondsbefore cranking again, otherwise the startercould be damaged.

4. Warm-up

Allow the engine to idle for at least 30seconds after starting. Do not race theengine while warming it up. Drive atmoderate speed for a short distancefirst, especially in cold weather.

In cold weather, keep the engine run-ning for a minimum of 2 to 3 minutesbefore shutting it off. Starting andstopping the engine over a short pe-riod of time may make the vehiclemore difficult to start.

BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINE STARTING THE ENGINE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION

5-speed automatic transmission

The automatic transmission in your ve-hicle is electronically controlled by atransmission control module to producemaximum power and smooth operation.

Shown on the following pages are the rec-ommended operating procedures for thistransmission. Follow these procedures formaximum vehicle performance anddriving enjoyment.

Starting the vehicle

After starting the engine, fully depress thefoot brake pedal and push the selector le-ver button before shifting the selectorlever to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive) or Manual shift mode position. Besure the vehicle is fully stopped beforeshifting the selector lever.

This automatic transmission model is de-signed so that the foot brake pedal mustbe depressed before shifting from P (Park)to any drive position while the ignitionswitch is ON.

The selector lever cannot be moved out ofP (Park) position and into any of the othergear positions if the ignition switch is

turned to the LOCK, OFF or ACC position orif the key is removed from the switch.

1. Keep the foot brake pedal depressedand push the selector lever button toshift into a driving gear.

2. Release the parking brake and footbrake, then gradually start the vehiclein motion.

WARNING

O Do not depress the accelerator pedalwhile shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu-tral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or manualshift mode. Always depress the brakepedal until shifting is completed. Failureto do so could cause you to lose controland have an accident.

O Cold engine idle speed is high, so usecaution when shifting into a forward orreverse gear before the engine haswarmed up.

O On slippery roads, do not downshift.This may cause a loss of control.

O Never shift to P (Park) or R (Reverse)while the vehicle is moving forward.Never shift to P (Park) or D (Drive) whilethe vehicle is moving rearward. Thesecould cause an accident.

CAUTION

When stopping the vehicle on an uphillgrade, do not hold the vehicle by depressingthe accelerator pedal. The foot brake shouldbe used for this purpose.

DRIVING THE VEHICLE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

To move the selector lever,

: Push the button while depressingthe brake pedal,

: Push the button,

: Just move the selector lever.

ShiftingAfter starting the engine, fully depress thebrake pedal and shift the selector leverfrom P (Park) to R (Reverse), N (Neutral), D(Drive), or Manual shift mode position.

Push the button to shift into P (Park) or R(Reverse). All other positions can be se-lected without pushing the button.

WARNING

Apply the parking brake if the selector leveris in any position while the engine is not run-ning. Failure to do so could cause the vehicleto move unexpectedly or roll away and resultin serious personal injury or propertydamage.

If the key is turned to OFF or ACC for anyreason while the vehicle is in R (Reverse),N (Neutral), or any D (Drive) position, thekey cannot be turned to LOCK and be re-moved from the ignition switch. Move theselector lever to P (Park) position, thenthe key can be turned to LOCK.

CAUTION

Make sure the vehicle is completely stoppedand the transmission is in the P (Park) posi-tion.

P (Park):

Use this selector position when the vehicleis parked or when starting the engine.

Make sure the vehicle is completelystopped. The brake pedal must be de-pressed and the selector lever buttonpushed in to move the selector lever from N(Neutral) or any drive position to P (Park).Apply the parking brake. When parking ona hill, apply the parking brake first, thenmove the lever to the P (Park) position.

R (Reverse):

Use this position to back up. Always besure the vehicle is completely stopped be-fore selecting R (Reverse). The brake pedalmust be depressed and the selector leverbutton pushed in to move the selectorlever from P (Park), N (Neutral) or any driveposition to R (Reverse).

N (Neutral):

Neither forward nor reverse gear is en-gaged. The engine can be started in thisposition. You may shift to N (Neutral) andrestart a stalled engine while the vehicleis moving.

D (Drive):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving.

Manual shift mode

When the selector lever is shifted from Dto the manual shift gate with the vehicle

SSD0539


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

stopped or while driving, the transmissionenters the manual shift mode. Shift rangecan be selected manually.

In the manual shift mode, the shift rangeis displayed on the position indicator inthe meter.

Shift ranges up or down one by one asfollows:

M1→← M2

→← M3

→← M4

→← M5

M5 (5th):

Use this position for all normal forwarddriving at highway speeds.

M4 (4th):

Use this position when driving up longslopes, or for engine braking whendriving down long slopes.

M3 (3rd) and M2 (2nd):

Use for hill climbing or engine braking ondownhill grades.

M1 (1st):

Use this position when climbing steephills slowly or driving slowly throughdeep snow, sand or mud, or for maximumengine braking on steep downhill grades.

O Remember not to drive at high speeds

for extended periods of time in lowerthan M5 range. This reduces fueleconomy.

O When shifting up, move the selectorlever to the + (up) side. (Shifts tohigher range.)

O When shifting down, move the se-lector lever to the − (down) side.(Shifts to lower range.)

O Moving the selector lever to the sameside twice will shift the ranges in suc-cession. However, if this motion israpidly done, the second shifting maynot be completed properly.

O In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion automatically shifts down to 1stgear before the vehicle comes to astop. When accelerating again, it isnecessary to shift up to the desiredrange.

O When canceling the manual shiftmode, return the selector lever to theD position. The transmission returnsto the normal driving mode.

O In the manual shift mode, the transmis-sion may not shift to the selected gear.This helps maintain driving perfor-mance and reduces the chance of ve-

hicle damage or loss of control.

Accelerator downshift— In D position —

For passing or hill climbing, fully depressthe accelerator pedal to the floor. Thisshifts the transmission down into thelower gear, depending on the vehiclespeed.

Fail-safe

When fail-safe operation occurs, the auto-matic transmission will be locked in 4thgear.

If the vehicle is driven under extreme con-ditions, such as excessive wheel spinningand subsequent hard braking, the fail-safesystem may be activated. This will occureven if all electrical circuits are functioningproperly. In this case, turn the ignitionswitch to the OFF position and wait for 3seconds. Then turn the switch back to theON position. The vehicle should return toits normal operating condition. If it doesnot return to its normal operating condi-tion, have an INFINITI dealer check thetransmission and repair if necessary.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Shift lock release

If the battery charge is low or discharged,the selector lever may not be moved fromthe P (Park) position even with the brakepedal depressed.

To move the selector lever, apply theparking brake, depress the brake pedal,and push the shift lock release button.The selector lever can be moved to N(Neutral). This allows the vehicle to bemoved if the battery is discharged.

If the lever cannot be moved out of P(Park), have an INFINITI dealer check theautomatic transmission system as soonas possible.

To apply: Fully depress the parking brakepedal.

To release:

1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Depress the parking brake pedal andthe parking brake will be released.

3. Before driving, be sure the brakewarning light goes out.

SSD0540 SPA2126

PARKING BRAKE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Be sure the parking brake is fully re-leased before driving. Failure to do socan cause brake failure and lead to anaccident.

O Do not release the parking brake fromoutside the vehicle.

O Do not use the gear shift in place of theparking brake. When parking, be surethe parking brake is fully engaged.

O Do not leave children unattended in a ve-hicle. They could release the parkingbrake and cause an accident.

The Lane Departure Warning (LDW) systemwarns the driver when the vehicle is trav-eling close to either the left or the right of atraveling lane with detectable lane markers.It operates at approximately 45 MPH (72km/h) and above. The system monitors lanemarkers of the traveling lane using the cam-era unit q1 located inside the map lightcover.

When the camera unit detects that the ve-hicle is traveling close to either the left orthe right of the traveling lane, the LDW in-dicator q2 on the instrument panelflashes and a chime sounds to alert thedriver.

The LDW system can be turned on or offby pushing the LDW switch q3 . When thesystem is on, the LDW system ON indi-cator q4 illuminates.

SSD0409 SSD0410

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM (if so equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ON LANEDEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM

WARNING

O This system is only a warning device toinform the driver of an unintended lanedeparture. It will not steer the vehicle orprevent loss of control. It is the driver’sresponsibility to stay alert, drive safely,keep the vehicle in the traveling lane,and be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

O The system will not operate at speedsbelow approximately 45 MPH (72 km/h)or if it cannot detect lane markers.

O If the Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system malfunctions, it will cancel auto-matically. The LDW indicator light in theinstrument panel will then illuminate(orange).

O If the LDW indicator light illuminates (or-ange), park the vehicle in a safe place.Turn the engine off and re-start the en-gine. If the LDW indicator light continuesto illuminate, have the system checkedby an INFINITI dealer.

O Excessive noise will interfere withwarning system chime sound and thechime may not be heard.

O The system may not function properlyunder the following conditions:

- On roads where the lane markersare faded or are not painted clearly.

- On roads where the lane markersare painted yellow.

- On roads where water, dirt or snowis covering the lane markers.

O The system may not monitor the lanemarkers in certain road, weather ordriving conditions.

- On roads where there are sharpcurves.

- Where the traveling lane merges orseparates.

- On roads where the discontinuedlane markers are present, such asnear tollgates.

- On roads where there are no generallane markers.

- On roads where the lane width istoo narrow.

- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.).

- When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle in thecamera.

- When entering or exiting a tunnelwhere a sudden change in bright-ness occurs.

- When traveling close to the vehiclein front of you, which obstructs thecamera detection range.

- When the vehicle’s traveling direc-tion does not align with the lanemarker.

- When rain, snow or dirt adheres tothe windshield in front of the LDWcamera.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)SYSTEM OPERATION

The LDW system has an automatic modeand manual mode.

In the automatic mode, the LDW systemautomatically turns on when the ignitionswitch is turned to the ON position. TheLDW system ON indicator q2 located onthe LDW switch q1 illuminates, indicatingthat the system is on.

To cancel the LDW system, push the LDWswitch q1 to turn off the LDW system ONindicator q2 . To turn on the system, pushthe LDW switch q1 again.

In the manual mode, the LDW system willbe off when the ignition switch is turnedto the ON position. The LDW switch mustbe pushed to turn on the system.

To change modes, push and hold the LDWswitch q1 for more than 4 seconds whenthe LDW system ON indicator q2 is off. Achime will sound and blinking of the LDWsystem indicator indicates that the modechange has been completed.

When the vehicle approaches either theleft or the right of the traveling lane whiledriving over approximately 45 MPH (72km/h), the LDW indicator q3 on the in-strument panel flashes and a chimesounds to alert the driver.

When you use the lane change signal andchange your traveling lane, the LDWsystem will enter the standby mode untilthe lane change is completed. Once thevehicle completes the lane change andthe camera detects lane markers, the LDWsystem starts again to monitor lane mark-ers.

SIC2554 SSD0411


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

When the vehicle speed lowers to lessthan approximately 45 MPH (72 km/h),the LDW system enters standby mode.When the vehicle speed increases to morethan 45 MPH (72 km/h) again, the LDWsystem activates.

Temporary disabled status at hightemperature

If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlightunder high temperature conditions (overapproximately 104°F (40°C)) and thenstarted, the Lane Departure Warningsystem may cancel automatically. TheLDW switch ON indicator will blink.

When the interior temperature is reduced,the system will again operate automati-cally and the LDW switch ON indicator il-luminates.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW)camera unit maintenance

The LDW camera unit q1 for the LDW sys-tem is located inside the map light cover.

To keep the LDW system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the windshield clean. Thesensing capability of the camera unitdepends on the condition of the wind-shield. See “Cleaning interior” in the“7. Appearance and care” section forcleaning instruction.

O Do not strike or damage the areas

around the camera unit. Do not touchthe camera lens or remove the screwlocated on the camera unit. Doing socould cause failure or malfunction. Ifthe camera unit is damaged due to anaccident, contact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install an ac-cessory near the camera unit. Thiscould cause failure or malfunction.

O Do not place reflective materials, suchas a white paper or mirrors on the in-strument panel. Reflection of the sun-light may adversely affect the cameraunit’s lane marker detection capa-bility.

SSD0412


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when drivingunder the following conditions:

O it is not possible to keep the vehicle at aset speed.

O in heavy traffic or in traffic that varies inspeed.

O on winding or hilly roads.

O on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice, etc.).

O in very windy areas.

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle con-trol and result in an accident.

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISECONTROL

O If the cruise control system malfunc-tions, it cancels automatically. TheSET indicator light on the meter panelthen blinks to warn the driver.

O If the engine coolant temperature be-comes excessively high, the cruisecontrol system will be canceled auto-matically.

O If the SET indicator light blinks, turnthe cruise control main switch off andhave the system checked by anINFINITI dealer.

O The SET indicator light may blink whenthe cruise control main switch isturned on while pushing theRESUME/ACCELERATE, SET/COAST, orCANCEL switch. To properly set thecruise control system, perform thepreceding steps in the order indicated.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch

2. SET/COAST switch

3. CANCEL switch

4. MAIN (ONzOFF) switch

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS

The cruise control allows driving at aspeed between 25 to 89 MPH (40 to 144km/h) without keeping your foot on theaccelerator pedal.

To turn on the cruise control, push themain switch on. The CRUISE indicatorlight on the meter panel will come on.

SSD0528

CRUISE CONTROL


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

To set at cruising speed, accelerate yourvehicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (TheSET indicator light will come on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, drive without thecruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, follow either ofthese three methods:

a) Push the cancel switch. The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the main switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicatorlights will go out.

O If you depress the brake pedal whilepushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE setswitch and reset at the cruising speed,turn the main switch off once and thenturn it on again.

O The cruise control will automaticallycancel if the vehicle slows more than8 MPH (13 km/h) below the set speed.

O Move the selector lever to N (Neutral)position. The SET indicator light willgo out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

b) Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. When the ve-hicle attains the speed you desire, re-lease the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET/COAST switch and re-lease it.

b) Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release the SET/COAST switch. Each time you do this,the set speed will decrease by about 1MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE setswitch. The vehicle will resume the lastset cruising speed when the vehiclespeed is over 25 MPH (40 km/h).


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) systemautomatically maintains a selected dis-tance from the vehicle traveling in front ofyou according to that vehicle’s speed (upto the set speed), or at the set speedwhen the road ahead is clear.

The ICC function can be set to one of twocruise control modes:

O Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode:

For maintaining a selected distancebetween your vehicle and the vehiclein front of you up to the preset speed.

O Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode:

For cruising at a preset speed.

WARNING

O Always drive carefully and attentivelywhen using either cruise control mode.Read and understand the Owner’sManual thoroughly before using thecruise control. To avoid serious injury ordeath, do not rely on the system to pre-vent accidents or to control the vehicle’s

speed in emergency situations. Do notuse cruise control except in appropriateroad and traffic conditions.

O In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning buzzer will notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead. Pay special attentionto the distance between your vehicleand the vehicle ahead of you or a colli-sion could occur.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM (ifso equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode

2. Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode

Push the MAIN switch qA to choose thecruise control mode between q1 thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeand q2 the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode.

Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, see the following description. For

the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con-trol mode, see page 5-42.

SELECTING THEVEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode q1 , quickly push and re-lease the MAIN switch qA .

Once a control mode is activated, itcannot be changed to the other cruisecontrol mode. To change the mode, pushthe MAIN switch once to turn the systemoff. Then push the MAIN switch again to

turn the system back on and select thedesired cruise control mode.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode, the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)system automatically maintains a se-lected distance from the vehicle travelingin front of you according to that vehicle’sspeed (up to the set speed), or at the setspeed when the road ahead is clear.

With ICC, the driver can maintain thesame speed as other vehicles without theconstant need to adjust the set speed asyou would with a normal cruise controlsystem.

SSD0541


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

PRECAUTIONS ONVEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE

The system is intended to enhance theoperation of the vehicle when following avehicle traveling in the same lane and di-rection.

If the distance sensor qA detects a slowermoving vehicle ahead, the system will re-duce the vehicle speed so that your ve-hicle follows the vehicle in front at the se-lected distance.

The system automatically controls thethrottle and applies the brakes (up to25% of vehicle braking power) if neces-sary.

The detection range of the sensor is ap-proximately 390 ft (120 m) ahead.

WARNING

O This system is only an aid to assist thedriver and is not a collision warning oravoidance device. It is the driver’s re-sponsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at alltimes.

O The system is primarily intended for useon straight, dry, open roads with lighttraffic. It is not advisable to use the sys-tem in city traffic or congested areas.

O This system will not adapt automaticallyto road conditions. This system shouldbe used in evenly flowing traffic. Do notuse the system on roads with sharpcurves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain orin fog.

The distance sensor will not detect undermost conditions:

O Stationary and slow moving vehicles

O Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

O Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

O Motorcycles traveling offset in thetravel lane

This system will not automatically brakethe vehicle to a stop.

WARNING

O As there is a performance limit to thedistance control function, never relysolely on the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem. This system does not correctcareless, inattentive or absent-mindeddriving, or overcome poor visibility inrain, fog, or other bad weather. Decel-erate the vehicle speed by depressingthe brake pedal, depending on the dis-tance to the vehicle ahead and the sur-rounding circumstances in order tomaintain a safe distance betweenvehicles.

SSD0315A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Although the brake operation is con-trolled by the system, the system doesnot automatically stop the vehicle. If thevehicle speed falls below approximately20 MPH (32 km/h), the Intelligent CruiseControl system is automatically can-celed and a warning chime sounds. (Thebrake control is also canceled.)

O The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. To avoid accidents, neveruse the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem under the following conditions:

— On roads where the traffic is heavy orthere are sharp curves

— On slippery road surfaces such as onice or snow, etc.

— During bad weather (rain, fog, snow,etc.)

• When the windshield wiper is oper-ated at the low speed (LO) or highspeed (HI) position, the IntelligentCruise Control system is automati-cally canceled.

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle

— When rain, snow or dirt adhere to thesystem sensor

— On steep downhill roads (the vehiclemay go beyond the set vehicle speedand frequent braking may result inoverheating the brakes)

— On repeated uphill and downhill roads

— When traffic conditions make it diffi-cult to keep a proper distance be-tween vehicles because of frequentacceleration or deceleration

O Do not use the Intelligent Cruise Controlsystem if you are towing a trailer. Thesystem may not detect a vehicle ahead.

O In some road or traffic conditions, a ve-hicle or object can unexpectedly comeinto the sensor detection zone andcause automatic braking. You may needto control the distance from other ve-hicles using the accelerator pedal.

Always stay alert and avoid using theICC system when it is not recommendedin this section.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCECONTROL MODE OPERATION

Always pay attention to the operation ofthe vehicle and be ready to manually con-trol the proper following distance. Thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control modeof the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) sys-tem may not be able to maintain the se-lected distance between vehicles (follow-ing distance) or selected vehicle speedunder some circumstances.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode uses a sensor qA located on thefront of the vehicle to detect vehicles trav-

eling ahead. The sensor generally detectsthe signals returned from the reflectorson a vehicle ahead. Therefore, if thesensor cannot detect the reflector on thevehicle ahead, the ICC system may notmaintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions inwhich the sensor cannot detect the sig-nals:

O When the reflector of the vehicleahead is positioned high on the ve-hicle (trailer, etc.)

O When the reflector on the vehicleahead is missing, damaged or covered

O When the reflector of the vehicleahead is covered with dirt, snow androad spray

O When the snow or road spray fromtraveling vehicles reduces the sensor’svisibility

O When dense exhaust or other smoke(black smoke) from vehicles reducesthe sensor’s visibility

O When excessively heavy baggage isloaded in the rear seat or the trunk ofyour vehicle

O When your vehicle is towing a trailer,etc.

The ICC system is designed to automati-cally check the sensor’s operation. Whenthe sensor is covered with dirt or obstruc-tions, the system will automatically becanceled. If the sensor is covered withice, a transparent or translucent vinylbag, etc., the ICC system may not detectthem. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may notcancel and may not be able to maintainthe selected following distance from thevehicle ahead. Be sure to check and cleanthe sensor regularly.

The vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode is designed to maintain a selecteddistance and reduce the speed to matchthe slower vehicle ahead; the system willdecelerate the vehicle as necessary. How-ever, the ICC system can only apply up to25% of the vehicles total braking power.This system should only be used whentraffic conditions allow vehicle speeds toremain fairly constant or when vehiclespeeds change gradually. If a vehiclemoves into the traveling lane ahead or ifa vehicle traveling ahead rapidly deceler-ates, the distance between vehicles maybecome closer because the ICC system

SSD0315A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

cannot decelerate the vehicle quicklyenough. If this occurs, the ICC system willsound a warning chime and blink the sys-tem display to notify the driver to takenecessary action.

The system will cancel and a warningchime will sound if the speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h). Thesystem will also disengage below the 20MPH (32 km/h) cut-off speed or over themaximum set speed.

Refer to “Approach warning” later in thissection.

The following items are controlled in thevehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode:

O When there are no vehicles travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode maintains the speed setby the driver. The set speed range isbetween approximately 25 and 90MPH (40 and 144 km/h).

O When there is a vehicle travelingahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distancecontrol mode adjusts the speed tomaintain the distance, selected bydriver, from the vehicle ahead. The ad-justing speed range is between ap-

proximately 20 MPH (32 km/h) and upto the set speed.

O When the vehicle traveling ahead hasmoved out from its lane of travel, thevehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode accelerates and maintains ve-hicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehiclespeed or warn you when you approachstationary and slow moving vehicles. Youmust pay attention to vehicle operation tomaintain proper distance from vehiclesahead when approaching toll gates ortraffic congestion.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The detection zone of the ICC sensor islimited. A vehicle ahead must be in thedetection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicledistance detection mode to maintain theselected distance from the vehicle ahead.

A vehicle ahead may move outside of thedetection zone due to its position withinthe same lane of travel. Motorcycles maynot be detected in the same lane ahead ifthey are traveling offset from the center-line of the lane. A vehicle that is enteringthe lane ahead may not be detected untilthe vehicle has completely moved into thelane. If this occurs, the ICC system maywarn you by blinking the system indicator

and sounding the chime. The driver mayhave to manually control the proper dis-tance away from vehicle traveling ahead.

SSD0252


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

When driving on some roads, such aswinding, hilly, curved, narrow roads, orroads which are under construction, theICC sensor may detect vehicles in a differ-ent lane, or may temporarily not detect avehicle traveling ahead. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle.

The detection of vehicles may also be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or traveling position in the lane,etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs,the ICC system may warn you by blinkingthe system indicator and sounding thechime unexpectedly. You will have to

manually control the proper distance awayfrom the vehicle traveling ahead.

When driving on the freeway at a setspeed and approaching a slower travelingvehicle ahead, the ICC will adjust thespeed to maintain the distance, selectedby the driver, from the vehicle ahead. Ifthe vehicle ahead changes lanes or exitsthe freeway, the ICC system will accel-erate and maintain the speed up to theset speed. Pay attention to the driving op-eration to maintain control of the vehicleas it accelerates to the set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc-curs, you will have to manually controlthe vehicle speed.

SSD0253 SSD0254


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Intelligent cruise control switch

The system is operated by a MAIN switchand four control switches, all mounted onthe steering wheel.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST switch:Sets desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system withouterasing the set speed.

4. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system

5. DISTANCE switch:Changes the vehicle’s following dis-tance:O LongO MiddleO Short

Intelligent cruise control systemdisplay

The display is located under the tachom-eter.

1. Intelligent Cruise Control systemwarning light (Orange)

The light comes on if there is a mal-function in the ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator

Indicates the set vehicle speed.

SSD0542 SSD0543


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

For Canadian models, the speed isdisplayed in km/h.

3. MAIN switch indicator light (Green)

Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

4. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

Indicates whether it detects a vehiclein front of you.

5. Set distance indicator

Displays the selected distance be-tween vehicles set with the DISTANCEswitch.

6. Indicates your vehicle

When the ignition switch is turned ON,the display q1 comes on as illustrated tocheck for a burned-out bulb, and it turnsoff when the engine is started.

Operating vehicle-to-vehicledistance control mode

To turn on the cruise control, quickly pushand release the MAIN switch qA on. Thecruise indicator light, set distance indica-tor and set vehicle speed indicator comeon and in a standby state for setting.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switch is

SSD0544 SSD0545


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

off when not using the Intelligent CruiseControl.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (Vehicleahead detection indicator, set distance in-dicator and set vehicle speed indicatorcome on.) Take your foot off the accelera-tor pedal. Your vehicle will maintain theset speed.

The Intelligent Cruise Control system can-not be set under the following conditionseven if the SET/COAST switch is pushed.

O When traveling outside the 25 to 90MPH (40 to 144 km/h) speed range

O While the brakes are applied by thedriver

O When pushing the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch without a setspeed in memory

O When the windshield wipers are oper-ating at low speed (LO) or high speed(HI)

O When the parking brake is applied

O When the Vehicle Dynamic Control(VDC) system is switched off

SSD0546


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. System set display with vehicle ahead2. System set display without vehicle

ahead

System operation

WARNING

Normally when controlling the distance to avehicle ahead, this system automatically ac-celerates or decelerates your vehicle ac-cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead.Depress the accelerator to properly accel-

erate your vehicle when acceleration is re-quired for a lane change. Depress the brakepedal when deceleration is required to main-tain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead dueto its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in.Always stay alert when using the ICCsystem.

The driver sets the desired vehicle speedbased on the road conditions. The ICCsystem maintains the set vehicle speed,similar to standard cruise control, as long

as no vehicle is detected in the laneahead.

The ICC system displays the set speed.

Vehicle detected ahead:

When a vehicle is detected in the laneahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve-hicle by controlling the throttle and ap-plying the brakes to match the speed of aslower vehicle ahead. The system thencontrols the vehicle speed based on thespeed of the vehicle ahead to maintainthe driver selected distance.

The stoplights of the vehicle come on andthe brake pedal depresses when braking isperformed by the ICC system.

CAUTION

Never place your foot under the brake pedalwhen the brake is operated by the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system. You may getyour foot caught in the pedal.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve-hicle ahead detection indicator comes on.The ICC system will also display the setspeed and selected distance.

SSD0327A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Vehicle ahead not detected:

When a vehicle is no longer detectedahead, the ICC system gradually acceler-ates your vehicle to resume the previouslyset vehicle speed. The ICC system thenmaintains the set speed.

When a vehicle is no longer detected thevehicle ahead detection indicator turnsoff.

If a vehicle ahead appears during accel-eration to the set vehicle speed or anytime the ICC system is in operation, thesystem controls the distance to that ve-hicle.

When passing another vehicle, the setspeed indicator will flash when the ve-hicle speed exceeds the set speed. Thevehicle detect indicator will turn off whenthe area ahead of the vehicle is open.When the pedal is released, the vehiclewill return to the previously set speed.

Even though your vehicle speed is set inthe ICC system, you can depress the ac-celerator pedal when it is necessary to ac-celerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehiclespeed

To cancel the preset speed, use any ofthese methods:

O Push the CANCEL switch. The set ve-hicle speed indicator will go out.

O Tap the brake pedal. The set vehiclespeed indicator will go out.

O Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theON/OFF switch indicator and set ve-hicle speed indicator will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following methods:

O Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

O Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch. The set vehiclespeed will increase by approximately 5MPH (5 km/h for Canada).

O Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by approximately 1 MPH (1km/h for Canada).

SSD0328


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following methods:

O Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET/COAST switch and re-lease it.

O Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.The set vehicle speed will decrease byapproximately 5 MPH (5 km/h forCanada).

O Push, then quickly release theSET/COAST switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease byapproximately 1 MPH (1 km/h forCanada).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruis-ing speed when the vehicle speed is over25 MPH (40 km/h).

How to change the set distance tothe vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can beselected at any time depending on thetraffic conditions.

Each time the DISTANCE switch qA ispushed, the set distance will change tolong, middle, short and back to longagain in that sequence.

SSD0547


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The distance to the vehicle ahead willchange according to the vehiclespeed. The higher the vehicle speed,the longer the distance.

O If the engine is stopped, the set dis-tance becomes “long”. (Each time the

engine is started, the initial settingbecomes “long”.)

Approach warning

If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicleahead due to rapid deceleration of that

vehicle or if another vehicle cuts in, thesystem warns the driver with the chimeand ICC system display. Decelerate by de-pressing the brake pedal to maintain asafe vehicle distance if:

• The chime sounds.

• The vehicle ahead detection and setdistance indicator blink.

The warning chime may not sound insome cases when there is a short dis-tance between vehicles. Some examplesare:

O When the vehicles are traveling at thesame speed and the distance betweenvehicles is not changing

O When the vehicle ahead is travelingfaster and the distance between ve-hicles is increasing

O When the accelerator pedal is de-pressed, overriding the system

O When a vehicle cuts in near your ve-hicle

The warning chime will not sound whenyour vehicle approaches vehicles that areparked or moving slowly.

SSD0329


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may soundand the system display may blink whenthe ICC sensor detects some reflectors qA

which are fitted on vehicles in other lanesor on the side of the road. This may causethe ICC system to decelerate or acceleratethe vehicle. The ICC sensor may detectthese reflectors when the vehicle is drivenon winding roads, hilly roads or when en-tering or exiting a curve. The ICC sensormay also detect reflectors on narrow roadsor in road construction zones. In thesecases you will have to manually control theproper distance ahead of your vehicle.

Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af-fected by vehicle operation (steering ma-neuver or driving position in the lane) ortraffic or vehicle condition (for example, ifa vehicle is being driven with some dam-age).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following con-ditions and the control is automaticallycanceled.

O When the vehicle speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted tothe N (Neutral) position

O When the windshield wipers are oper-ated at low speed (LO) or high speed(HI)


O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

Warning light and display

Condition A

The chime sounds and the IntelligentCruise Control system is canceled auto-matically in the conditions describedbelow. Part of the system display willcome on or blink, making it impossible toset.

O When the VDC is turned off

O When the VDC operates

O When a tire slips

SSD0284A SSD0330


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When strong light (sunlight, etc.) is di-rectly shining on the front of the ve-hicle

Action to take:

When the conditions listed above are nolonger present, turn the system off usingthe Intelligent Cruise Control MAINSwitch. Turn the ICC system back on touse the system.

Condition B

When the sensor window is dirty, makingit impossible to detect a vehicle ahead,the ICC system is automatically canceled.

The chime sounds and the systemwarning light (Orange) will come on andthe set distance indicators will blink.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place, turn the engineoff. Clean the sensor window with a softcloth and then perform the settings again.

Condition C

When the ICC system is not operatingproperly, the chime sounds and thesystem warning light (Orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engineoff, restart the engine, resume driving andset the ICC system again.

If it is not possible to set the system or theindicator stays on, it may indicate that thesystem is malfunctioning. Although the ve-

SSD0548 SSD0549


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

hicle is still driveable under normal condi-tions, have the vehicle checked at anINFINITI dealer.

Sensor maintenance

The sensor for the ICC system qA is lo-cated below the front bumper.

To keep the ICC system operating prop-erly, be sure to observe the following:

O Always keep the sensor clean. Wipewith a soft cloth carefully so as not todamage the sensor.

O Do not strike or damage the areasaround the sensor. Do not touch or re-move the screw located on the sensor.Doing so could cause a failure or mal-function. If the sensor is damaged due

to an accident, contact an INFINITIdealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install an ac-cessory near the sensor. This couldcause a failure or malfunction.

CONVENTIONAL (FIXED SPEED)CRUISE CONTROL MODE

This mode allows driving at a speed be-tween 25 to 90 MPH (40 to 144 km/h)without keeping your foot on the accel-erator pedal.

WARNING

O In the conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode, a warning chime does notsound to warn you if you are too close tothe vehicle ahead, as neither the pres-ence of the vehicle ahead nor thevehicle-to-vehicle distance is detected.

O Pay special attention to the distance be-tween your vehicle and the vehicleahead of you or a collision could occur.

SSD0315A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Always confirm the setting in the Intelli-gent Cruise Control system display.

O Do not use the conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode when drivingunder the following conditions:

- when it is not possible to keep the ve-hicle at a set speed

- in heavy traffic or in traffic that variesin speed

- on winding or hilly roads

- on slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,etc.)

- in very windy area.

O Doing so could cause a loss of vehiclecontrol and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruisecontrol mode display and switch

The display is located under the tachom-eter.

1. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch:Resumes set speed or increases speedincrementally.

2. SET/COAST switch:Sets the desired cruise speed, reducesspeed incrementally.

3. CANCEL switch:Deactivates the system withouterasing the set speed.

4. MAIN switch:Master switch to activate the system

5. Intelligent cruise control system warn-ing light:The light comes on if there is a mal-function in the cruise control system.

6. Cruise set switch indicator light:The light comes on while the vehiclespeed is controlled by the conven-tional (fixed speed) cruise controlmode of the ICC system.

7. MAIN switch indicator light:Indicates that the MAIN switch is ON.

SSD0550


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Operating conventional (fixedspeed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed)cruise control mode, push and hold theMAIN switch qA for longer than about 1.5seconds.

When pushing the MAIN switch on, the In-telligent Cruise Control system displayand the CRUISE indicator light (Green) inthe instrument cluster come on. After youhold the MAIN switch on for longer thanabout 1.5 seconds, the Intelligent CruiseControl system display goes out. TheCRUISE indicator stays lit. You can now

set your desired cruising speed. Pushingthe MAIN switch again will turn thesystem completely off.

When the ignition switch is turned off, thesystem is also automatically turned off.To use the Intelligent Cruise Controlagain, quickly push and release the MAINswitch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance controlmode) or push and hold it (conventionalcruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise con-trol, make sure to turn the ON/OFF switch offwhen not using the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve-hicle to the desired speed, push theSET/COAST switch and release it. (TheSET indicator light will come on.) Takeyour foot off the accelerator pedal. Yourvehicle will maintain the set speed.

O To pass another vehicle, depress theaccelerator pedal. When you releasethe pedal, the vehicle will return tothe previously set speed.

O The vehicle may not maintain the setspeed when going up or down steephills. If this happens, manually main-tain vehicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of thefollowing methods:

a) Push the CANCEL button. The SET indi-cator light will go out.

b) Tap the brake pedal. The SET indicatorlight will go out.

c) Turn the MAIN switch off. Both theCRUISE indicator and SET indicatorlights will go out.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use oneof the following three methods:

a) Depress the accelerator pedal. Whenthe vehicle attains the desired speed,push and release the SET/COASTswitch.

b) Push and hold the RESUME/ACCELERATE set switch. When the ve-hicle attains the speed you desire, re-lease the switch.

c) Push, then quickly release theRESUME/ACCELERATE switch. Eachtime you do this, the set speed will in-crease by about 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

SSD0551


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

To reset at a slower cruising speed, useone of the following three methods:

a) Lightly tap the brake pedal. When thevehicle attains the desired speed,push the SET/COAST switch and re-lease it.

b) Push and hold the SET/COAST switch.Release the switch when the vehicleslows down to the desired speed.

c) Push, then quickly release theSET/COAST switch. Each time you dothis, the set speed will decrease byabout 1 MPH (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re-lease the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch.The vehicle will resume the last set cruis-ing speed when the vehicle speed is over25 MPH (40 km/h).

Automatic cancellation

A chime sounds under the following con-ditions and the control is automaticallycanceled.

O When the vehicle slows down morethan 8 MPH (13 km/h) below the setspeed

O When the vehicle speed falls belowapproximately 20 MPH (32 km/h)

O When the selector lever is shifted tothe N (Neutral) position


O When the VDC operates (except ABS,which is functional with ICC systemoperation)

Warning light

When the system is not operating prop-erly, the chime sounds and the systemwarning light (Orange) will come on.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engineoff, restart the engine, resume driving andthen perform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicatorstays on, it may indicate that the system ismalfunctioning. Although the vehicle isstill driveable under normal conditions,

SSD0549


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

have the vehicle checked at an INFINITIdealer.

PREVIEW FUNCTION (for IntelligentCruise Control system equippedmodels)

The ICC system with the preview functionidentifies the need to apply emergencybraking by sensing the vehicle ahead inthe same lane and the distance to the ve-hicle ahead and relative speed from it, itapplies the brake pre-pressure before thedriver depresses the brake pedal andhelps improve brake response by re-ducing pedal free play.

For more details, refer to “Brake assist(with preview function)” later in this sec-tion.

CAUTION

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km),follow these recommendations to obtainmaximum engine performance and ensurethe future reliability and economy of yournew vehicle. Failure to follow these recom-mendations may result in shortened enginelife and reduced engine performance.

O Avoid driving for long periods at con-stant speed, either fast or slow. Donot run the engine over 4,000 rpm.

O Do not accelerate at full throttle in anygear.

O Avoid quick starts.

O Avoid hard braking as much as pos-sible.

O Do not tow a trailer for the first 500miles (805 km).

O Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Main-tain cruising speeds with a constantaccelerator position.

O Drive at moderate speeds on the high-way. Driving at high speed will lowerfuel economy.

O Avoid unnecessary stopping and brak-ing. Maintain a safe distance behindother vehicles.

O Use a proper gear range which suitsroad conditions. On level roads, shiftinto high gear as soon as possible.

O Avoid unnecessary engine idling.

O Keep your engine tuned up.

O Follow the recommended periodicmaintenance schedule.

O Keep the tires inflated at the correctpressure. Low pressure will increasetire wear and waste fuel.

O Keep the front wheels in correct align-ment. Improper alignment will causenot only tire wear but also lower fueleconomy.

O Air conditioner operation lowers fueleconomy. Use the air conditioner onlywhen necessary.

BREAK-IN SCHEDULE INCREASING FUEL ECONOMY


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When cruising at highway speeds, it ismore economical to use the air condi-tioner and leave the windows closedto reduce drag.

Your vehicle is equipped with full-time All-Wheel Drive (AWD).

Switching the driving mode is not neces-sary.

The AWD warning light is located in themeter.

The AWD warning light comes on whenthe key switch is turned to ON. It turns offsoon after the engine is started.

SSD0314B

ALL-WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (if so equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

If any malfunction occurs in the AWD sys-tem, the warning light comes on while en-gine is running.

The warning light may blink rapidly (abouttwice per second) while trying to free astuck vehicle due to high power train oiltemperature. The driving mode maychange to 2 wheel drive. If the warninglight blinks rapidly, stop the vehicle withthe engine idling in a safe place immedi-ately. Then if the light goes off after awhile, you can continue driving.

A large difference between the diametersof front and rear wheels will make thewarning light blink slowly (about once pertwo seconds). Pull off the road in a safearea, and idle the engine. Check that alltire sizes are the same, tire pressure iscorrect and tires are not worn.

If the warning light is blinking after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible.

WARNING

O For AWD equipped vehicles, do not at-tempt to raise two wheels off the groundand shift the transmission to any D(Drive) or R (Reverse) position. Doing somay result in transmission damage orunexpected vehicle movement whichcould result in serious vehicle damageor personal injury.

O Do not attempt to test an AWD equippedvehicle on a 2-wheel dynamometer (suchas the dynamometers used by somestates for emission testing), or similarequipment, even if the other two wheelsare raised off the ground. Make sure youinform test facility personnel that yourvehicle is equipped with AWD before it isplaced on a dynamometer. Using thewrong test equipment may result intransmission damage or unexpected ve-hicle movement which could result in se-rious vehicle damage or personal injury.

CAUTION

O If the warning light comes on while driv-ing, there may be a malfunction in theAWD system. Reduce the vehicle speedand have your vehicle checked by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible.

O If the warning light is still on after theabove operation, have your vehiclechecked by an INFINITI dealer as soon aspossible.

O The power train may be damaged if youcontinue driving with the warning lightblinking rapidly.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not stop or park the vehicle overflammable materials such as dry grass,waste paper or rags. They may igniteand cause a fire.

O Never leave the engine running while thevehicle is unattended.

O Never leave children unattended in thevehicle.

O Safe parking procedures require thatboth the parking brake be set and thetransmission placed into P (Park) for au-tomatic transmission models. Failure todo so could cause the vehicle to moveunexpectedly or roll away and result inan accident.

O Make sure the automatic transmissionselector lever has been pushed as farforward as it can go and cannot bemoved without depressing the button atthe end of the lever.

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Move the selector lever to the P (Park)position.

3. To help prevent the vehicle fromrolling into the street when parked ona sloping drive way, it is a good prac-tice to turn the wheels as illustrated.

O HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB: q1

Turn the wheels into the curb andmove the vehicle forward until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

O HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB: q2

Turn the wheels away from the curband move the vehicle back until thecurb side wheel gently touches thecurb.

SD1006MA

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NOCURB: q3

Turn the wheels toward the side of theroad so the vehicle will move awayfrom the center of the road if it moves.

4. Turn the ignition switch to the LOCKposition and remove the key (if ametal key is used).

The power assisted steering is designedto use a hydraulic pump, driven by theengine, to assist steering.

If the engine stops or the drive beltbreaks, you will still have control of thevehicle. However, greater steering effortis needed, especially in sharp turns or atlow speeds.

WARNING

If the engine is not running or is turned offwhile driving, the power assist for the steer-ing will not work. Steering will be harder tooperate.

BRAKING PRECAUTIONS

The brake system has two separate hy-draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunc-tions, you will still have braking at twowheels.

Vacuum assisted brake

The brake booster aids braking by usingengine vacuum. If the engine stops, youcan stop the vehicle by depressing thebrake pedal. However, greater foot pres-sure on the brake pedal will be requiredto stop the vehicle and the stopping dis-tance will be longer.

Wet brakes

When the vehicle is washed or driventhrough water, the brakes may get wet.As a result, your braking distance will belonger and the vehicle may pull to oneside during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safespeed while lightly pressing the brakepedal to heat-up the brakes. Do this untilthe brakes return to normal. Avoid drivingthe vehicle at high speeds until thebrakes function correctly.

POWER STEERING BRAKE SYSTEM


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Parking brake break-in

Break-in the parking brake shoes when-ever the stopping effect of the parkingbrake is weakened or whenever the park-ing brake shoes and/or drums/rotors arereplaced, in order to assure the bestbraking performance.

This procedure is described in the vehicleService Manual and can be performed byan INFINITI dealer.

Using the brakes

Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedalwhile driving. This overheats the brakes,increases wear on the brakes and pads,and reduces gas mileage.

To help save the brakes and to preventthe brakes from overheating, reducespeed and downshift to a lower gear be-fore going down a slope or long grade.Overheated brakes may reduce brakingperformance and could result in loss ofvehicle control.

WARNING

O While driving on a slippery surface, becareful when braking, accelerating ordownshifting. Abrupt braking or acceler-ating could cause the wheels to skid andresult in an accident.

O If the engine is not running or is turnedoff while driving, the power assist forthe brakes will not work. Braking will beharder.

BRAKE ASSIST

When the force applied to the brake pedalexceeds a certain level, the Brake Assistis activated generating a greater brakingforce than a conventional brake boostereven with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assistbraking operation and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. It is the driv-er’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safelyand be in control of the vehicle at all times.

BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEWFUNCTION) (Intelligent CruiseControl system equipped model)

In addition to the brake assist, vehiclesequipped with the Intelligent Cruise Con-trol system have a preview function.

When the Preview Function identifies theneed to apply emergency braking bysensing a vehicle ahead in the same laneand the distance and relative speed fromit, it applies the brake pre-pressure be-fore the driver depresses the brake pedal

BRAKE ASSIST


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

and helps improve brake response by re-ducing pedal free play.

O This system will not operate when thevehicle is moving at approximately 20MPH (32 km/h) or less.

O The pre-pressure function ceaseswhen the following conditions aremet:

a) When the driver depresses the accel-erator pedal or the brake pedal.

b) If the driver does not operate the ac-celerator or brake pedal within ap-proximately 1 second.

O The sensor will not detect:

a) Pedestrians or objects in the roadway

b) Oncoming vehicles in the same lane

c) Motorcycles or scooters travelingoffset in the travel lane as illustrated

WARNING

O The Preview Function is only an aid to as-sist the driver and is not a collisionwarning or avoidance device. Although

the brake operation is controlled by thesystem, it does not automatically decel-erate the vehicle speed.It is the driver’s responsibility to stayalert, drive safely and be in control of thevehicle at all times.

O As there is a performance limit to thePreview Function, never rely solely onthis system. This system does not cor-rect careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor vis-ibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather.Reduce vehicle speed by depressing thebrake pedal, in order to maintain a safedistance between vehicles.

O The system may not detect the vehicle infront of you in certain road or weatherconditions. The Preview Function maynot operate properly under the followingconditions. The vehicle is still drivableunder normal conditions and the BrakeAssist will operate.— When rain, snow or dirt adheres to

the system sensor.

SSD0338


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

— When strong light (for example, atsunrise or sunset) is directly shiningon the front of the vehicle.

— Winding or hilly roads may cause thesensor to temporarily not detect a ve-hicle in the same lane or may detectobjects or vehicles in other lanes.

— Vehicle position in the lane maycause the sensor to temporarily notdetect a vehicle in the same lane ormay detect objects or vehicles inother lanes.

O When the Preview Function operates, thebrake pedal may move slightly and maymake a small noise. This is not a systemmalfunction.

Warning light and display

When the Preview Function is not oper-ating properly, the buzzer sounds and thesystem warning light (Orange) will comeon.

Action to take:

If the warning light comes on, park thevehicle in a safe place. Turn the engineoff, restart the engine and resume driving.

If the indicator stays on, it may indicatethat the Preview Function is malfunc-tioning (the brake is operative). Althoughthe Vehicle is still driveable under normal

conditions, have the vehicle checked at anINFINITI dealer.

How to handle the sensor

The sensor for the Preview Function iscommon with Intelligent Cruise Controland is located below the front bumper.

To keep the Preview Function operatingproperly, be sure to observe the fol-lowing:

O Always keep the sensor clean.Wipe with a soft cloth carefully so asnot to damage them.

O Do not impact the areas around thesensor. Do not touch or disassemblethe screw located on the sensor.Doing so could cause failure or mal-function. If the sensor installation partis deformed due to an accident, con-tact an INFINITI dealer.

O Do not attach a sticker (includingtransparent material) or install an ac-cessory near the sensor. This couldcause failure or malfunction.

SSD0563


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM(ABS)

WARNING

O The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) is asophisticated device, but it cannot pre-vent accidents resulting from careless ordangerous driving techniques. It canhelp maintain vehicle control duringbraking on slippery surfaces. Rememberthat stopping distances on slippery sur-faces will be longer than on normal sur-faces even with ABS. Stopping distancesmay also be longer on rough, gravel orsnow covered roads, or if you are usingtire chains. Always maintain a safe dis-tance from the vehicle in front of you. Ul-timately, the driver is responsible forsafety.

O Tire type and condition may also affectbraking effectiveness.

— When replacing tires, install thespecified size of tires on all fourwheels.

— When installing a spare tire, makesure that it is the proper size andtype as specified on the Tire andLoading Information label. See “Tireand Loading Information label” in the“9. Technical and consumer informa-tion” section of this manual.

— For detailed information, see“Wheels and tires” in the “8. Mainte-nance and do-it-yourself” section ofthis manual.

The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) con-trols the brakes so the wheels do not lockduring hard braking or when braking onslippery surfaces. The system detects therotation speed at each wheel and variesthe brake fluid pressure to prevent eachwheel from locking and sliding. By pre-venting each wheel from locking, the sys-tem helps the driver maintain steeringcontrol and helps to minimize swervingand spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system

Depress the brake pedal and hold itdown. Depress the brake pedal with firmsteady pressure, but do not pump the

brakes. The ABS will operate to preventthe wheels from locking up. Steer the ve-hicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so mayresult in increased stopping distances.

Self-test feature

The ABS includes electronic sensors, elec-tric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and acomputer. The computer has a built-in di-agnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed in forward orreverse. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a “clunk” noise and/or feel apulsation in the brake pedal. This isnormal and does not indicate a malfunc-tion. If the computer senses a malfunc-tion, it switches the ABS off and illumi-nates the ABS warning light on the instru-ment panel. The brake system thenoperates normally, but without anti-lockassistance.

If the ABS warning light illuminatesduring the self-test or while driving, have


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

the vehicle checked by an INFINITI dealer.

Normal operation

The ABS operates at speeds above 3 to 6MPH (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies ac-cording to road conditions.

When the ABS senses that one or morewheels are close to locking up, the actua-tor rapidly applies and releases hydraulicpressure. This action is similar topumping the brakes very quickly. You mayfeel a pulsation in the brake pedal andhear a noise from under the hood or feela vibration from the actuator when it isoperating. This is normal and indicatesthat the ABS is operating properly. How-ever, the pulsation may indicate that roadconditions are hazardous and extra careis required while driving.

When accelerating or driving on slipperysurfaces, the tires may spin or slide. Withthe Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC)system, sensors detect these movementsand control the braking and engineoutput to help improve vehicle stability.

O When the VDC system is operating,the “SLIP” indicator in the instrumentpanel blinks.

O When only the Traction Control System(TCS) portion of the VDC system is op-erating, the “SLIP” indicator in the in-strument panel blinks.

O If the “SLIP” indicator blinks, the roadconditions are slippery. Be sure to ad-just your speed and driving to theseconditions. Be sure to drive carefully.See “Slip indicator light”, and “Ve-hicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indi-cator light” in the “2. Instruments andcontrols” section.

O Indicator lightIf a malfunction occurs in the system,the “SLIP” and “VDC OFF” indicatorlights illuminate in the instrumentpanel. As long as these indicators areilluminated, the VDC system functionis canceled.

The VDC system uses an Active Brake Lim-ited Slip (ABLS) system to improve vehicletraction. The ABLS system works whenone of the driving wheels is spinning on aslippery surface. The ABLS system brakesthe spinning wheel, which distributes thedriving power to the other driving wheel.If the vehicle is operated with the VDCsystem turned off, all VDC system func-tions and TCS functions will be turned off.The ABLS system and ABS will still op-erate with the VDC system off. When theABLS system is activated, the “SLIP” indi-cator light will blink and you may hear aclunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in thebrake pedal. This is normal and is not anindication of a malfunction.

While the VDC system is operating, youmay feel a pulsation in the brake pedaland hear a noise or feel a vibration fromunder the hood. This is normal and indi-cates that the VDC system is workingproperly.

The VDC system computer has a built-indiagnostic feature that tests the systemeach time you start the engine and movethe vehicle at a low speed forward orbackward. When the self-test occurs, youmay hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pul-sation in the brake pedal. This is normal

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC)SYSTEM


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

and is not an indication of a malfunction.

WARNING

O The VDC system is designed to help im-prove driving stability but does not pre-vent accidents due to abrupt steeringoperation at high speeds or due to care-less or dangerous driving techniques.Reduce vehicle speed and be especiallycareful when driving and cornering onslippery surfaces and always drive care-fully.

O If engine related parts such as mufflerare not standard equipment or are ex-tremely deteriorated, the “VDC OFF” in-dicator or “SLIP” indicator or both indi-cator lights may illuminate.

O Do not modify the vehicle’s suspension.If suspension parts such as shock ab-sorbers, struts, springs, stabilizer barsand bushings are not INFINITI-approvedor are extremely deteriorated, the VDCsystem may not operate properly. Thiscould adversely affect vehicle handlingperformance, and the “VDC OFF” indi-

cator or “SLIP” indicator or both indi-cator lights may illuminate.

O If brake related parts such as brakepads, rotors and calipers are not stan-dard equipment or are extremely dete-riorated, the “VDC OFF” indicator or“SLIP” indicator or both indicator lightsmay illuminate.

O When driving on extremely inclined sur-faces such as higher banked corners,the VDC system may not operate prop-erly and the “VDC OFF” indicator or“SLIP” indicator or both indicator lightsmay illuminate. Do not drive on thesetypes of roads.

O When driving on an unstable surfacesuch as a turntable, ferry, elevator orramp, the “VDC OFF” indicator or “SLIP”indicator or both indicator lights may il-luminate. This is not a malfunction. Re-start the engine after driving onto astable surface.

O If wheels or tires other than those rec-ommended are used, the VDC systemmay not operate properly and the “VDCOFF” indicator or “SLIP” indicator or

both indicator lights may illuminate.

O The VDC system is not a substitute forwinter tires or tire chains on a snow cov-ered road.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK

To prevent a door lock from freezing,apply deicer or glycerin to it through thekey hole. If the lock becomes frozen, heatthe key before inserting it into the keyhole.

ANTI-FREEZE

In the winter when it is anticipated thatthe temperature will drop below 32°F(0°C), check anti-freeze to assure properwinter protection. For additional informa-tion, see “Engine cooling system” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion.

BATTERY

If the battery is not fully charged duringextremely cold weather conditions, thebattery fluid may freeze and damage thebattery. To maintain maximum efficiency,the battery should be checked regularly.For additional information, see “Battery”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER

If the vehicle is to be left outside withoutanti-freeze, drain the cooling system byopening the drain plug located under the

radiator. Refill before operating the ve-hicle. See “Engine cooling system” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion for changing engine coolant.

TIRE EQUIPMENT

1. SUMMER tires are of a tread design toprovide superior performance on drypavement. However, the performanceof these tires will be substantially re-duced in snowy and icy conditions. Ifyou operate your vehicle on snowy oricy roads, INFINITI recommends theuse of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASONtires on all four wheels. Please consultan INFINITI dealer for the tire type,size, speed rating and availability in-formation.

2. For additional traction on icy roads,studded tires may be used. However,some provinces and states prohibittheir use. Check local, state and pro-vincial laws before installing studdedtires.

Skid and traction capabilities of studdedsnow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

3. Tire chains may be used. For details,see “Tire chains” in the “Maintenanceand do-it-yourself” section of thismanual.

4. For all-wheel drive:If you install snow tires, they mustalso be the same size, brand, con-struction and tread pattern on all fourwheels.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT

It is recommended that the followingitems be carried in the vehicle duringwinter:

O a scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-move ice and snow from the windowsand wiper blades.

O a sturdy, flat board to be placed underthe jack to give it firm support.

O a shovel to dig the vehicle out ofsnow-drifts.

O extra window washer fluid to refill thereservoir tank.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

O Wet ice (32°F, 0°C and freezing rain),very cold snow or ice can be slick andvery hard to drive on. The vehicle willhave much less traction or “grip” underthese conditions. Try to avoid driving onwet ice until the road is salted orsanded.

O Whatever the condition, drive with caution.Accelerate and slow down with care. If ac-celerating or downshifting too fast, thedrive wheels will lose even more traction.

O Allow more stopping distance under theseconditions. Braking should be startedsooner than on dry pavement.

O Allow greater following distances onslippery roads.

O Watch for slippery spots (glare ice).These may appear on an otherwise clearroad in shaded areas. If a patch of ice isseen ahead, brake before reaching it.Try not to brake while on the ice, andavoid any sudden steering maneuvers.

O Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

O Snow can trap dangerous exhaust gasesunder your vehicle. Keep snow clear of theexhaust pipe and from around your vehicle.

ENGINE BLOCK HEATER (if soequipped)

Engine block heaters are available throughNISSAN dealers to assist in cold tempera-ture starting. The engine block heatershould be used when the outside tempera-ture is 20 degrees F (-7 degrees C) or lower.

To use the engine block heater:

1. Turn the engine off.

2. Open the hood and unwrap the engineblock heater cord.

3. Plug the engine block heater cord intoa grounded 3-wire, 3-pronged exten-sion cord.

4. Plug the extension cord into a GroundFault Interrupt (GFI) protected,grounded 110-volt AC (VAC) outlet.

5. The engine block heater must beplugged in for at least 2 - 4 hours, de-pending on outside temperatures, toproperly warm the engine coolant. Use

an appropriate timer to turn the en-gine block heater on.

6. Before starting the engine, unplug andproperly store the cord to keep it awayfrom moving parts.

WARNING

Do not use your engine block heater with anungrounded electrical system or a2-pronged adapter. You can be seriously in-jured by an electrical shock if you use an un-grounded connection.

Disconnect and properly store the engineblock heater cord before starting the engine.Damage to the cord could result in an elec-trical shock and can cause serious injury.

Use a heavy-duty 3-wire, 3-pronged exten-sion cord rated for at least 10 amps. Plug theextension cord into a Ground Fault Interrupt(GFI) protected, grounded 110-VAC outlet.Failure to use the proper extension cord or agrounded outlet can result in a fire or electri-cal shock and cause serious personal injury.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

6 In case of emergency

Roadside assistance program........................... 6-2Flat tire ............................................................ 6-2

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) ..... 6-2Run-flat tires (if so equipped)...................... 6-3Changing a flat tire ..................................... 6-4

Jump starting .................................................. 6-10

Push starting .................................................. 6-12If your vehicle overheats ................................. 6-13Towing your vehicle ........................................ 6-14

Towing recommended by INFINITI............... 6-15Vehicle recovery(Freeing a stuck vehicle) ............................ 6-16

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Every new INFINITI comes with a 4 year,unlimited mileage Roadside Assistanceplan. In the event of a roadsideemergency, Roadside Assistance Serviceis available to you. Please refer to yourINFINITI Warranty Information Booklet fordetails. Both the Warranty Booklet andRoadside Assistance Calling Card in yourOwner’s Literature Portfolio provide theToll-Free Number to call for assistance.Roadside Assistance is provided 24 hoursa day, 365 days a year, for 4 years fromthe date sold to give emergency roadsidehelp, in the event of mechanical ornonmechanical trouble(s) such as flattires, out-of-gas, dead battery, lost keys,mechanical breakdown, accident, etc.

For vehicles equipped with run-flat tires,the vehicle can be driven for a limitedtime on a flat tire, see “Run-flat tires (if soequipped)” in the “8. Maintenance anddo-it-yourself” section.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORINGSYSTEM (TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displays pres-sure of all tires (except the spare tire) onthe display screen by sending a signalfrom a sensor that is installed in eachwheel. If the vehicle is being driven withlow tire pressure, the TPMS will activateand warn you of it by the low tire pres-sure warning light. This system will acti-vate only when the vehicle is driven atspeeds above 16 MPH (25 km/h). For moredetails, please refer to “Warning/indicatorlights and audible reminders” in the “2.Instruments and controls” section, “Tirepressure information” in the “4. Displayscreen, heater, air conditioner and audiosystems” section and “Tire PressureMonitoring System (TPMS)” in the “5.

Starting and driving” section.

WARNING

O If the low tire pressure warning light illu-minates while driving, avoid suddensteering maneuvers or abrupt braking, re-duce vehicle speed, pull off the road to asafe location and stop the vehicle as soonas possible. Driving with under-inflatedtires may permanently damage the tiresand increase the likelihood of tire failure.Serious vehicle damage could occur andmay lead to an accident and could resultin serious personal injury. Check the tirepressure for all four tires. Adjust the tirepressure to the recommended COLD tirepressure shown on the Tire and LoadingInformation label to turn the low tire pres-sure warning light OFF. If you have a flattire, replace it with a spare tire as soon aspossible.

O Although you can continue driving witha punctured run-flat tire (if so equipped),remember that vehicle handling stabilityis reduced, which could lead to an acci-

ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM FLAT TIRE

6-2 In case of emergency

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

dent and personal injury. Also, drivingalong distance at high speeds may dam-age the tires.


O Do not tow a trailer when a run-flat (if soequipped) tire is flat.



O Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosoltire sealant into the tires, as this maycause a malfunction of the tire pressuresensors.

RUN-FLAT TIRES (if so equipped)

Run-flat tires are those tires that can beused temporarily if they are punctured.After driving to a safe location, replacethe punctured run-flat tire. For additionalinformation, see “Wheels and tires” in the“8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sec-tion. Also, see the tire safety informationin the INFINITI Warranty Information Book-let.

WARNING

O Although you can continue driving witha punctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-sonal injury. Also, driving a long dis-tance at high speeds may damage thetires.


O Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.


CAUTION

O Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

O Avoid driving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-hicle and the ground is smaller than nor-mal.

O Do not enter an automated car wash with

In case of emergency 6-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

a punctured run-flat tire.

O Have the punctured tire replaced by yourINFINITI dealer as soon as possible, asthe tire’s performance capability isreduced.

CHANGING A FLAT TIRE

If you have a flat tire, follow the instruc-tions below.

Stopping the vehicle

1. Safely move the vehicle off the roadaway from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply theparking brake. Shift the selector leverin P (Park) position.

4. Turn off the engine.

5. Raise the hood to warn other traffic,and to signal professional road assis-tance personnel that you need assis-tance.

6. Have all passengers get out of the ve-hicle and stand in a safe place, awayfrom traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

O Make sure the parking brake is securelyapplied and the automatic transmissionis shifted into P (Park).

O Never change tires when the vehicle ison a slope, ice or slippery areas. This ishazardous.

O Never change tires if oncoming traffic isclose to your vehicle. Wait for profes-sional road assistance.

Blocking wheels

Place suitable blocks q1 at both the frontand back of the wheel diagonally oppo-site the flat tire to prevent the vehiclefrom rolling when it is jacked up.

WARNING

Be sure to block the wheel as the vehiclemay move and result in personal injury.

MCE0001A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Getting the spare tire and tools

Pull up the floor cover q1 and hang thestrap to upper body q2 as illustrated.

qA :

Turn the retainer counterclockwise q3 andremove the spare tire.

qB :

Turn the retainer counterclockwise q3 , re-move the subwoofer q4 and place it onthe side of the luggage room (with the flatsurface facing down), then remove the

spare tire. Be careful not to let the sub-woofer fall down.

Pull out the jack holder before using thejack as illustrated.

SCE0447A

SCE0523


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Removing wheel cap

To remove the wheel cap, use the jack rodcovered with a cloth q1 as illustrated.

CAUTION

Do not use your hands to pry off wheel capsor wheel covers. Doing so could result in per-sonal injury.

Jacking up the vehicle andremoving the damaged tireCarefully read the caution label attachedto the jack body and the following instruc-tions.

1. Remove the jack holder loosening thejack shaft.

2. Place the jack directly under thejack-up point as illustrated above sothat top of the jack contacts the ve-hicle at the jack up point. Align thejack head between the two notches inthe front or the rear as shown. Also fitthe groove of the jack head between

the notches as shown.

SCE0459A SCE0448AJack-up point


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The jack should be used on level firmground.

3. Loosen each wheel nut one or twoturns by turning counterclockwise withthe wheel nut wrench. Do not removethe wheel nuts until the tire is off theground.

4. Carefully raise the vehicle until the tireclears the ground. To lift the vehicle,securely hold the jack lever and rodwith both hands as shown above. Re-move the wheel nuts, and then re-move the tire.

WARNING

O Don’t use the jack with the holder at-tached in case it breaks, or it could leadto a personal injury.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by the jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, support itwith safety stands.

O Use only the jack provided with your ve-hicle to lift the vehicle. Do not use the

jack provided with other vehicles to yourvehicle.

The jack is designed only for lifting yourvehicle during a tire change.

O Use the correct jack-up points. Neveruse any other part of the vehicle for jacksupport.

O Never jack up the vehicle more than nec-essary.

O Never use blocks on or under the jack.

O Do not start or run the engine while ve-hicle is on the jack. It may cause the ve-hicle to move. This is especially true forvehicles with limited slip differentials.

O Do not allow passengers to stay in thevehicle while it is on the jack.

SCE0458A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Installing the spare tire

The T-type spare tire is designed for emer-gency use. See specific instructions underthe heading “Wheels and tires” in the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

1. Clean any mud or dirt from the surfacebetween the wheel and hub.

2. Carefully put the spare tire on andtighten the wheel nuts finger tight.

3. With the wheel nut wrench, tightenwheel nuts alternately and evenly asillustrated until they are tight.

4. Lower the vehicle slowly until the tiretouches the ground. Then, with thewheel nut wrench, tighten the wheelnuts securely in the sequence as illus-trated (q1 , q2 , q3 , q4 , q5 ). Lower thevehicle completely.

WARNING

O Incorrect wheel nuts or improperly tight-ened wheel nuts can cause the wheel tobecome loose or come off. This couldcause an accident.

O Do not use oil or grease on the wheelstuds or nuts. This could cause the nutsto become loose.

O Retighten the wheel nuts after the ve-hicle has been driven for 600 miles(1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire,etc.).

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with atorque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:

80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightenedto specifications at all times. It is rec-ommended that wheel nuts be tight-ened to specifications at each lubrica-tion interval.

Adjust tire pressure to the COLD pres-sure.

COLD pressure:

After vehicle has been parked for threehours or more or driven less than 1 mile(1.6 km).

COLD tire pressures are shown on theTire and Loading Information label af-fixed to the inside of the driver sidecenter pillar.

For models equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS):

After adjusting tire pressure to the COLDtire pressure, the display of the tire pres-sure information may show higher pres-sure than the COLD tire pressure after thevehicle has been driven more than 1 mile(1.6 km). This is because the tire pressur-izes as the tire temperature rises. Thisdoes not indicate a system malfunction.

SCE0039


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Stowing the damaged tire andtools

Install the jack holder in the correct direc-tion. Refer to the illustration. Turn thejack handle to secure the jack holder tothe jack.

Securely store the spare tire and jackingequipment in the vehicle.

WARNING

O Always make sure that the spare tire andjacking equipment are properly securedafter use. Such items can become dan-gerous projectiles in an accident orsudden stop.

O The T-type (temporary) spare tire andsmall size spare tire are designed foremergency use. See “Wheels and tires”in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI Warranty In-formation Booklet or Roadside AssistanceI.D. Card for the toll-free number to call(U.S.) or Warranty Information Booklet(Canada).

SCE0449 SCE0463


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

To start your engine with a booster bat-tery, the instructions and precautionsbelow must be followed.

WARNING

O If done incorrectly, jump starting canlead to a battery explosion, resulting insevere injury or death. It could also dam-age your vehicle.

O Explosive hydrogen gas is alwayspresent in the vicinity of the battery.Keep all sparks and flames away fromthe battery.

O Do not allow battery fluid to come intocontact with eyes, skin, clothing orpainted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corro-sive sulfuric acid solution which cancause severe burns. If the fluid shouldcome into contact with anything, imme-diately flush the contacted area withwater.

O Keep battery out of the reach of children.

O The booster battery must be rated at 12volts. Use of an improperly rated batterycan damage your vehicle.

O Whenever working on or near a battery,always wear suitable eye protectors (forexample, goggles or industrial safetyspectacles) and remove rings, metalbands, or any other jewelry. Do not leanover the battery when jump starting.

O Do not attempt to jump start a frozenbattery. It could explode and cause se-rious injury.

O Your vehicle has an automatic enginecooling fan. It could come on at any time.Keep hands and other objects away fromit.

O If the battery of vehicle equipped withthe Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, the ignition switch cannot bemoved from the LOCK position, evenusing the mechanical key or the valetkey. Connect the jumper cables to an-other vehicle, as in the case of a dis-

charged battery, and then the ignitionknob can be moved from the LOCK posi-tion. Then, jump start the vehicle.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI Warranty In-formation Booklet or Roadside AssistanceI.D. Card for the toll-free number to call(U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty InformationBooklet (Canada).

JUMP STARTING


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Always follow the instructions below. Failureto do so could result in damage to the charg-ing system and cause personal injury.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve-hicle qA , position the two vehicles (qA

and the jumped vehicle: qB ) to bringtheir batteries into close proximity toeach other.

Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply parking brake. Move the se-lector lever to the P (Park) position.Switch off all unnecessary electricalsystems (light, heater, air conditioner,etc.).

3. Remove vent caps on the battery (if soequipped). Cover the battery with anold cloth qC to reduce explosionhazard.

4. Connect jumper cables in the sequenceas illustrated (q1 → q2 → q3 → q4 ).

CAUTION

O Always connect positive (+) to positive(+) and negative (−) to body ground (forexample, strut mounting bolt, etc. — notto the battery).

O Make sure the jumper cables do nottouch moving parts in the engine com-partment and that the cable clamps donot contact any other metal.

5. Start the engine of the booster vehicleqA and let it run for a few minutes.

6. Keep the engine speed of the boostervehicle qA at about 2,000 rpm, andstart the jumped vehicle qB in the nor-mal manner.

CAUTION

Do not keep the starter motor engaged formore than 10 seconds. If the engine does notstart right away, turn the key off and wait 3to 4 seconds before trying again.

SCE0450AVQ35DE engine


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

7. After starting your engine, carefullydisconnect the negative cable andthen the positive cable (q4 → q3 →q2 → q1 ).

8. Replace the vent caps (if so equipped).Be sure to dispose of the cloth used tocover the vent holes as it may be con-taminated with corrosive acid.

Do not attempt to start the engine bypushing.

CAUTION

Automatic transmission models cannot bepush-started or tow-started. Attempting todo so may cause transmission or other ve-hicle damage.

If needed Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI Warranty In-formation Booklet or Roadside AssistanceI.D. Card for the toll-free number to call(U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty InformationBooklet (Canada).

SCE0454AVK45DE engine

PUSH STARTING


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

O Do not continue to drive if your vehicleoverheats. Doing so could cause enginedamage or a vehicle fire.

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never remove the radiator cap while theengine is still hot. When the radiator capis removed, pressurized hot water willspurt out, possibly causing serious in-jury.

O Do not open the hood if steam is comingout.

If your vehicle is overheating (indicatedby an extremely high temperature gaugereading), or if you feel a lack of enginepower, detect abnormal noise, etc., takethe following steps:

1. Move the vehicle safely off the road,apply the parking brake and move theselector lever to the P (Park) position.

Do not stop the engine.

2. Turn off the air conditioner switch.Open all the windows, move the

heater or air conditioner temperaturecontrol to maximum hot and fan con-trol to high speed.

3. If engine overheating is caused byclimbing a long hill on a hot day, runthe engine at a fast idle (approxi-mately 1,500 rpm) until the tempera-ture gauge indication returns tonormal.

4. Get out of the vehicle. Look and listenfor steam or coolant escaping from theradiator before opening the hood. (Ifsteam or coolant is escaping, turn offthe engine.) Do not open the hood fur-ther until no steam or coolant can beseen.

5. Open the engine hood.

WARNING

If steam or water is coming from the engine,stand clear to prevent getting burned.

6. Visually check if the cooling fan is run-ning. The radiator hoses and radiatorshould not leak water.

If coolant is leaking or the cooling fan

does not run, stop the engine.

WARNING

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jew-elry or clothing to come into contact with, orget caught in, engine belts or the enginecooling fan. The engine cooling fan can startat any time.

7. After the engine cools down, checkthe coolant level in the reservoir tankwith the engine running. Add coolantto the reservoir tank if necessary.Have your vehicle repaired at anINFINITI dealer.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI Warranty In-formation Booklet or Roadside AssistanceI.D. Card for the toll-free number to call(U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty InformationBooklet (Canada).

IF YOUR VEHICLE OVERHEATS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

When towing your vehicle, all State (Pro-vincial in Canada) and local regulationsfor towing must be followed. Incorrecttowing equipment could damage your ve-hicle. Towing instructions are availablefrom an INFINITI dealer. Local service op-erators are generally familiar with the ap-plicable laws and procedures for towing.To assure proper towing and to preventaccidental damage to your vehicle,INFINITI recommends having a service op-erator tow your vehicle. It is advisable tohave the service operator carefully readthe following precautions.

WARNING

O Never ride in a vehicle that is beingtowed.

O Never get under your vehicle after it hasbeen lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

O When towing, make sure that the trans-mission, axles, steering system and

powertrain are in working condition. Ifany unit is damaged, dollies must beused.

O Always attach safety chains beforetowing.

If needed, Roadside Assistance is avail-able. Please see your INFINITI Warranty In-formation Booklet or Roadside AssistanceI.D. Card for the toll-free number to call(U.S.) or INFINITI Warranty InformationBooklet (Canada).

For information about towing your vehiclebehind a recreational vehicle (RV), refer to“Flat towing” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section of thismanual.

TOWING YOUR VEHICLE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING RECOMMENDED BYINFINITI

Two-wheel drive (2WD) modelsINFINITI recommends that your vehicle betowed with the driving (rear) wheels offthe ground or place the vehicle on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

O Never tow automatic transmissionmodels with the rear wheels on the

ground or four wheels on the ground(forward or backward), as this maycause serious and expensive damage tothe transmission.If it is necessary to tow the vehicle withthe front wheels raised, always use tow-ing dollies under the rear wheels.

O When towing rear wheel drive modelswith the front wheels on the ground oron towing dollies:

Turn the ignition key to the OFF position,and secure the steering wheel in astraight ahead position with a rope orsimilar device. Never secure the steeringwheel by turning the ignition key to theLOCK position. This may damage thesteering lock mechanism.Move the selector lever to the N (Neutral)position.

O When the battery of vehicle equippedwith the Intelligent Key system is dis-charged, your vehicle should be towedwith the front wheels on towing dolliesor place the vehicle on a flat bed truck.

If the speed or distance must necessarilybe greater, remove the propeller shaft be-fore towing to prevent damage to thetransmission.

SCE0451Two-wheel drive (2WD) models


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

All-wheel drive (AWD) models

INFINITI recommends that towing dolliesbe used when towing your vehicle or thevehicle be placed on a flat bed truck as il-lustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow AWD models with any of thewheels on the ground as this may cause se-rious and expensive damage to the powertrain.

q1 Do not use for towing.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (Freeing astuck vehicle)

Securely install the vehicle recovery hookstored with jacking tools.

SCE0452All-wheel drive (AWD) models

SCE0453A


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Make sure that the hook is properly se-cured in the stored place after use.

WARNING

O Stand clear of a stuck vehicle.

O Do not spin your tires at high speed. Thiscould cause them to explode and resultin serious injury. Parts of your vehiclecould also overheat and be damaged.

CAUTION

O Tow chains or cables must be attachedonly to the vehicle recovery hooks ormain structural members of the vehicle.Otherwise, the vehicle body will be dam-aged.

O Do not use the vehicle tie downs to free avehicle stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc.Never tow the vehicle using the vehicle tiedowns or recovery hooks.

O Always pull the cable straight out fromthe front of the vehicle. Never pull on thehook at an angle.

O Pulling devices should be routed so theydo not touch any part of the suspension,steering, brake or cooling systems.

O Pulling devices such as ropes or canvasstraps are not recommended for use invehicle towing or recovery.

Automatic transmission

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate ve-hicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle’s drive wheels. Alwaysfollow the dolly manufacturer’s recom-mendations when using their product.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow,mud, etc., use the following procedure:

1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic ControlSystem.

2. Make sure the area in front and be-hind the vehicle is clear of obstruc-tions.

3. Turn the steering wheel right and leftto clear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward andbackward.

Shift back and forth between R (re-verse) and D (drive).

Apply the accelerator as little as pos-sible to maintain the rocking motion.

Release the accelerator pedal beforeshifting between R and D.

Do not spin the tires above 35 MPH (55km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after afew tries, contact a professionaltowing service to remove the vehicle.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior .............................................. 7-2Washing ...................................................... 7-2Waxing ........................................................ 7-2Removing spots........................................... 7-3Underbody................................................... 7-3Glass........................................................... 7-3Aluminum alloy wheels................................ 7-3Chrome parts .............................................. 7-3Tire dressing .............................................. 7-3

Cleaning interior............................................... 7-4Floor mats ................................................... 7-4Seat belts.................................................... 7-5

Corrosion protection ......................................... 7-5Most common factors contributing tovehicle corrosion ......................................... 7-5Environmental factors influence the rate ofcorrosion ..................................................... 7-5To protect your vehicle from corrosion ........ 7-6

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

Do not use car washes that use acid in thedetergent. Some car washes, especiallybrushless ones, use some acid for cleaning.The acid may react with some plastic vehiclecomponents, causing them to crack. Thiscould affect their appearance, and alsocould cause them not to function properly.Always check with your car wash to confirmthat acid is not used.

In order to maintain the appearance ofyour vehicle, it is important to take propercare of it.In the following cases, please wash yourvehicle as soon as possible to protect thepaint surface.

O After a rainfall to prevent possibledamage from acid rain

O After driving on coastal roads

O When contaminants such as soot, birddroppings, tree sap, metal particles orbugs get on the paint surface

O When dust or mud builds up on thesurface

Whenever possible, store or park your ve-hicle inside a garage or in a covered area.

When it is necessary to park outside, parkin a shady area or protect the vehicle witha body cover.Be careful not to scratch the paint surfacewhen putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHINGWash dirt off the vehicle with a wetsponge and plenty of water. Clean the ve-hicle thoroughly using a mild soap, a spe-cial vehicle soap or a general purposedish-washing liquid mixed with clean,lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

O Do not use car washes that use acid in thedetergent. Some car washes, especiallybrushless ones, use some acid forcleaning. The acid may react with someplastic vehicle components, causing themto crack. This could affect their appear-ance, and also could cause them not tofunction properly. Always check with yourcar wash to confirm that acid is not used.

O Do not use strong household soap,strong chemical detergents, gasoline orsolvents.

O Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun-light or while the vehicle body is hot, asthe surface may become water-spotted.

O Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths,such as washing mitts. Care must be takenwhen removing caked-on dirt or other for-eign substances so that the paint surfaceis not scratched or damaged.

Rinse the vehicle again with plenty ofclean water.Inside flanges, seams and folds on thedoors, hatches and hood are particularly vul-nerable to the effects of road salt. Therefore,these areas must be regularly cleaned. Makesure that the drain holes in the lower edge ofthe door are open. Spray water under thebody and in the wheel wells to loosen thedirt and wash away road salt.Avoid leaving water spots on the paintsurface by using a damp chamois to drythe vehicle.

WAXINGRegular waxing protects the paint surfaceand helps retain new vehicle appearance.Polishing is recommended to removebuilt-up residue and to avoid a weatheredappearance before reapplying wax.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

An INFINITI dealer can assist you inchoosing the proper product.

O Wax your vehicle only after a thoroughwashing. Follow the instructions sup-plied with the wax.

O Do not use a wax containing any abra-sives, cutting compounds or cleanersthat may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compounding or aggressive pol-ishing on a base coat/clear coat paint fin-ish may dull the finish or leave swirlmarks.

REMOVING SPOTS

Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust,insects, and tree sap as quickly as pos-sible from the surface of the paint toavoid lasting damage or staining. Specialcleaning products are available at anINFINITI dealer or any automotive acces-sory store.

UNDERBODY

In areas where road salt is used in winter,the underbody must be cleaned regularly.This will prevent dirt and salt frombuilding up and causing underbody andsuspension corrosion. Before the winterperiod and again in the spring, the under-

seal must be checked and, if necessary,re-treated.

GLASS

Use glass cleaner to remove smoke anddust film from the glass surfaces. It isnormal for glass to become coated with afilm after the vehicle is parked in the hotsun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth willeasily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the windows, donot use sharp-edged tools, abrasivecleaners or chlorine-based disinfectantcleaners. They could damage the electricalconductors, radio antenna elements or rearwindow defroster elements.

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS

Wash regularly with a sponge dampenedin a mild soap solution, especially duringwinter months in areas where road salt isused. Salt could discolor the wheels if notremoved.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid stainingor discoloring the wheels:

O Do not use a cleaner that uses strongacid or alkali contents to clean thewheels.

O Do not apply wheel cleaners to thewheels when they are hot. The wheeltemperature should be the same as am-bient temperature.

O Rinse the wheel to completely removethe cleaner within 15 minutes after thecleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS

Clean all chrome parts regularly with anon-abrasive chrome polish to maintainthe finish.

TIRE DRESSING

INFINITI does not recommend the use oftire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply acoating to the tires to help reduce discol-oration of the rubber. If a tire dressing is

Appearance and care 7-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

applied to the tires, it may react with thecoating and form a compound. This com-pound may come off the tire while drivingand stain the vehicle paint.

If you choose to use a tire dressing, takethe following precautions:

O Use a water-based tire dressing. Thecoating on the tire dissolves moreeasily with an oil-based tire dressing.

O Apply a light coat of tire dressing tohelp prevent it from entering the tiretread/grooves (where it would be diffi-cult to remove).

O Wipe off excess tire dressing using adry towel. Make sure the tire dressingis completely removed from the tiretread/grooves.

O Allow the tire dressing to dry as rec-ommended by tire dressing manufac-turer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from theinterior trim, plastic parts and seats usinga vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush.Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces with aclean, soft cloth dampened in mild soapsolution, then wipe clean with a dry softcloth.

Regular care and cleaning is required inorder to maintain the appearance of theleather.

Before using any fabric protector, readthe manufacturer’s recommendations.Some fabric protectors contain chemicalsthat may stain or bleach the seat mate-rial.

Use a cloth dampened only with water, toclean the meter and gauge lens.

CAUTION

O Never use benzine, thinner or any similarmaterial.

O Small dirt particles can be abrasive anddamaging to leather surfaces andshould be removed promptly. Do not usesaddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils,cleaning fluids, solvents, detergents orammonia-based cleaners as they maydamage the leather’s natural finish.

O Never use fabric protectors unless rec-ommended by the manufacturer.

O Do not use glass or plastic cleaner onmeter or gauge lens covers. It maydamage the lens cover.

FLOOR MATS

The use of genuine INFINITI floor mats canextend the life of your vehicle carpet andmake it easier to clean the interior. Nomatter what mats are used, be sure theyare fitted for your vehicle and are properlypositioned in the footwell to prevent inter-ference with pedal operation. Mats shouldbe maintained with regular cleaning andreplaced if they become excessively worn.

CLEANING INTERIOR


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Floor mat positioning aid(driver’s side only)

This model includes a front floor matbracket qA to act as a floor mat posi-tioning aid. INFINITI floor mats have beenspecially designed for your vehicle model.The driver’s side floor mat has a grommethole incorporated in it. Simply positionthe mat by placing the floor mat bracketthrough the floor mat grommet hole whilecentering the mat in the floor pan con-tour.

Periodically check to make certain thatthe mats are properly positioned.

SEAT BELTS

The seat belts can be cleaned by wipingthem with a sponge dampened in a mildsoap solution. Allow the belts to dry com-pletely before using them. See “Seat beltmaintenance” in the “1. Safety — Seats,seat belts and supplemental restraint sys-tem” section.

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in theretractor. NEVER use bleach, dye or chemicalsolvents to clean the seat belts, since thesematerials may severely weaken the seat beltwebbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORSCONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLECORROSION

O The accumulation of moisture-retaining dirt and debris in body panelsections, cavities, and other areas.

O Damage to paint and other protectivecoatings caused by gravel and stonechips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORSINFLUENCE THE RATE OFCORROSION

Moisture

Accumulation of sand, dirt and water onthe vehicle body underside can acceleratecorrosion. Wet floor coverings will not drycompletely inside the vehicle, and shouldbe removed for drying to avoid floor panelcorrosion.

Relative humidity

Corrosion will be accelerated in areas ofhigh relative humidity, especially thoseareas where the temperatures stay abovefreezing and where atmospheric pollutionexists and road salt is used.

SAI0012B

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-5

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Temperature

A temperature increase will accelerate therate of corrosion to those parts which arenot well ventilated.

Air pollution

Industrial pollution, the presence of saltin the air in coastal areas, or heavy roadsalt use will accelerate the corrosion pro-cess. Road salt will also accelerate thedisintegration of paint surfaces.

TO PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROMCORROSION

O Wash and wax your vehicle often tokeep the vehicle clean.

O Always check for minor damage to thepaint and repair it as soon as pos-sible.

O Keep drain holes at the bottom of thedoors open to avoid water accumula-tion.

O Check the underbody for accumulationof sand, dirt or salt. If present, washwith water as soon as possible.

CAUTION

O NEVER remove dirt, sand or other debrisfrom the passenger compartment bywashing it out with a hose. Remove dirtwith a vacuum cleaner or broom.

O Never allow water or other liquids tocome in contact with electronic compo-nents inside the vehicle as this maydamage them.

Chemicals used for road surface de-icingare extremely corrosive. They acceleratecorrosion and deterioration of underbodycomponents such as the exhaust system,fuel and brake lines, brake cables, floorpan and fenders.

In winter, the underbody must be cleanedperiodically.

For additional protection against rust andcorrosion, which may be required in someareas, consult an INFINITI dealer.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

8 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

Maintenance requirements ............................... 8-2General maintenance........................................ 8-2

Explanation of general maintenanceitems .......................................................... 8-3

Maintenance precautions.................................. 8-5Engine compartment check locations................ 8-7Engine cooling system...................................... 8-9

Checking engine coolant level..................... 8-9Changing engine coolant ........................... 8-10

Engine oil ........................................................ 8-11Checking engine oil level ........................... 8-11Changing engine oil and filter .................. 8-13

Automatic transmission fluid........................... 8-15Power steering fluid ........................................ 8-15Brake fluid ...................................................... 8-16Window washer fluid ...................................... 8-16Battery ............................................................ 8-17

Jump starting............................................. 8-19Drive belts ...................................................... 8-19Spark plugs.................................................... 8-20

Replacing spark plugs............................... 8-20Air cleaner...................................................... 8-20

Windshield wiper blades................................. 8-21Cleaning .................................................... 8-21Replacing .................................................. 8-22

Rear window wiper blade ............................... 8-23Brakes............................................................ 8-23

Self-adjusting brakes ................................ 8-23Brake pad wear indicators......................... 8-23

Fuses.............................................................. 8-24Engine compartment ................................. 8-24Passenger compartment............................ 8-26

Keyfob battery replacement ............................ 8-27Keyfob (Except Intelligent Key) .................. 8-27Intelligent Key........................................... 8-28

Lights ............................................................. 8-30Headlights ................................................. 8-31Exterior and interior lights ......................... 8-31

Wheels and tires............................................. 8-35Tire pressure ............................................. 8-35Tire labeling.............................................. 8-38Types of tires............................................ 8-40Tire chains ................................................ 8-42Changing wheels and tires........................ 8-43

w 07.8.29/S50-D/V5.0 X

Your new INFINITI has been designed tohave minimum maintenance requirementswith long service intervals to save you bothtime and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is essential tomaintain your INFINITI’s good mechanicalcondition, as well as its emission and en-gine performance.

It is the owner’s responsibility to makesure that the specified maintenance andthe general maintenance are performed.

As the vehicle owner, you are the onlyone who can ensure that your vehicle re-ceives the proper maintenance care. Youare a vital link in the maintenance chain.

Scheduled maintenance:

For your convenience, both required andoptional scheduled maintenance itemsare described and listed in your “INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide”. Youmust refer to that guide to ensure thatnecessary maintenance is performed onyour INFINITI at regular intervals.

General maintenance:

General maintenance includes thoseitems which should be checked duringnormal day-to-day operation. They are es-sential for proper vehicle operation. It is

your responsibility to perform these main-tenance procedures regularly as pre-scribed.

Performing general maintenance checksrequires minimal mechanical skill andonly a few general automotive tools.

These checks or inspections can be doneby you, a qualified technician, or, if youprefer, an INFINITI dealer.

Where to go for service:

If maintenance service is required or yourvehicle appears to malfunction, have thesystems checked and serviced by anINFINITI dealer.

INFINITI technicians are well-trained spe-cialists and are kept up to date with thelatest service information through tech-nical bulletins, service tips, and in-dealership information systems. They arecompletely qualified to work on INFINITIvehicles before work begins.

You can be confident that an INFINITIdealer’s service department performs thebest job to meet the maintenancerequirements on your vehicle — in areliable and economic way.

During the normal day-to-day operation ofthe vehicle, general maintenance shouldbe performed regularly as prescribed inthis section. If you detect any unusualsounds, vibrations or smell, be sure tocheck for the cause or have an INFINITIdealer perform it promptly. In addition,you should notify an INFINITI dealer if youthink the repairs are required.

When performing any checks or mainte-nance work, closely observe the “Mainte-nance precautions” later in this section.

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

EXPLANATION OF GENERALMAINTENANCE ITEMS

Additional information on the followingitems with “*” is found later in this sec-tion.

Outside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe performed from time to time, unlessotherwise specified.

Doors and engine hood: Check that alldoors and the engine hood operate prop-erly. Also ensure that all latches lock se-curely. Lubricate hinges and latches ifnecessary. Make sure that the secondarylatch keeps the hood from opening whenthe primary latch is released.

When driving in areas using road salt orother corrosive materials, check lubrica-tion frequently.

Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regularbasis. Make sure that the headlights,stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights,and other lights are all operating properlyand installed securely. Also check head-light aim.

Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: Whenchecking the tires, make sure no wheel

nuts are missing, and check for any loosewheel nuts. Tighten if necessary.

Tire rotation*:The tires should be rotated every 7,500miles (12,000 km) to minimize tire wearvariation.

Tires*: Check the pressure with a gaugeoften and always prior to long distancetrips. If necessary, adjust the pressure inall tires, including the spare (if soequipped), to the specified pressure.Check carefully for damage, cuts or exces-sive wear.

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)transmitter components: Replace thegrommet seal, valve core and cap of thetransmitter in vehicles equipped withTPMS at every tire replacement or whenreaching the wear limit of the tires.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the ve-hicle should pull to either side while driv-ing on a straight and level road, or if youdetect uneven or abnormal tire wear,there may be a need for wheel alignment.

If the steering wheel or seat vibrates atnormal highway speeds, wheel balancingmay be needed.

For additional information regarding tires,

refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Windshield: Clean the windshield on aregular basis. Check the windshield atleast every six months for cracks or otherdamage. Have a damaged windshield re-paired by a qualified repair facility.

Windshield wiper blades*: Check forcracks or wear if they do not wipe prop-erly.

Inside the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked on a regular basis, such aswhen performing periodic maintenance,cleaning the vehicle, etc.

Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal forsmooth operation and make sure thepedal does not catch or require uneveneffort. Keep the floor mat away from thepedal.

Automatic transmission P (Park) mecha-nism: On a fairly steep hill check that yourvehicle is held securely with the selectorlever in the P (Park) position without ap-plying any brakes.

Maintenance and do-it-yourself 8-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smoothoperation. If the brake pedal suddenlygoes down further than normal, the pedalfeels spongy or the vehicle seems to takelonger to stop, see an INFINITI dealer im-mediately. Keep the floor mat away fromthe pedal.

Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pullthe vehicle to one side when applied.

Parking brake: Check the parking brakeoperation regularly. The vehicle should besecurely held on a fairly steep hill withonly the parking brake applied. If theparking brake needs adjusted, see anINFINITI dealer.

Seats: Check seat position controls suchas seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc.to ensure they operate smoothly and thatall latches lock securely in every position.Check that the head restraints move upand down smoothly and that the locks (ifso equipped) hold securely in all latchedpositions.

Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seatbelt system (For example, buckles, an-chors, adjusters and retractors) operateproperly and smoothly, and are installedsecurely. Check the belt webbing for cuts,fraying, wear or damage.

Steering wheel: Check for changes in thesteering conditions, such as excessivefree play, hard steering or strange noises.

Warning lights and chimes: Make surethat all warning lights and chimes are op-erating properly.

Windshield defroster: Check that the aircomes out of the defroster outlets prop-erly and in sufficient quantity when oper-ating the heater or air conditioner.

Windshield wiper and washer*: Check thatthe wipers and washer operate properlyand that the wipers do not streak.

Under the hood and the vehicle

The maintenance items listed here shouldbe checked periodically (For example,each time you check the engine oil or re-fuel).

Battery*: Check the fluid level in eachcell. It should be between the MAX andMIN lines. Vehicles operated in high tem-peratures or under severe conditions re-quire frequent checks of the battery fluidlevel.

Brake fluid level*: Make sure that thebrake and clutch fluid levels are betweenthe MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir.

Engine coolant level*: Check the coolantlevel when the engine is cold.

Engine drive belts*: Make sure that nobelt is frayed, worn, cracked or oily.

Engine oil level*: Check the level afterparking the vehicle on a level locationand turning off the engine. (Wait at least10 minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.)

Exhaust system: Make sure there are noloose supports, cracks or holes. If thesound of the exhaust seems unusual orthere is a smell of exhaust fumes, imme-diately locate the trouble and correct it.See “Precautions when starting anddriving” in the “5. Starting and driving”section for exhaust gas (Carbon monox-ide).

Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle forfuel, oil, water or other fluid leaks afterthe vehicle has been parked for a while.Water dripping from the air conditionerafter use is normal. If you should noticeany leaks or if gasoline fumes are evi-dent, check for the cause and have it cor-rected immediately.

Power steering fluid level* and lines:Check the level when the fluid is cold and


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

the engine is turned off. Check the linesfor proper attachment, leaks, cracks, etc.

Radiator and hoses: Check the front of theradiator and clean off any dirt, insects,leaves, etc., that may have accumulated.Make sure the hoses have no cracks, de-formation, deterioration or loose connec-tions.

Underbody: The underbody is frequentlyexposed to corrosive substances such asthose used on icy roads or to controldust. It is very important to remove thesesubstances, otherwise rust will form onthe floor pan, frame, fuel lines andaround the exhaust system. At the end ofwinter, the underbody should be thor-oughly flushed with plain water, beingcareful to clean those areas where mudand dirt may accumulate. For additionalinformation, see “Cleaning exterior” inthe “7. Appearance and care” section.

Window washer fluid*: Check that there isadequate fluid in the tank.

When performing any inspection or main-tenance work on your vehicle, always takecare to prevent serious accidental injuryto yourself or damage to the vehicle. Thefollowing are general precautions whichshould be closely observed.

WARNING

O Park the vehicle on a level surface, applythe parking brake securely and block thewheels to prevent the vehicle frommoving. Move the selector lever to P(Park) position.

O Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF orLOCK position when performing anyparts replacement or repairs.

O Your vehicle is equipped with an auto-matic engine cooling fan. It may come onat any time without warning, even if theignition key is in the OFF position andthe engine is not running. To avoid in-jury, always disconnect the negativebattery cable before working near thefan.

O If you must work with the engine run-ning, keep your hands, clothing, hairand tools away from moving fans, beltsand any other moving parts.

O It is advisable to secure or remove anyloose clothing and any jewelry, such asrings, watches, etc. before working onyour vehicle.

O Always wear eye protection wheneveryou work on your vehicle.

O If you must run the engine in an enclosedspace such as a garage, be sure there isproper ventilation for exhaust gases toescape.

O Never get under the vehicle while it issupported only by a jack. If it is neces-sary to work under the vehicle, support itwith safety stands.

O Keep smoking materials, flame andsparks away from the fuel tank and bat-tery.

O On gasoline engine models, the fuel

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

filter or fuel lines should be serviced byan INFINITI dealer because the fuel linesare under high pressure even when theengine is off.

CAUTION

O Do not work under the hood while theengine is hot. Turn the engine off andwait until it cools down.

O Never connect or disconnect the batteryor any transistorized component whilethe ignition switch is in the ON position.

O Never leave any engine or automatictransmission related component har-ness connector disconnected while theignition switch is in the ON position.

O Avoid contact with used engine oil andcoolant. Improperly disposed engine oil,engine coolant and/or other vehiclefluids can damage the environment. Al-ways conform to local regulations fordisposal of vehicle fluid.

This “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section gives instructions regarding onlythose items which are relatively easy foran owner to perform.

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is alsoavailable. See “Owner’s Manual/Service Manual order information” in the“9. Technical and consumer information”section.

You should be aware that incomplete orimproper servicing may result in oper-ating difficulties or excessive emissions,and could affect your warranty coverage.If in doubt about any servicing, have itdone by an INFINITI dealer.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

VQ35DE ENGINE

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Window washer fluid reservoir

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Drive belts

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Air cleaner

SDI1991

ENGINE COMPARTMENT CHECKLOCATIONS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

VK45DE ENGINE

1. Fuse/fusible link holder

2. Battery

3. Engine oil filler cap

4. Brake fluid reservoir

5. Engine coolant reservoir

6. Window washer fluid reservoir

7. Power steering fluid reservoir

8. Radiator filler cap

9. Drive belts

10. Engine oil dipstick

11. Air cleaner

SDI1987


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

The engine cooling system is filled at thefactory with a high-quality, year-round,anti-freeze coolant solution. The anti-freeze solution contains rust and corro-sion inhibitors, therefore additionalcooling system additives are not neces-sary.

WARNING

O Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Wait until the engine andradiator cool down. Serious burns couldbe caused by high pressure fluid es-caping from the radiator. See “If your ve-hicle overheats” in the “6. In case ofemergency” section.

O The radiator is equipped with a pressuretype radiator cap. To prevent enginedamage, use only a genuine NISSAN ra-diator cap.

Outside temperaturedown to Anti-

freeze

Deminer-alizedwater/

distilledwater°C °F

−35 −30 50% 50%

CAUTION

When adding or replacing coolant, be sure touse only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze Coolant (green) or equivalent with theproper mixture ratio of 50% anti-freeze and50% demineralized or distilled water. Theuse of other types of coolant solutions orcoolant colors, such as orange, may damageyour engine cooling system.

CHECKING ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL

Check the coolant level in the reservoirtank when the engine is cold. If the cool-ant level is below MIN q2 , add coolant upto the MAX q1 level. If the reservoir tankis empty, check the coolant level in theradiator when the engine is cold. If there isinsufficient coolant in the radiator, fill theradiator with coolant up to the filler open-ing and also add it to the reservoir tankup to the MAX level q1 .

SDI1385A

ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

If the engine cooling system frequently re-quires coolant, have it checked by anINFINITI dealer.

CHANGING ENGINE COOLANT

O Major cooling system repairs shouldbe performed by an INFINITI dealer.The service procedures can be found

in the appropriate INFINITI ServiceManual.

O Improper servicing can result in re-duced heater performance and engineoverheating.

WARNING

O To avoid the danger of being scalded,never change the coolant when the en-gine is hot.

O Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. Serious burns could becaused by high pressure fluid escapingfrom the radiator.

O Avoid direct skin contact with used cool-ant. If skin contact is made, wash thor-oughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

O Keep coolant out of the reach of childrenand pets.

VQ35DE engine

1. Open radiator drain plug qB at thebottom of radiator, and remove ra-diator filler cap qA .

SDI1525AVQ35DE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Be careful not to allow coolant to con-tact drive belts.

O Waste coolant must be disposed ofproperly. Check your local regulations.

2. Close the radiator drain plug qB se-curely after the coolant is drained.

3. Fill the radiator slowly with the propermixture of anti-freeze solution anddemineralized water/distilled water.Fill the reservoir tank up to the MAXlevel. Then install the radiator fillercap qA .

4. Start the engine and warm it up untilit reaches normal operating tempera-ture. Then race the engine 2 or 3 timesunder no load. Watch the engine cool-ant temperature gauge for signs ofoverheating.

5. Stop the engine. After it completelycools down, refill the radiator up tothe filler opening. Fill the reservoirtank up to the MAX level. Check thedrain plug for any sign of leakage.

6. Recheck the coolant level after the ve-hicle has been driven for a day.

VK45DE engine

Contact an INFINITI dealer if replacementis required.

CHECKING ENGINE OIL LEVEL

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn off the engine. Wait more than 15minutes for the oil to drain back intothe oil pan.

4. Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean.Reinsert it all the way.

SDI1386BVQ35DE

ENGINE OIL


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

5. Remove the dipstick again and checkthe oil level. It should be between theH and L marks q1 . If the oil level isbelow the L mark q2 , remove the oilfiller cap and pour recommended oilthrough the opening. Do not overfillq3 .

6. Recheck oil level with dipstick.

It is normal to add some oil between oilmaintenance intervals or during the break-in period, depending on the severity of op-erating conditions.

CAUTION

Oil level should be checked regularly. Oper-ating the engine with an insufficient amountof oil can damage the engine, and such dam-age is not covered by warranty.

SDI1240BVK45DE

SDI1402BVQ35DE

SDI1410BVK45DE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CHANGING ENGINE OIL AND FILTER

Change the engine oil and filter accordingto the maintenance intervals shown in theINFINITI Service and Maintenance Guide.

Vehicle set-up

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface andapply the parking brake.

2. Run the engine until it reaches operat-ing temperature.

3. Turn the engine off and wait morethan 15 minutes.

4. Raise and support the vehicle using asuitable floor jack and safety jackstands.

O Place the safety jack stands under thevehicle jack-up points.

O A suitable adapter should be attachedto the jack stand saddle.

5. Remove the plastic engine undercover.

a. Remove the small plastic clips at therear side of the undercover.

b. Then remove the other bolts that holdthe undercover in place.

CAUTION

Use the correct jack-up points. Never useany other part of the vehicle for jack support.

Engine oil and filter

1. Place a large drain pan under thedrain plug q1 .

2. Remove the oil filler cap.3. Remove the drain plug q1 with a

wrench and completely drain the oil.

CAUTION

Be careful not to burn yourself. The engineoil may be hot.

SDI1532AVQ35DE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O Waste oil must be disposed of properly.O Check your local regulations.4. Loosen the oil filter with an oil filter

wrench q2 . Remove the oil filter byturning it by hand.

5. Wipe the engine oil filter mountingsurface with a clean rag.

CAUTIONBe sure to remove any old rubber gasket re-maining on the mounting surface of the engine.Failure to do so cold lead to engine damage.

6. Coat the gasket on the new filter withclean engine oil.

7. Screw in the oil filter clockwise until aslight resistance is felt, then tightenadditionally more than 2/3 turn.

Oil filter tightening torque:11 to 15 ft-lb(14.7 to 20.5 Nzm)

8. Clean and re-install the drain plug q1with a new washer. Securely tightenthe drain plug q1 with a wrench.

Drain plug tightening torque:22 to 29 ft-lb(29 to 39 Nzm)

Do not use excessive force.9. Refill engine with recommended oil

and install the cap securely.

CAUTION

The dipstick must be inserted in place to pre-vent oil spillage from the dipstick hole whilefilling the engine with oil.

See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technicaland consumer information” section fordrain and refill capacity. The drain andrefill capacity depends on the oil tem-

perature and drain time. Use thesespecifications for reference only. Al-ways use the dipstick to determine theproper amount of oil in the engine.

CAUTION

When filling oil, do not pull out the dipstick.

10. Start the engine and check for leakagearound the drain plug and the oilfilter. Correct as required.

11. Turn the engine off and wait morethan 10 minutes. Check the oil levelwith the dipstick. Add engine oil ifnecessary.

After the operation

1. Install the engine undercover into po-sition as the following steps.

a. Pull the center of the small plastic clipout.

b. Hold the engine undercover into posi-tion.

c. Insert the clips through the under-cover into the hole in the frame, then

SDI1550AVK45DE


w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

push the center of the clip in to lockthe clip in place.

d. Install the other bolts that hold theundercover in place. Be careful not tostrip the bolts or over-tighten them.

2. Lower the vehicle carefully to theground.

3. Dispose of waste oil and filter prop-erly.

WARNING

O Prolonged and repeated contact withused engine oil may cause skin cancer.

O Try to avoid direct skin contact withused oil. If skin contact is made, washthoroughly with soap or hand cleaner assoon as possible.

O Keep used engine oil out of reach ofchildren.

If checking or replacement is required, werecommend an INFINITI dealer for ser-vicing.

CAUTION

O Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF.Do not mix with other fluids.

O Using automatic transmission fluidother than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATFwill cause deterioration in driveabilityand automatic transmission durability,and may damage the automatic trans-mission, which is not covered by theINFINITI new vehicle limited warranty. Check the fluid level in the reservoir.

The fluid level should be checked usingthe HOT range at fluid temperatures of122 to 176°F (50 to 80°C) or using theCOLD range at fluid temperatures of 32 to86°F (0 to 30°C).

CAUTION

O Do not overfill.

O Use Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent.

SDI1408B

AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION FLUID POWER STEERING FLUID


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

For additional brake fluid information,refer to “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section of thismanual.

WARNING

O Use only new fluid from a sealed con-tainer. Old, inferior or contaminatedfluid may damage the brake system. Theuse of improper fluids can damage thebrake system and affect the vehicle’sstopping ability.

O Clean the filler cap before removing.

O Brake fluid is poisonous and should bestored carefully in marked containersout of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur-faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid isspilled, immediately wash the surface withwater.

Check the fluid level in the brake fluidreservoir qA . If the fluid is below the MINline or the brake warning light comes on,add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy DutyBrake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up tothe MAX line. If fluid must be added fre-quently, the system should be thoroughlychecked by an INFINITI dealer.

Add fluid when the low washer fluidwarning light comes on. Add a washersolvent to the water for better cleaning. Inthe winter season, add a windshieldwasher anti-freeze. Follow the manufac-turer’s instructions for the mixture ratio.

Recommended fluid is Genuine NISSANWindshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner &Antifreeze or equivalent.

SDI1610A SDI1388A

BRAKE FLUID WINDOW WASHER FLUID


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O Do not substitute engine anti-freezecoolant for window washer solution.This may result in damage to the paint.

O Do not fill the window washer reservoirtank with washer fluid concentrates atfull strength. Some methyl alcoholbased washer fluid concentrates maypermanently stain the grille if spilledwhile filling the window washer reser-voir tank.


O Keep the battery surface clean anddry. Clean the battery with a solutionof baking soda and water.

O Make certain the terminal connectionsare clean and securely tightened.

O If the vehicle is not to be used for 30days or longer, disconnect the (—)negative battery terminal cable to pre-vent discharging it.

WARNING

O Do not expose the battery to flames orelectrical sparks. Hydrogen gas, gener-ated by battery fluid, is explosive. Do notallow battery fluid to contact your skin,eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. Aftertouching a battery or battery cap, do nottouch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly washyour hands. If the acid contacts youreyes, skin or clothing, immediately flushwith water for at least 15 minutes andseek medical attention.

O Do not operate the vehicle if the batteryfluid is low. Low battery fluid can cause a

higher load on the battery which cangenerate heat, reduce battery life, and insome cases lead to an explosion.

O When working on or near a battery, al-ways wear suitable eye protection andremove all jewelry.

O Battery posts, terminals and related ac-cessories contain lead and lead com-pounds. Wash hands after handling.

O Keep the battery out of the reach of chil-dren.

BATTERY


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Check the fluid level in each cell. Itshould be between the UPPER LEVEL q1and LOWER LEVEL q2 lines.

If it is necessary to add fluid, add onlydistilled water to bring the level to the in-dicator in each filler opening. Do not over-fill.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

1. Remove the cell plugs qA .

2. Add distilled water up to the UPPERLEVEL q1 line.

3. Tighten cell plugs qA .

Vehicles operated in high temperatures orunder severe conditions require frequentchecks of the battery fluid level.

If the side of the battery is not visible,check the distilled water level by lookingdirectly above the cell; q1 indicates OKand q2 needs more to be added.

JUMP STARTING

If jump starting is necessary, see “Jumpstarting” in the “6. In case of emergency”section. If the engine does not start byjump starting, the battery may have to bereplaced. Contact an INFINITI dealer.

DI0137MA SDI1480C


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Power steering fluid pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Air conditioner compressor

D: Tension checking points

1. Water pump

2. Alternator

3. Crankshaft pulley

4. Power steering fluid pump

5. Air conditioner compressor

WARNING

Be sure the ignition key is in the OFF or LOCKposition before servicing drive belts. The en-gine could rotate unexpectedly.

1. Visually inspect each belt for signs ofunusual wear, cuts, fraying, oil adhe-sion or looseness. If the belt is in poorcondition or loose, have it replaced oradjusted by an INFINITI dealer.

2. Have the belts checked regularly forcondition and tension in accordancewith the maintenance schedule in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”.

SDI2117VQ35DE

SDI1411BVK45DE

DRIVE BELTS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Be sure the engine and ignition switch areoff and that the parking brake is engaged se-curely.

CAUTION

Be sure to use the correct socket to removethe spark plugs. An incorrect socket candamage the spark plugs.

REPLACING SPARK PLUGSIf replacement is required, see an INFINITIdealer for servicing.

Platinum-tipped spark plugsIt is not necessary to replace theplatinum-tipped qA spark plugs as fre-quently as the conventional type sparkplugs since they will last much longer.Follow the maintenance log in your“INFINITI Service and MaintenanceGuide”, but do not reuse them bycleaning or regapping.

Always replace with recommendedplatinum-tipped spark plugs.

If maintenance is required, see an INFINITIdealer for servicing.

The filter element should not be cleanedand reused. Replace it according to themaintenance log shown in your “INFINITIService and Maintenance Guide”. Whenreplacing the filter, wipe the inside of theair cleaner housing and the cover with adamp cloth.

WARNING

O Operating the engine with the aircleaner removed can cause you or othersto be burned. The air cleaner not onlycleans the air, it stops the flame if theengine backfires. If it is not there, andthe engine backfires, you could beburned. Do not drive with the air cleanerremoved, and be careful when workingon the engine with the air cleaner re-moved.

O Never pour fuel into the throttle body orattempt to start the engine with the aircleaner removed. Doing so could resultin serious injury.

SDI0145C

SPARK PLUGS AIR CLEANER


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

CAUTION

O After wiper blade replacement, returnthe wiper arm to its original position;otherwise it may be damaged when theengine hood is opened.

O Make sure the wiper blades contact theglass; otherwise the arms may be dam-aged from wind pressure.

O Worn windshield wiper blades candamage the windshield and impairdriver vision.

CLEANING

If your windshield is not clear after usingthe windshield washer or if a wiper bladechatters when running, wax or other ma-terial may be on the blade or windshield.

Clean the outside of the windshield with awasher solution or a mild detergent. Yourwindshield is clean if beads do not formwhen rinsing with clear water.

Clean the blade by wiping it with a clothsoaked in a washer solution or a mild de-tergent. Then rinse the blade with clear

water. If your windshield is still not clearafter cleaning the blades and using thewiper, replace the blades.

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

REPLACING

Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

1. Pull the wiper arm.

2. Push and hold the release tab qA ,then move the wiper blade down thewiper arm to remove q1 .

3. Insert the new wiper blade to thewiper arm until a click sounds. If necessary, clean the windshield washer

nozzle qA with a needle or small pin qB .

DI1018MC

SDI1390B


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Contact an INFINITI dealer if checking orreplacement is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly,have the brakes checked by an INFINITIdealer.

SELF-ADJUSTING BRAKES

Your vehicle is equipped with self-adjusting brakes.

The disc-type brakes self-adjust everytime the brake pedal is applied.

WARNING

See an INFINITI dealer for a brake systemcheck if the brake pedal height does not re-turn to normal.

BRAKE PAD WEAR INDICATORS

The disc brake pads on your vehicle haveaudible wear indicators. When a brakepad requires replacement, it will make ahigh pitched scraping or screechingsound when the vehicle is in motionwhether or not the brake pedal is de-pressed. Have the brakes checked assoon as possible if the wear indicatorsound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions,

occasional brake squeak, squeal or othernoise may be heard. Occasional brakenoise during light to moderate stops isnormal and does not affect the function orperformance of the brake system.

Proper brake inspection intervals shouldbe followed. For additional information,see the appropriate maintenance logshown in your “INFINITI Service and Main-tenance Guide”.

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE BRAKES


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Two types of fuses are used. Type qA isused in the fuse boxes in the engine com-partment. Type qB is used in the passen-ger compartment fuse box.

Type qA fuses are provided as sparefuses. They are stored in the passengercompartment fuse box.

Type qA fuses can be installed in the en-gine compartment and passenger com-partment fuse boxes.

If a type qA fuse is used to replace a typeqB fuse, the type qA fuse will not be levelwith the fuse pocket as shown in the il-lustration. This will not affect the perfor-mance of the fuse. Make sure the fuse isinstalled in the fuse box securely.

Type qB fuses cannot be installed in theunderhood fuse boxes. Only use type qAfuses in the underhood fuse boxes.

ENGINE COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am-perage rating than specified on the fuse boxcover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and head-light switch are OFF.

SDI1751 SDI1752 SDI1479A

FUSES


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

2. Open the engine hood and remove thecover on the compartment of the bat-tery and the fuse/fusible link holder.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holdercover by pushing the tab and liftingthe cover up as illustrated.

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller.The fuse puller is located in the centerof the fuse block in the passengercompartment.

5. If the fuse is open qA , replace it with anew fuse qB .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired by an INFINITI dealer.

Fusible links

If the electrical equipment does not oper-ate and the fuses are in good condition,check the fusible links. If any of thesefusible links are melted, replace with onlygenuine NISSAN parts.

SDI1753


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

CAUTION

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower am-perage rating than specified on the fuse boxcover. This could damage the electricalsystem or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper-ate, check for an open fuse.

1. Be sure the ignition switch and theheadlight switch are in the OFF posi-tion.

2. Open the fuse box lid q1 .

3. Remove the fuse with the fuse pullerq2 .

4. If the fuse is open qA , replace it with anew fuse qB . Spare fuses q3 arestored in the fuse box.

5. If a new fuse also opens, have theelectrical system checked and re-paired by an INFINITI dealer.

SDI1962 SDI1754


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

KEYFOB (Except Intelligent Key)


1. Open the lid q1 using a suitable toolq2 .

2. Replace the battery q3 with a newone. Set the battery with the “—” sideq4 up. Recommended battery: CR2025or equivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom case.

3. Close the lid securely.

4. Push the keyfob button two or threetimes to check its operation.

See an INFINITI dealer if you need any as-sistance for replacement.


O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal.


O The keyfob is water-resistant; how-ever, if it gets wet, immediately wipe itcompletely dry.

O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the keyfob.

FCC Notice:

Changes or modifications not expresslyapproved by the party responsible for com-pliance could void the user’s authority tooperate the equipment. This device com-plies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules andRSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation issubject to the following two conditions: (1)This device may not cause harmful inter-ference, and (2) this device must acceptany interference received, including inter-ference that may cause undesired opera-tion of the device.

SPA1374D

KEYFOB BATTERY REPLACEMENT


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

INTELLIGENT KEY

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallowthe battery and removed parts.


1. Release the lock knob at the back ofthe Intelligent Key and remove the me-chanical key.

2. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver qA

wrapped with a cloth into the slit qB

of the corner and twist it to separatethe upper part from the lower part.

3. Replace the battery with a new one.

Recommended battery: CR2025 orequivalent

Make sure that the ! side faces thebottom of the case.

4. Align the tips of the upper and lowerparts, and then push them togetheruntil they are securely closed.

5. Push the buttons two or three times tocheck its operation.

See an INFINITI dealer if you need any as-sistance for replacement.


O Be careful not to touch the circuit boardand the battery terminal as it couldcause a malfunction.


O When changing batteries, do not letdust or oil get on the Intelligent Key.

FCC Notice:

This equipment has been tested and foundto comply with the limits for a Class B digi-tal device pursuant to part 15 of the FCCRules. These limits are designed to providereasonable protection against harmful in-terference in a residential installation.This equipment generates, uses and canradiate radio frequency energy and, if notinstalled and used in accordance with theinstructions, may cause harmful interfer-ence to radio communications. However,

SPA1875 SPA1876


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

there is no guarantee that interference willnot occur in a particular installation. If thisequipment does cause harmful interfer-ence to radio or television reception, whichcan be determined by turning the equip-ment off and on, the user is encouraged totry to correct the interference by one ormore of the following measures:

— Reorient or relocate the receiving an-tenna

— Increase the separation between theequipment and the receiver

— Connect the equipment into an outleton a circuit different from that to whichthe receiver is connected.

— Consult the dealer or an experiencedradio/TV technician for help.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Clearance light/Daytime running light(Canada)

2. Headlight (low-beam, high-beam)

3. Front turn signal light

4. Front side marker light

5. Interior light/Map light

6. Ceiling light (if so equipped)

7. Rear personal light

8. Luggage light (side)

9. Front fog light

10. Step light

11. High-mounted stop light

12. Luggage light (roof)

13. License plate light

14. Back-up light

15. Tail/Stop/Turning signal lights

16. Rear side marker light

SDI1976

LIGHTS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

HEADLIGHTS

Replacing

If replacement is required, see an INFINITIdealer.

Xenon headlight bulb:

WARNING

HIGH VOLTAGE

When xenon headlights are on, they producea high voltage. To prevent an electric shock,never attempt to modify or disassemble. Al-ways have your xenon headlights replacedat an INFINITI dealer. For additional informa-tion, see “Headlight and turn signal switch”in the “2. Instruments and controls” section.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lensof the exterior lights in the rain or in a carwash. A temperature difference betweenthe inside and the outside of the lenscauses the fog. This is not a malfunction.If large drops of water collect inside thelens, contact an INFINITI dealer.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No.

Front turn signal 21 T20

Clearance/Daytime running light 5/21 T20

Front side marker light 3.8 T10

Front fog light* 35 H8

Rear combination light

Tail/Stop/Turn signal lights* (LED) —

Side marker light 3.8 T10

Back-up light 18 T16

License plate light 5 T10

High-mounted stop light* (LED) —

Map light 8 —

Ceiling light (if so equipped) 8 —

Rear personal light 8 —

Step light* 5 —

Luggage (roof, side) light 8 —

Vanity mirror light (if so equipped) 1.32 —

*: See an INFINITI dealer for replacement.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Replacement procedures

All other lights are either type A, B, C orD. When replacing a bulb, first remove thelens and/or cover.

MDI0006

SDI1727A

qA Front side marker light qB Front turn signal qC Clearance light8-32 Maintenance and do-it-yourself

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1528ABack-up light

SDI1529ARear side marker light

SDI1728Map light


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

SDI1399CRear personal, Luggage light

SDI1407BVanity mirror light

SDI1530ALicense plate light

SDI1729Ceiling light (if so equipped)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

If you have a flat tire, see “Flat tire” in the“6. In case of emergency” section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)

This vehicle is equipped with the TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS). Itmonitors tire pressure of all tires exceptthe spare. When the low tire pressurewarning light is lit, one or more of yourtires is significantly under-inflated. Ifequipped, the system also displays pres-sure of all tires (except the spare tire) onthe display screen by sending a signalfrom a sensor that is installed in eachwheel.

The TPMS will activate only when the ve-hicle is driven at speeds above 16 MPH(25 km/h). Also, this system may not de-tect a sudden drop in tire pressure (forexample a flat tire while driving).

For more details, refer to “Low tire pres-sure warning light” in the “2. Instrumentsand controls” section, “Tire pressure in-formation” in the “4. Display screen,heater, air conditioner and audio sys-tems” section, “Tire Pressure MonitoringSystem (TPMS)” in the “5. Starting and

driving” section, and “Flat tire” in the “6.In case of emergency” section.

Tire inflation pressureCheck the tire pressure (including thespare) often and always prior to longdistance trips. The recommended tirepressure specifications are shown onthe F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label or theTire and Loading Information label (if soequipped) under the “Cold Tire Pres-sure” heading. The Tire and Loading In-formation label is affixed to the driverside center pillar. Tire pressures shouldbe checked regularly because:

O Most tires naturally lose air overtime.

O Tires can lose air suddenly whendriven over potholes or other objectsor if the vehicle strikes a curb whileparking.

The tire pressures should be checkedwhen the tires are cold. The tires areconsidered COLD after the vehicle hasbeen parked for 3 or more hours, ordriven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at mod-erate speeds.

Incorrect tire pressure, including under-

inflation, may adversely affect tire lifeand vehicle handling.

WARNING

O Improperly inflated tires can failsuddenly and cause an accident.

O The Gross Vehicle Weight rating(GVWR) is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label. The vehicle weight ca-pacity is indicated on the Tire andLoading Information label (if soequipped). Do not load your ve-hicle beyond this capacity. Over-loading your vehicle may result inreduced tire life, unsafe operatingconditions due to premature tirefailure, or unfavorable handlingcharacteristics and could alsolead to a serious accident.Loading beyond the specified ca-pacity may also result in failure ofother vehicle components.

O Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle,use a tire pressure gauge to en-

WHEELS AND TIRES


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

sure that the tire pressures are atthe specified level.

O Do not drive your vehicle over 85MPH (137 km/h) unless it isequipped with high speed ratedtires. Driving faster than 85 MPH(137 km/h) may result in tirefailure, loss of control and pos-sible injury.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

Tire and loading information label

q1 Seating capacity: The maximumnumber of occupants that can beseated in the vehicle.

q2 Vehicle load limit: See “loading in-formation” in the “9. Technical andconsumer information” section.

q3 Original size: The size of the tires

SDI1948


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

originally installed on the vehicle atthe factory.

q4 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tiresto this pressure when the tires arecold. Tires are considered COLDafter the vehicle has been parked for3 or more hours, or driven less than1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds.The recommended cold tire inflationis set by the manufacturer to pro-vide the best balance of tire wear,vehicle handling driveability, tirenoise, etc., up to the vehicle’sGVWR.

q5 Tire size — refer to “Tire labeling”later in this section.

q6 Spare tire size or compact spare tiresize (if so equipped)

Checking tire pressure

1. Remove the valve stem cap from thetire.

2. Press the pressure gauge squarelyonto the valve stem. Do not presstoo hard or force the valve stemsideways, or air will escape. If thehissing sound of air escaping fromthe tire is heard while checking thepressure, reposition the gauge toeliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gaugestem and compare it to the specifi-cation shown on the Tire andLoading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as needed. If toomuch air is added, press the core ofthe valve stem briefly with the tip ofthe gauge stem to release pressure.Recheck the pressure and add or re-lease air as needed.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all other tires,including the spare.

Size Cold TireInflationPressure

FrontOriginalTire

P265/60R18P265/50R20

220 kPa, 32psi

RearOriginalTire

P265/60R18P265/50R20

220 kPa, 32psi

Spare Tire T175/90D18 420 kPa, 60psi

SDI1949


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

TIRE LABELING

Federal law requires tire manufacturersto place standardized information onthe sidewall of all tires. This informa-tion identifies and describes the funda-mental characteristics of the tire andalso provides the tire identificationnumber (TIN) for safety standard certifi-cation. The TIN can be used to identifythe tire in case of a recall.

q1 Tire size (example: P215/65R15 95H)

1. P: The “P” indicates the tire is de-signed for passenger vehicles (notall tires have this information).

2. Three-digit number (215): Thisnumber gives the width in millime-ters of the tire from sidewall edge tosidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (65): This number,known as the aspect ratio, gives thetire’s ratio of height to width.

4. R: The “R” stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (15): This numberis the wheel or rim diameter ininches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (95): Thisnumber is the tire’s load index. It isa measurement of how much weighteach tire can support. You may notfind this information on all tires be-cause it is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed Rating. You should notdrive the vehicle faster than the tirespeed rating.

SDI1575Example

SDI1951Example


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

q2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for anew tire (example: DOT XX XX XXXXXXX)

1. DOT: Abbreviation for the “Depart-ment of Transportation”. Thesymbol can be placed above,below or to the left or right ofTire Identification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturer’s iden-tification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Op-tional)

5. Three-digit code: Date of Manufac-ture

6. Four numbers represent the weekand year the tire was built. For ex-ample, the numbers 3103 means the31st week of 2003. If these numbersare missing, then look on the othersidewall of the tire.

q3 Tire ply composition and materialThe number of layers or plies ofrubber-coated fabric in the tire.Tire manufacturers also must indi-cate the materials in the tire, whichinclude steel, nylon, polyester, andothers.

q4 Maximum permissible inflation pres-sureThis number is the greatest amountof air pressure that should be put inthe tire. Do not exceed themaximum permissible inflation pres-sure.

q5 Maximum load ratingThis number indicates the maximumload in kilograms and pounds that

can be carried by the tire. When re-placing the tires on the vehicle, al-ways use a tire that has the sameload rating as the factory installedtire.

q6 Term of “tubeless” or “tube type”Indicates whether the tire requiresan inner tube (“tube type”) or not(“tubeless”).

q7 The word “radial”The word “radial” is shown if thetire has radial structure.

q8 Manufacturer or brand nameManufacturer or brand name isshown.

Other tire-related terminology:

In addition to the many terms that aredefined throughout this section, In-tended Outboard Sidewall is (1) thesidewall that contains a whitewall,bears white lettering or bears manufac-turer, brand and/or model namemolding that is higher or deeper thanthe same molding on the other sidewallof the tire, or (2) the outward facingsidewall of an asymmetrical tire thathas a particular side that must always

SDI1607Example


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

face outward when mounted on a ve-hicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

O When changing or replacing tires, besure all four tires are of the same type(Examples: Summer, All Season, orSnow and construction. An INFINITIdealer may be able to help you with in-formation about tire type, size, speedrating and availability.

O Replacement tires may have a lowerspeed rating than the factory equippedtires, and may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.


O For additional information regardingtires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-

tion Booklet.

All season tires

INFINITI specifies all season tires on somemodels to provide good performance foruse all year around, including snowy andicy road conditions. All Season tires areidentified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S onthe tire sidewall. Snow tires have bettersnow traction than all season tires andmay be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires

INFINITI specifies summer tires on somemodels to provide superior performanceon dry roads. Summer tire performance issubstantially reduced in snow and ice.Summer tires do not have the tire tractionrating M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tiresidewall.

If you plan to operate your vehicle insnowy or icy conditions, INFINITI recom-mends the use of snow or all season tireson all four wheels.

Snow tires

If snow tires are needed, it is necessaryto select tires equivalent in size and load

rating to the original equipment tires. Ifyou do not, it can adversely affect thesafety and handling of your vehicle.

Generally, snow tires will have lowerspeed ratings than factory equipped tiresand may not match the potentialmaximum vehicle speed. Never exceedthe maximum speed rating of the tire.

If you operate your vehicle in snowy or icyconditions, INFINITI recommends the useof snow or all season tires on all fourwheels.

For additional traction on icy roads, stud-ded tires may be used. However, someprovinces and states prohibit their use.Check local, state and provincial laws be-fore installing studded tires. Skid andtraction capabilities of studded snowtires, on wet or dry surfaces, may bepoorer than that of non-studded snowtires.

Run-flat tires (if so equipped)

If your vehicle is equipped with run-flattires, you can continue driving to a safelocation even if they are punctured. Al-ways use run-flat tires of the same sizeon all four wheels. Mixing tire sizes orconstruction may reduce vehicle handling


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

stability. If necessary, contact an INFINITIdealer for assistance.

O Frequently check the tire pressure in-formation display on the monitorscreen and adjust pressure of eachtire properly. (The order of the tirepressure figures displayed on thescreen does not correspond with theactual order of the tire position.)

It can be difficult to tell if a run-flat tire isunder-inflated or flat. Check the tire pres-sures as described earlier in this section.If the tire becomes under-inflated whiledriving, the low tire pressure warninglight will come on. If the tire becomes flatwhile driving, the low tire pressurewarning light and the run-flat tire warninglight will come on.

Low tire pressure:

If the vehicle is being driven with low tirepressure, the low tire pressure warninglight will illuminate.

Flat tire:

If the vehicle is being driven with one ormore flat tires, the run-flat tire warninglight will illuminate continuously and achime will sound for 10 seconds.

The chime will only sound at the first indi-cation of a flat tire and the run-flat tirewarning light will illuminate continuously.When the flat tire warning is activated,have the system reset and the tirechecked and replaced if necessary by anINFINITI dealer. Even if the tire is inflatedto the specified COLD tire pressure, thewarning light will continue to illuminateuntil the system is reset by an INFINITIdealer.

If the low tire pressure or run-flat tirewarning light comes on:

O Do not exceed 55 MPH (88 km/h).

O Increase your following distance to al-low for increased stopping distances.

O Avoid sudden maneuvers, hard corner-ing and hard braking.

O Do not tow a trailer.

WARNING

O Although you can continue driving witha punctured run-flat tire, remember thatvehicle handling stability is reduced,which could lead to an accident and per-

sonal injury. Also, driving a long dis-tance at high speeds may damage thetire.


O Drive safely at reduced speeds. Avoidhard cornering or braking, which maycause you to lose control of the vehicle.

O Do not tow a trailer when a run-flat tire isflat.

CAUTION

O Never install tire chains on a puncturedrun-flat tire, as this could damage yourvehicle.

O Avoid driving over any projection or pot-hole, as the clearance between the ve-


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

hicle and the ground is smaller than nor-mal.

O Do not enter an automated car wash witha punctured run-flat tire.

O Have the punctured tire replaced by anINFINITI dealer as soon as possible, asthe tire’s performance capability isreduced.

All-wheel drive (AWD) models

CAUTION

O Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted orradial), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in acircumference difference between tireson the front and rear axles which willcause excessive tire wear and may dam-age the transmission, transfer case anddifferential gears.

O ONLY use spare tires specified for theAWD model.

If excessive tire wear is found, it is recom-mended that all four tires be replacedwith tires of the same size, brand, con-struction and tread pattern. The tire pres-sure and wheel alignment should also bechecked and corrected as necessary. Con-tact an INFINITI dealer.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads which are clear of snow. Drivingwith chains in such conditions can causedamage to the various mechanisms of thevehicle due to some overstress.

TIRE CHAINSUse of tire chains may be prohibited ac-cording to location. Check the local lawsbefore installing tire chains. When install-ing tire chains, make sure they are ofproper size for the tires on your vehicleand are installed according to the chainmanufacturer instructions. Use only SAEclass S chains. Class “S” chains are usedon vehicles with restricted tire to vehicleclearance. Vehicles that can use Class “S”chains are designed to meet the SAEstandard minimum clearances betweenthe tire and the closest vehicle suspen-sion or body component required to ac-

commodate the use of a winter tractiondevice (tire chains or cables). Theminimum clearances are determinedusing the factory equipped tire size. Othertypes may damage your vehicle. Usechain tensioners when recommended bythe tire chain manufacturer to ensure atight fit. Loose end links of the tire chainmust be secured or removed to preventthe possibility of whipping action damageto the fenders or undercarriage. If pos-sible, avoid fully loading your vehiclewhen using tire chains. In addition, driveat a reduced speed. Otherwise, your ve-hicle may be damaged and/or vehiclehandling and performance may be ad-versely affected.

Tire chains must be installed only on therear wheels and not on the front wheels.

CAUTION

O Do not use tire chains on dry roads.

O Never install tire chains on a T-typespare tire or a punctured run-flat tire, asthis could damage your vehicle.

Do not drive with tire chains on pavedroads that are clear of snow. Driving with


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

chains in such conditions can cause dam-age to the various mechanisms of the ve-hicle due to some overstress.

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES

Tire rotation

INFINITI recommends rotating the tiresevery 7,500 miles (12,000 km).

See “Flat tire” in the “6. In case of emer-gency” section of this manual for tire re-placing procedures.

As soon as possible, tighten the wheelnuts to the specified torque with a torquewrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque:80 ft-lb (108 Nzm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tightened tospecifications at all times. It is recom-mended that wheel nuts be tightened tospecification at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

O After rotating the tires, check andadjust the tire pressure.

O Retighten the wheel nuts when thevehicle has been driven for 600miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of aflat tire, etc.).

O Do not include the spare tire in thetire rotation.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

SDI1662


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Wear indicator2. Location mark

Tire wear and damage

WARNING

O Tires should be periodically in-spected for wear, cracking,bulging or objects caught in thetread. If excessive wear, cracks,bulging or deep cuts are found, thetire(s) should be replaced.

O The original tires have built-intread wear indicators. When thewear indicators are visible, thetire(s) should be replaced.

O Tires degrade with age and use.Have tires, including the spare,over 6 years old checked by aqualified technician because sometire damage may not be obvious.Replace the tires as necessary toprevent tire failure and possiblepersonal injury.

O Improper service of the spare tiremay result in serious personal in-jury. If it is necessary to repair thespare tire, contact an INFINITIdealer.

O For additional information re-garding tires, refer to “ImportantTire Safety Information” (US) or“Tire Safety Information” (Canada)in the Warranty InformationBooklet.

Replacing wheels and tires

When replacing a tire, use the same size,

speed rating and load carrying capacityas originally equipped. See “Specifica-tions” in the “9. Technical and consumerinformation” section for recommendedtypes and sizes of tires and wheels.

WARNING

O The use of tires other than those recom-mended or the mixed use of tires of dif-ferent brands, construction (bias, bias-belted, radial or run-flat), or tread pat-terns can adversely affect the ride,braking, handling, ground clearance,body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clear-ance, speedometer calibration, head-light aim and bumper height. Some ofthese effects may lead to accidents andcould result in serious personal injury.

O If the wheels are changed for any reason,always replace with wheels which havethe same off-set dimension. Wheels of adifferent off-set could cause prematuretire wear, degrade vehicle handling char-acteristics and/or interference with thebrake discs. Such interference can leadto decreased braking efficiency and/or

MDI0004B


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

early brake pad wear. Refer to “Wheelsand tires” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section of thismanual for wheel off-set dimensions.

O When a spare tire is mounted or a wheelis replaced, tire pressure will not be indi-cated, the TPMS will not function and thelow tire pressure warning light will flashfor approximately 1 minute and remainon after the 1 minute. Contact yourINFINITI dealer as soon as possible fortire replacement and/or system reset-ting.


O Do not install a damaged or deformedwheel or tire even if it has been repaired.Such wheels or tires could have struc-tural damage and could fail withoutwarning.

O The use of retread tires is not recom-mended.

O For additional information regarding

tires, refer to “Important Tire Safety In-formation” (US) or “Tire Safety Informa-tion” (Canada) in the Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

CAUTION

Always use tires of the same type, size,brand, construction (bias, bias-belted, radialor run-flat), and tread pattern on all fourwheels. Failure to do so may result in a cir-cumference difference between tires on thefront and rear axles which will cause exces-sive tire wear and may damage the transmis-sion, transfer case and differential gears(AWD models).

Wheel balance

Unbalanced wheels may affect vehiclehandling and tire life. Even with regularuse, wheels can get out of balance. There-fore, they should be balanced as re-quired.

Wheel balance service should be per-formed with the wheels off the vehicle.

Spin balancing the rear wheels on the ve-hicle could lead to mechanical damage.

For additional information regarding tires,refer to “Important Tire Safety Informa-tion” (US) or “Tire Safety Information”(Canada) in the INFINITI Warranty Informa-tion Booklet.

Care of wheels

O Wash the wheels when washing thevehicle to maintain their appearance.

O Clean the inner side of the wheelswhen the wheel is changed or the un-derside of the vehicle is washed.

O Do not use abrasive cleaners whenwashing the wheels.

O Inspect wheel rims regularly for dentsor corrosion. Such damage may causeloss of pressure or poor seal at thetire bead.

O INFINITI recommends that the sidewalls of road wheels be waxed to pro-tect against road salt in areas where itis used during winter.

Spare tire (TEMPORARY USE ONLYspare tire (T-type))

Observe the following precautions if the


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

T-type spare tire must be used, otherwiseyour vehicle could be damaged or in-volved in an accident.

CAUTION

O The T-type spare tire should be used foremergency use only. It should be re-placed with the standard tire at the firstopportunity to avoid possible tire or dif-ferential damage.

O Drive carefully while the T-type sparetire is installed. Avoid sharp turns andabrupt braking while driving.

O Periodically check the T-type spare tireinflation pressure, and always keep it at60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 bar).

O Always keep the pressure of the full sizespare tire (if so equipped) at the recom-mended pressure for standard tires, asindicated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label. For the label location, see“Tire and Loading Information label” inthe “9. Technical and consumerinformation”.

O Do not drive your vehicle at speedsfaster than 50 MPH (80 km/h).

O Do not use tire chains on a T-type sparetire. Tire chains will not fit properly andmay cause damage to the vehicle.

O When driving on roads covered withsnow or ice, the T-type spare tire shouldbe used on the front wheel and the origi-nal tire used on the rear wheels (drivewheels). Use tire chains only on the tworear original tires.

O Tire tread of the T-type spare tire will wearat a faster rate than the original tire. Re-place the T-type spare tire as soon as thetread wear indicators appear.

O Because the T-type spare tire is smallerthan the original tire, ground clearanceis reduced. To avoid damage to the ve-hicle do not drive over obstacles. Also donot drive the vehicle through an auto-matic car wash since it may get caught.

O Do not use the T-type spare tire on othervehicles.

O Do not use more than one T-type sparetire at the same time.

O Do not tow a trailer while the T-typespare tire is installed.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

9 Technical and consumer information

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ... 9-2Fuel recommendation .................................. 9-3Engine oil and oil filter recommendation ..... 9-5Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations......................... 9-6

Specifications ................................................... 9-7Engine......................................................... 9-7Wheels and tires ......................................... 9-9Dimensions and weights ............................. 9-9

When traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country .............................................. 9-10Vehicle identification ...................................... 9-10

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate ... 9-10Vehicle identification number (Chassisnumber)..................................................... 9-10Engine serial number ................................. 9-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ..... 9-11Emission control information label............. 9-12Tire and loading information label ............. 9-12Air conditioner specification label.............. 9-12

Installing front license plate............................ 9-13Vehicle loading information ............................ 9-14

Terms ........................................................ 9-14Vehicle load capacity ................................. 9-15Loading tips............................................... 9-17Measurement of weights............................ 9-17

Towing a trailer............................................... 9-18Maximum load limits ................................. 9-18Towing load/specification chart................. 9-22Towing safety ............................................ 9-22Flat towing ................................................ 9-26

Uniform tire quality grading............................ 9-27Emission control system warranty .................. 9-28Reporting safety defects (U.S. only)................ 9-28Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (U.S. only) ............................................... 9-29Event data recorders (EDR) ............................. 9-30Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation ..................................................... 9-31

In the event of a collision .......................... 9-31

w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be a little different. When refilling, follow the procedure in-structed in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Capacity (Approximate) RecommendedspecificationsUS measure Imp measure Liter

Fuel 23-3/4 gal 19-3/4 gal 90 Unleaded gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (RON 96)*1Engine oil (Drain and refill)*2

With oil filter changeVK45DE 6-1/8 qt 5-1/8 qt 5.8

O Engine oil with API Certification Mark*3O Viscosity SAE 5W-30

VQ35DE 5 qt 4-1/8 qt 4.7Without oil filterchange

VK45DE 5-1/2 qt 4-5/8 qt 5.2VQ35DE 4-5/8 qt 3-7/8 qt 4.4

Cooling system

With reservoirVK45DE 10-5/8 qt 8-3/4 qt 10.0

50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant or equivalentVQ35DE 9-1/8 qt 7-5/8 qt 8.6

ReservoirVK45DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

50% Demineralized or distilled waterVQ35DE 7/8 qt 3/4 qt 0.8

Automatic transmission fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF*4Differential gear oil — — — Genuine NISSAN Differential Oil Hypoid Super GL-5 80W-90 or API GL-5 Viscosity SAE 80W-90*5

Transfer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Matic D ATF or Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid or equivalent (ifavailable)

Power steering fluid (PSF) Refill to the proper fluid level according to the instruc-tions in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section.

Genuine NISSAN PSF or equivalent*6Brake fluid Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid*7 or equivalent DOT 3Multi-purpose grease — — — NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)Air conditioning system refrigerant — — — HFC-134a (R-134a)*8Air conditioning system lubricants — — — NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or exact equivalentWindshield washer fluid — — — Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

*1: For additional information, see “Fuel recommendation” later in this section.*2: For additional information, see “Engine oil” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself” section for changing engine oil.*3: For additional information, see “Engine oil and oil filter recommendation” later in this section.*4: Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not

covered by the INFINITI new vehicle limited warranty.*5: For hot climates, viscosity SAE 90 is suitable for ambient temperatures above 32°F (0°C).*6: Canada NISSAN Automatic Transmission Fluid or DEXRONTMVI type ATF may also be used.*7: Available in mainland US through an INFINITI dealer.*8: For additional information, see “Vehicle identification” later in this section for air conditioner specification label.

CAPACITIES AND RECOMMENDEDFUEL/LUBRICANTS

9-2 Technical and consumer information

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION

VQ35DE engine

INFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number(Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, you may use unleaded regular gaso-line with an octane rating of at least 87AKI number (Research octane number 91),but you may notice a decrease in perfor-mance.

VK45DE engine

Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) can be used,but only under the following precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, andfill up with unleaded premium gaso-line as soon as possible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

However, for maximum vehicle perfor-mance, the use of unleaded premium gaso-line is recommended.

CAUTION

O Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol system, and may also affect the war-ranty coverage.

O Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, because this will dam-age the three-way catalyst.

O Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on E-85fuel. Using E-85 fuel can damage the fuelsystem components and is not covered bythe INFINITI vehicle limited warranty.

Gasoline specifications

INFINITI recommends using gasoline thatmeets the World-Wide Fuel Charter(WWFC) specifications where it is avail-able. Many of the automobile manufactur-

ers developed this specification to im-prove emission system and vehicle perfor-mance. Ask your service station managerif the gasoline meets the WWFC specifica-tions.

Reformulated gasoline

Some fuel suppliers are now producingreformulated gasolines. These gasolinesare specially designed to reduce vehicleemissions. INFINITI supports efforts to-wards cleaner air and suggests that youuse reformulated gasoline when avail-able.

Gasoline containing oxygenates

Some fuel suppliers sell gasoline contain-ing oxygenates such as ethanol, MTBEand methanol with or without advertisingtheir presence. INFINITI does not recom-mend the use of fuels of which the oxy-genate content and the fuel compatibilityfor your INFINITI cannot be readily deter-mined. If in doubt, ask your service sta-tion manager.

If you use oxygenate-blend gasoline,please take the following precautions asthe usage of such fuels may cause vehicleperformance problems and/or fuel systemdamage.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O The fuel should be unleaded and havean octane rating no lower than that rec-ommended for unleaded gasoline.

O If an oxygenate-blend, excepting amethanol blend, is used, it should con-tain no more than 10% oxygenate.(MTBE may, however, be added up to15%.)

O If a methanol blend is used, it shouldcontain no more than 5% methanol(methyl alcohol, wood alcohol). Itshould also contain a suitable amountof appropriate cosolvents and corro-sion inhibitors. If not properly formu-lated with appropriate cosolvents andcorrosion inhibitors, such methanolblends may cause fuel system damageand/or vehicle performance problems.At this time, sufficient data is not avail-able to ensure that all methanol blendsare suitable for use in INFINITI vehicles.

If any undesirable driveability problemssuch as engine stalling and hard hotstarting are experienced after usingoxygenate-blend fuels, immediatelychange to a non-oxygenate fuel or a fuelwith a low blend of MTBE.

Take care not to spill gasoline during refu-

eling. Gasoline containing oxygenates cancause paint damage.

E-85 fuel

E-85 fuel is a mixture of approximately85% fuel ethanol and 15% unleaded gaso-line. E-85 can only be used in a FlexibleFuel Vehicle (FFV). Do not use E-85 fuel inyour vehicle. U.S. government regulationsrequire fuel ethanol dispensing pumps tobe identified by a small, square, orangeand black label with the common abbre-viation or the appropriate percentage forthat region.

Aftermarket fuel additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofany fuel additives (i.e. fuel injectorcleaner, octane booster, intake valve de-posit removers, etc.) which are sold com-mercially. Many of these additives in-tended for gum, varnish or deposit re-moval may contain active solvent orsimilar ingredients that can be harmful tothe fuel system and engine.

Octane rating tips

Using unleaded gasoline with an octanerating lower than recommended can causepersistent, heavy spark knock. (Spark

knock is a metallic rapping noise.) If se-vere, this can lead to engine damage. Ifyou detect a persistent heavy spark knockeven when using gasoline of the stated oc-tane rating, or if you hear steady sparkknock while holding a steady speed onlevel roads, have your dealer correct thecondition. Failure to correct the conditionis misuse of the vehicle, for which INFINITIis not responsible.

Incorrect ignition timing will result inknocking, after-run or overheating. This inturn may cause excessive fuel consump-tion or damage to the engine. If any of theabove symptoms are encountered, haveyour vehicle checked at an INFINITI dealeror other competent service facility.

However, now and then you may noticelight spark knock for a short time while ac-celerating or driving up hills. This is nocause for concern, because you get thegreatest fuel benefit when there is lightspark knock for a short time under heavyengine load.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

q1 API certification markq2 API service symbol

ENGINE OIL AND OIL FILTERRECOMMENDATION

Selecting the correct oil

It is essential to choose the correct grade,quality and viscosity engine oil to ensuresatisfactory engine life and performance.See “Capacities and recommendedfuel/lubricants” earlier in this section.INFINITI recommends the use of an energyconserving oil in order to improve fueleconomy.

Select only engine oils that meet theAmerican Petroleum Institute (API) certifi-cation or International Lubricant Stan-dardization and Approval Committee (IL-SAC) certification and SAE viscosity stan-dard. These oils have the API certificationmark on the front of the container. Oilswhich do not have the specified qualitylabel should not be used as they couldcause engine damage.

Oil additives

INFINITI does not recommend the use ofoil additives. The use of an oil additive isnot necessary when the proper oil type is

used and maintenance intervals are fol-lowed.

Oil which may contain foreign matter orhas been previously used should not beused.

Oil viscosity

The engine oil viscosity or thicknesschanges with temperature. Because ofthis, it is important that the engine oil vis-cosity be selected based on the tempera-tures at which the vehicle will be oper-ated before the next oil change. Choosingan oil viscosity other than that recom-mended could cause serious engine dam-age.

Selecting the correct oil filter

Your new vehicle is equipped with a high-quality genuine NISSAN oil filter. When re-placing, use the genuine oil filter or itsequivalent for the reason described inchange intervals.

Change intervals

The oil and oil filter change intervals foryour engine are based on the use of thespecified quality oils and filters. Oil andfilter other than the specified quality, oroil and filter change intervals longer than

STI0500


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

recommended could reduce engine life.Damage to engines caused by impropermaintenance or use of incorrect oil andfilter quality and/or viscosity is not cov-ered by the new INFINITI vehicle limitedwarranties.

Your engine was filled with a high qualityengine oil when it was built. You do nothave to change the oil before the first rec-ommended change interval. Oil and filterchange intervals depend upon how youuse your vehicle. Operation under the fol-lowing conditions may require more fre-quent oil and filter changes.

O repeated short distance driving at coldoutside temperatures

O driving in dusty conditions

O extensive idling

O towing a trailer

O stop and go commuting

Refer to the “INFINITI Service and Mainte-nance Guide” for the maintenance sched-ule.

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMREFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANTRECOMMENDATIONS

The air conditioning system in this INFINITIvehicle must be charged with the refrig-erant HFC-134a (R-134a) and the lubricant,NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or the exactequivalents.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or lubricantwill cause severe damage to the air condi-tioning system and will require the replace-ment of all air conditioner system compo-nents.

The refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) in yourINFINITI vehicle will not harm the earth’sozone layer. Although this refrigerantdoes not affect the earth’s atmosphere,certain governmental regulations requirethe recovery and recycling of any refriger-ant during automotive air conditioningsystem service. An INFINITI dealer has thetrained technicians and equipmentneeded to recover and recycle your airconditioning system refrigerant.

Contact an INFINITI dealer when servicingyour air conditioning system.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE

Model VQ35DE VK45DE

Type Gasoline, 4-cycle Gasoline, 4-cycle

Cylinder arrangement6-cylinder, V-slantedat 60°

8-cylinder, V-slantedat 90°

Bore 3 Stroke in (mm)3.760 3 3.205 (95.53 81.4)

3.661 3 3.256 (93.03 82.7)

Displacement cu in (cm3) 213.45 (3,498) 274.2 (4,494)

Firing order 1-2-3-4-5-6 1-8-7-3-6-5-4-2

Idle speed rpm See the emission control information labelon the underside of the hood.Ignition timing (B.T.D.C.) degree/rpm

Spark plug

Standard PLFR5A-11 PLFR5A-11

Service optionHot type PLFR4A-11 PLFR4A-11

Cold type PLFR6A-11 PLFR6A-11

Spark plug gap (Normal) in (mm) 0.043 (1.1) 0.043 (1.1)

Camshaft operation Timing chain Timing chain

The spark ignition system of this vehicle meets all requirements of the CanadianInterference-Causing Equipment Regulations.

TI0001-EVQ35DE

SPECIFICATIONS


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

STI0109CVQ45DE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Aluminum18 x 8JJ20 x 8JJ

1.57 (40)

Tire

Type Size Pressure (Cold)

ConventionalP265/60R18

220 kPa, 32 psiP265/50R20

Run-flat* P265/50R20

Spare (T-type)* T175/90D18 420 kPa, 60 psi

*: if so equipped

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS

Overall length in (mm) 189.1 (4,803)

Overall width in (mm) 75.8 (1,925)

Overall height in (mm) 65.9 (1,672.6)

Front tread in (mm) 62.7 (1,592)

Rear tread in (mm) 64.6 (1,642)

Wheelbase in (mm) 112.2 (2,850)

Gross vehicle weight rating See the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.certification label on the driv-er’s side lock pillar.Gross axle weight rating


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

When planning to travel in anothercountry, you should first find out if thefuel available is suitable for your vehicle’sengine.

Using fuel with too low an octane ratingmay cause engine damage. All gasolinevehicles must be operated with unleadedengine gasoline. Therefore, avoid takingyour vehicle to areas where appropriatefuel is not available.

When transferring the registration of yourvehicle to another country, state, provinceor district, it may be necessary to modifythe vehicle to meet local laws and regula-tions.

The laws and regulations for motor ve-hicle emission control and safety stan-dards vary according to the country,state, province or district; therefore, ve-hicle specifications may differ.

When any vehicle is to be taken into an-other country, state, province or districtand registered, its modifications, trans-portation, and registration are the respon-sibility of the user. INFINITI is not respon-sible for any inconvenience that may re-sult.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(VIN) PLATE

The vehicle identification number plate isattached as shown. This number is theidentification for your vehicle and is usedin the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER(Chassis number)

The number is stamped as shown.

STI0345 STI0346

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING YOURVEHICLE IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER

The number is stamped on the engine asshown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.CERTIFICATION LABEL

The Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan-dards (F.M.V.S.S.) or Canadian Motor Ve-hicle Safety Standards (C.M.V.S.S.) certifi-cation label is affixed as shown. Thislabel contains valuable vehicle informa-tion, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Rat-ings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating(GAWR), month and year of manufacture,Vehicle Identification Number, (VIN), etc.Review it carefully.

STI0303BVQ35DE

STI0266CVK45DE

STI0347


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATIONLABEL

The emission control information label isattached as shown.

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATIONLABEL

The cold tire pressure is shown on theTire and Loading Information label affixedas shown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATIONLABEL

The air conditioner specification label isaffixed inside of the hood as shown.

STI0348 STI0349 STI0350


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Use the following steps to mount the li-cense plate:

Before mounting the license plate, con-firm that the following parts are enclosedin the vinyl bag.

O License plate bracket

O J-nut x 2

O Screw x 2

O Screw grommet x 2

1. Temporarily place the license platebracket q1 while aligning part q2 ofthe front bumper with part q3 of therear surface of the license platebracket.

2. To determine where to drill the hole,mark along both sides of themounting hole by using a felt-tip penq4 .

3. Remove the license plate bracket andconnect the arcs to form ovals. Markthe point in the center of each oval.These are the pilot drilling locations.

4. Carefully drill two pilot holes using a0.39 in (10 mm) drill bit at the markedlocations q5 . (Be sure that the drillonly goes through the fascia, ordamage to the nut may occur.)

5. Insert grommets q6 into the hole onthe fascia.

6. Insert a flat-blade screwdriver q7 intothe grommet hole to turn the threadedpart of the grommet 90° q8 .

7. Insert a J-nut q9 into the license platebracket before placing the licenseplate bracket on the fascia.

STI0407

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

8. Install the license plate bracket withscrews q10 .

9. Install the license plate with bolts thatare no longer than 0.55 in (14 mm).

WARNING

O It is extremely dangerous to ridein a cargo area inside a vehicle. Ina collision, people riding in theseareas are more likely to be seri-ously injured or killed.

O Do not allow people to ride in anyarea of your vehicle that is notequipped with seats and seatbelts.

O Be sure everyone in your vehicle isin a seat and using a seat beltproperly.

TERMS

It is important to familiarize yourselfwith the following terms before loadingyour vehicle:

O Curb Weight (actual weight of yourvehicle) - vehicle weight including:standard and optional equipment,fluids, emergency tools, and sparetire assembly. This weight does notinclude passengers and cargo.

O GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curbweight plus the combined weight ofpassengers and cargo.

O GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating)- maximum total combined weight ofthe unloaded vehicle, passengers,luggage, hitch, trailer tongue loadand any other optional equipment.This information is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

O GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) -maximum weight (load) limit speci-fied for the front or rear axle. Thisinformation is located on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

O GCWR (Gross Combined WeightRating) - maximum total weightrating of the vehicle, passengers,cargo, and trailer.

O Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit,Total load capacity - maximum totalweight limit specified of the load(passengers and cargo) for the ve-hicle. This is the maximum com-bined weight of occupants andcargo that can be loaded into the ve-hicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

trailer, the trailer tongue weightmust be included as part of thecargo load. This information is lo-cated on the Tire and Loading Infor-mation label (if so equipped).

O Cargo capacity - permissible weightof cargo, the subtracted weight ofoccupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY

Do not exceed the load limit of your ve-hicle shown as “The combined weightof occupants and cargo” on the Tire andLoading Information label. Do not ex-ceed the number of occupants shownas “Seating Capacity” on the Tire andLoading Information label.

To get “the combined weight of occu-pants and cargo”, add the weight of alloccupants, then add the total luggageweight to the value. Examples areshown in the following illustration.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Steps for determining correct load limit

1. Locate the statement “The combinedweight of occupants and cargoshould never exceed XXX kg or XXXlbs” on your vehicle’s placard.

2. Determine the combined weight ofthe driver and passengers that willbe riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of thedriver and passengers from XXX kgor XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the avail-able amount of cargo and luggageload capacity. For example, if theXXX amount equals 1400 lbs. andthere will be five 150 lb. passengersin your vehicle, the amount of avail-able cargo and luggage load ca-pacity is 650 lbs. (1400 − 750 (5 x150) = 650 lbs) or (650 − 340 (5 x70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight ofluggage and cargo being loaded onthe vehicle. That weight may notsafely exceed the available cargoand luggage load capacity calcu-lated in Step 4.LTI0152


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

6. If your vehicle will be towing atrailer, load from your trailer will betransferred to your vehicle. Consultthis manual to determine how thisreduces the available cargo and lug-gage load capacity of your vehicle.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, confirmthat you do not exceed the Gross Ve-hicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or theGross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) foryour vehicle. See “Measurement ofWeights” later in this section.

Also check tires for proper inflationpressures. See the Tire and Loading In-formation label.

LOADING TIPS

O The GVW must not exceed GVWR orGAWR as specified on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certificationlabel.

O Do not load the front and rear axleto the GAWR. Doing so will exceedthe GVWR.

WARNING

O Properly secure all cargo withropes or straps to help prevent itfrom sliding or shifting. Do notplace cargo higher than the seat-backs. In a sudden stop or colli-sion, unsecured cargo could causepersonal injury.

O Do not load your vehicle anyheavier than the GVWR or themaximum front and rear GAWRs. Ifyou do, parts of your vehicle canbreak, tire damage could occur, orit can change the way your vehiclehandles. This could result in lossof control and cause personal in-jury.

O Overloading not only can shortenthe life of your vehicle and the tire,but can also cause unsafe vehiclehandling and longer braking dis-tances. This may cause a prema-ture tire failure which could resultin a serious accident and personalinjury. Failures caused by over-

loading are not covered by the ve-hicle’s warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTSSecure loose items to prevent weightshifts that could affect the balance ofyour vehicle. When the vehicle isloaded, drive to a scale and weigh thefront and the rear wheels separately todetermine axle loads. Individual axleloads should not exceed either of thegross axle weight rating (GAWR). Thetotal of the axle loads should not ex-ceed the gross vehicle weight rating(GVWR). These ratings are given on thevehicle certification label. If weight rat-ings are exceeded, move or removeitems to bring all weights below the rat-ings.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

WARNING

Overloading or improper loading of a trailerand its cargo can adversely affect vehiclehandling, braking and performance and maylead to accidents.

CAUTION

O Do not tow a trailer or haul a heavy loadfor the first 500 miles (800 km). Your en-gine, axle or other parts could be dam-aged.

O For the first 500 miles (800 km) that youtow a trailer, do not drive over 50 MPH(80 km/h) and do not make starts at fullthrottle. This helps the engine and otherparts of your vehicle wear in at theheavier loads.

Your new vehicle was designed to beused primarily to carry passengers andcargo. Remember that towing a trailer willplace additional loads on your vehicle’sengine, drive train, steering, braking andother systems.

An INFINITI Towing Guide (U.S. only) isavailable on the website atwww.infiniti.com. This guide includes in-formation on trailer towing capability andthe special equipment required for propertowing.

MAXIMUM LOAD LIMITS

Maximum trailer loads

Never allow the total trailer load to ex-ceed the value specified in the followingTowing Load/Specification Chart. Thetotal trailer load equals trailer weight plusits cargo weight.

O When towing a trailer load of 1,000 lbs(454 kg) or more, trailers with a brakesystem MUST be used.

The maximum GCWR (Gross CombinedWeight Rating) should not exceed thevalue specified in the following TowingLoad/Specification Chart.

The GCWR equals the combined weight ofthe towing vehicle (including passengersand cargo) plus the total trailer load.

Towing loads greater than these or usingimproper towing equipment could ad-versely affect vehicle handling, brakingand performance.

The ability of your vehicle to tow a traileris not only related to the maximum trailerloads, but also the places you plan totow. Tow weights appropriate for levelhighway driving may have to be reducedfor low traction situations (for example,on slippery boat ramps).

STI0541

TOWING A TRAILER


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Temperature conditions can also affecttowing. For example, towing a heavytrailer in high outside temperatures ongraded roads can affect engine perfor-mance and cause overheating. Vehiclespeed may decrease under high load.Plan your trip carefully to account fortrailer and vehicle load, weather and roadconditions.

WARNING

Overheating can result in reduced enginepower and vehicle speed. The reduced speedmay be lower than other traffic, which couldincrease the chance of a collision. Be espe-cially careful when driving. Pull to the sideof the road to a safe area. Allow the engineto cool and return to normal operation. See“If your vehicle overheats” in the “6. In caseof emergency” section of this manual.

CAUTION

Vehicle damage resulting from impropertowing procedures are not covered byINFINITI warranties.

Tongue load

When using a weight carrying or a weightdistributing hitch, keep the tongue loadbetween 10 to 15% of the total trailer loadwithin the maximum tongue load limitsshown in the following TowingLoad/Specifications Chart. If the tongueload becomes excessive, rearrange cargoto allow for proper tongue load.

STI0542


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Maximum Gross Vehicle Weight(GVW)/maximum Gross AxleWeight (GAW)

The GVW of the towing vehicle must notexceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating(GVWR) shown on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label. The GVWequals the combined weight of the un-loaded vehicle, passengers, luggage,hitch, trailer tongue load and any otheroptional equipment. In addition, front orrear GAW must not exceed the Gross AxleWeight Rating (GAWR) shown on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

Towing capacities are calculated as-suming a base vehicle with driver and anyoptions required to achieve the rating.Additional passengers, cargo and/or op-tional equipment, such as the trailerhitch, will add weight to the vehicle andreduce your vehicle’s maximum towingcapacity and trailer tongue load.

The vehicle and trailer need to beweighed to confirm the vehicle is withinthe GVWR, Front GAWR, Rear GAWR, GrossCombined Weight Rating (GCWR) andTowing capacity.

All vehicle and trailer weights can bemeasured using platform type scalescommonly found at truck stops, highwayweigh stations, building supply centers orsalvage yards.

To determine the available payload ca-pacity for tongue load, use the followingprocedure.

1. Locate the GVWR on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.

2. Weigh your vehicle on the scale withall of the passengers and cargo thatare normally in the vehicle whentowing a trailer.

3. Subtract the actual vehicle weight

from the GVWR. The remaining amountis the available maximum tongue load.

To determine the available towing ca-pacity, use the following procedure.

1. Find the GCWR for your vehicle on the“Towing Load/Specification” chartfound later in this section.

2. Subtract the actual vehicle weightfrom the GCWR. The remaining amountis the available maximum towing ca-pacity.

To determine the Gross Trailer Weight,weigh your trailer on a scale with allequipment and cargo, that are normally inthe trailer when it is towed. Make surethe Gross trailer weight is not more thanthe Gross Trailer Weight Rating shown onthe trailer and is not more than the calcu-lated available maximum towing capacity.

Also weigh the front and rear axles on thescale to make sure the Front Gross AxleWeight and Rear Gross Axle Weight arenot more than Front Gross Axle Weightand Rear Gross Axle Weight on theF.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label.The cargo in the trailer and vehicle mayneed to be moved or removed to meet thespecified ratings.

TI1012M


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Example:

O Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) asweighed on a scale - including pas-sengers, cargo and hitch - 5,340 lb.(2422 kg).

O Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR)from F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certifica-tion label - 5,624 lb. (2551 kg).

O Gross Combined Weight Rating(GCWR) from “Towing Load/Specification” chart - 8,150 lb. (3696kg).

O Maximum Trailer towing capacity from“Towing Load/Specification” chart -3,500 lb. (1587 kg).

5,624 lb. (2551 kg) GVWR

− 5,340 lb. (2422 kg) GVW

= 284 lb. (129 kg)Available for tongue

weight

8,150 lb. (3696 kg) GCWR

− 5,340 lb. (2422 kg) GVW

= 2,810 lb. (1274 kg)Capacity available for

towing

284 lb. (129 kg) Available tongue weight

/ 2,810 lb. (1274 kg) Available capacity

= 10.1 % tongue weight

The available towing capacity may be lessthan the maximum towing capacity due tothe passenger and cargo load in the ve-hicle.

Remember to keep trailer tongue weightbetween 10 to 15% of the trailer weight. Ifthe tongue load becomes excessive, rear-range the cargo to obtain the propertongue load. Do not exceed the 10 to 15%tongue weight specification even if thecalculated available tongue weight isgreater than 15%. If the calculated tongueweight is less than 10%, reduce the totaltrailer weight to match the availabletongue weight.

Always verify that available capacities arewithin the required ratings.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHART

TOWING LOAD/SPECIFICATION CHARTUnit: lb (kg)

VQ35DE VK45DE

MAXIMUM TRAILER WEIGHT*1 3,500 (1,588)

MAXIMUM TONGUE LOAD 350 (159)

GROSS COMBINED WEIGHT RATING 8,150 (3,697) 8,350 (3,788)

RECOMMENDED EQUIPMENT*2 Sway Control Device (SCD)

*1: All towing above 1,000 lb (454 kg) requires the use of trailer brakes. INFINITI recommends the use ofa tandem axle trailer whenever towing above 3,000 lb (1,361 kg).

*2: A sway control device is recommended for all towing above 2,000 lb (907 kg). Sway control devicesare not offered by INFINITI. See a professional trailer/hitch outlet for a properly designed sway con-trol device for your trailer.

TOWING SAFETY

Trailer hitch

Choose a proper hitch for your vehicleand trailer. Make sure the trailer hitch issecurely attached to the vehicle, to helpavoid personal injury or property damagedue to sway caused by crosswinds, roughroad surfaces or passing trucks.

Hitch ball

Choose a hitch ball of the proper size andweight rating for your trailer:

O The required hitch ball size is stampedon most trailer couplers. Most hitchballs also have the size printed on topof the ball.

O Choose the proper class hitch ballbased on the trailer weight.

O The diameter of the threaded shank ofthe hitch ball must be matched to theball mount hole diameter. The hitchball shank should be no more than1/160 smaller than the hole in the ballmount.

O The threaded shank of the hitch ballmust be long enough to be properlysecured to the ball mount. There


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

should be at least 2 threads showingbeyond the lock washer and nut.

Sway control device

Sudden maneuvers, wind gusts and buf-feting caused by other vehicles can affecttrailer handling. Sway control devicesmay be used to help control these affects.If you choose to use one, contact a repu-table trailer hitch supplier to make surethe sway control device will work with thevehicle, hitch, trailer and the trailer’sbrake system. Follow the instructions pro-vided by the manufacturer for installingand using the sway control device.

Class I hitch

Class I trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of2,000 lb (909 kg).

Class II hitch

Class II trailer hitch equipment (receiver,ball mount and hitch ball) can be used totow trailers of a maximum weight of 3,500lb (1,587 kg).

CAUTION

O Do not use axle-mounted hitches.

O The hitch should not be attached to oraffect the operation of the impact-absorbing bumper.

O Do not modify the vehicle exhaustsystem, brake system, etc. to install atrailer hitch.

O To reduce the possibility of additionaldamage if your vehicle is struck from therear, where practical, remove the hitchand/or receiver when not in use. Afterthe hitch is removed, seal the bolt holesto prevent exhaust fumes, water or dustfrom entering the passenger compart-ment.

O Regularly check that all trailer hitchmounting bolts are securely mounted.

Tire pressures

O When towing a trailer, inflate the ve-hicle tires to the recommended coldtire pressure indicated on the Tire

and Loading Information label.

O Trailer tire condition, size, loadrating and proper inflation pressureshould be in accordance with thetrailer and tire manufacturers’ speci-fications.

Safety chains

Always use a suitable chain between yourvehicle and the trailer. The safety chainsshould be crossed and should be at-tached to the hitch, not to the vehiclebumper or axle. Be sure to leave enoughslack in the chains to permit turning cor-ners.

Trailer lights

CAUTION

When splicing into the vehicle electrical sys-tem, a commercially available power-typemodule/converter must be used to providepower for all trailer lighting. This unit usesthe vehicle battery as a direct power sourcefor all trailer lights while using the vehicletail light, stoplight and turn signal circuitsas a signal source. The module/converter


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

must draw no more than 15 milliampsfrom the stop and tail lamp circuits.Using a module/converter that exceedsthese power requirements may damagethe vehicle’s electrical system. See areputable trailer dealer to obtain theproper equipment and to have it in-stalled.

Trailer lights should comply with federaland/or local regulations. For assistance inhooking up trailer lights, contact anINFINITI dealer or reputable trailer dealer.

Trailer brakes

If your trailer is equipped with a brakingsystem, make sure it conforms to federaland/or local regulations and that it isproperly installed.

WARNING

Never connect a trailer brake system directlyto the vehicle brake system.

Pre-towing tips

O Be certain your vehicle maintains alevel position when a loaded or un-loaded trailer is hitched. Do not drivethe vehicle if it has an abnormal nose-up or nose-down condition; check forimproper tongue load, overload, wornsuspension or other possible causesof either condition.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shifts while driving.

O Keep the cargo load as low as pos-sible in the trailer to keep the trailercenter of gravity low.

O Load the trailer so approximately 60%of the trailer load is in the front halfand 40% is in the back half. Alsomake sure the load is balanced side toside.

O Check your hitch, trailer tire pressure,vehicle tire pressure, trailer light op-eration, and trailer wheel lug nutsevery time you attach a trailer to thevehicle.

O Be certain your rear view mirrors con-form to all federal, state or local regu-lations. If not, install any mirrors re-

quired for towing before driving thevehicle.

O Determine the overall height of the ve-hicle and trailer so the required clear-ance is known.

Trailer towing tips

In order to gain skill and an under-standing of the vehicle’s behavior, youshould practice turning, stopping andbacking up in an area which is free fromtraffic. Steering stability, and braking per-formance will be somewhat different thanunder normal driving conditions.

O Always secure items in the trailer toprevent load shift while driving.

O Lock the trailer hitch coupler with apin or lock to prevent the coupler frominadvertently becoming unlatched.

O Avoid abrupt starts, acceleration orstops.

O Avoid sharp turns or lane changes.

O Always drive your vehicle at a mod-erate speed. Some states or provinceshave specific speed limits for vehiclesthat are towing trailers. Obey the localspeed limits.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

O When backing up, hold the bottom ofthe steering wheel with one hand.Move your hand in the direction inwhich you want the trailer to go. Makesmall corrections and back up slowly.If possible, have someone guide youwhen you are backing up.

Always block the wheels on both vehicleand trailer when parking. Parking on aslope is not recommended; however, ifyou must do so:

CAUTION

If you move the shift selector lever to the P(Park) position before blocking the wheelsand applying the parking brake, transmis-sion damage could occur.

1. Apply and hold the brake pedal.

2. Have someone place blocks on thedownhill side of the vehicle and trailerwheels.

3. After the wheel blocks are in place,slowly release the brake pedal untilthe blocks absorb the vehicle load.

4. Apply the parking brake.

5. Shift the transmission into P (Park).

6. Turn off the engine.

To drive away:


2. Start the engine.

3. Shift the transmission into gear.

4. Release the parking brake.

5. Drive slowly until the vehicle andtrailer are clear from the blocks.


7. Have someone retrieve and store theblocks.

O When going down a hill, shift into alower gear and use the engine brakingeffect. When going up a long grade,downshift the transmission to a lowergear and reduce speed to reducechances of engine overloading and/oroverheating.

O If the engine coolant rises to an ex-tremely high temperature when the airconditioning system is on, turn off theair conditioner. Coolant heat can beadditionally vented by opening thewindows, switching the fan control to

high and setting the temperature con-trol to the HOT position.

O Trailer towing requires more fuel thannormal circumstances.

O Avoid towing a trailer for the first 500miles (800 km).

O Have your vehicle serviced more oftenthan at intervals specified in the rec-ommended maintenance schedule inthe INFINITI Service and Manual Guide.

O When making a turn, your trailerwheels will be closer to the inside ofthe turn than your vehicle wheels. Tocompensate for this, make a largerthan normal turning radius during theturn.

O Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-versely affect vehicle/trailer handling,possibly causing vehicle sway. Whenbeing passed by larger vehicles, beprepared for possible changes incrosswinds that could affect vehiclehandling. If swaying does occur, firmlygrip the steering wheel, steer straightahead, and immediately (but gradu-ally) reduce vehicle speed. This combi-nation will help stabilize the vehicle.Never increase speed.


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Do the following if the trailer begins tosway:

1. Take your foot off the acceleratorpedal to allow the vehicle to coast andsteer as straight ahead as the roadconditions allow. This combination willhelp stabilize the vehicle.- Do not correct trailer sway bysteering or applying the brakes.

2. When the trailer sway stops, gentlyapply the brakes and pull to the sideof the road in a safe area.

3. Try to rearrange the trailer load so it isbalanced as described earlier in thissection.

O Be careful when passing other ve-hicles. Passing while towing a trailerrequires considerably more distancethan normal passing. Remember thelength of the trailer must also passthe other vehicle before you can safelychange lanes.

O Down shift the transmission to a lowergear for engine braking when drivingdown steep or long hills. This will helpslow the vehicle without applying thebrakes.

O Avoid holding the brake pedal down

too long or too frequently. This couldcause the brakes to overheat, re-sulting in reduced braking efficiency.

O Increase your following distance to al-low for greater stopping distanceswhile towing a trailer. Anticipate stopsand brake gradually.

O Do not use cruise control while towinga trailer.

O Some states or provinces have spe-cific regulations and speed limits forvehicles that are towing trailers. Obeythe local speed limits.

O Check your hitch, trailer wiring har-ness connections, and trailer wheellug nuts after 50 miles (80 km) oftravel and at every break.

O When stopped in traffic for long pe-riods of time in hot weather, put thevehicle in the P (Park) position.

O When launching a boat, don’t allowthe water level to go over the exhausttail pipe or rear bumper.

O Make sure you disconnect the trailerlights before backing the trailer intothe water or the trailer lights may burnout.

When towing a trailer, change fluid in thetransmission more frequently.

For additional information, see the “8.Maintenance and do-it-yourself” sectionearlier in this manual.

FLAT TOWING

Towing your vehicle with all four wheelson the ground is sometimes called flattowing. This method is sometimes usedwhen towing a vehicle behind a recre-ational vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

O Failure to follow these guidelines can re-sult in severe transmission damage.

O Whenever flat towing your vehicle, al-ways tow forward, never backward.

O DO NOT tow any automatic transmissionvehicle with all four wheels on theground (flat towing). Doing so WILLDAMAGE internal transmission parts dueto lack of transmission lubrication.

O For emergency towing procedures, see


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

“Towing recommended by INFINITI” inthe “6. In case of emergency” section ofthis manual.

To tow a vehicle equipped with an auto-matic transmission, an appropriate ve-hicle dolly MUST be placed under thetowed vehicle’s drive wheels. Alwaysfollow the dolly manufacturer’s recom-mendations when using their product.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual-ity Grades: All passenger car tires mustconform to federal safety requirements inaddition to these grades.

Quality grades can be found where appli-cable on the tire sidewall between treadshoulder and maximum section width. Forexample:

Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

Treadwear

The treadwear grade is a comparative rat-ing based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditionson a specified government test course.For example, a tire graded 150 would wearone and one-half (1 1/2) times as well onthe government course as a tire graded100. The relative performance of tires de-pends upon the actual conditions of theiruse, however, and may depart signifi-cantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and dif-ferences in road characteristics and cli-mate.

Traction AA, A, B and C

The traction grades, from highest tolowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those grades

represent the tire’s ability to stop on wetpavement as measured under controlledconditions on specified government testsurfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tiremarked C may have poor traction perfor-mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire isbased on straight-ahead braking tractiontests, and does not include acceleration,cornering, hydroplaning, or peak tractioncharacteristics.

Temperature A, B and C

The temperature grades are A (the high-est), B, and C, representing the tire’s re-sistance to the generation of heat and itsability to dissipate heat when testedunder controlled conditions on a specifiedindoor laboratory test wheel. Sustainedhigh temperature can cause the materialof the tire to degenerate and reduce tirelife, and excessive temperature can leadto sudden tire failure. The grade C corre-sponds to a level of performance whichall passenger car tires must meet underthe Federal Motor Safety Standard No.

UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

109. Grades B and A represent higher lev-els of performance on the laboratory testwheel than the minimum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is estab-lished for a tire that is properly inflated andnot overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either sepa-rately or in combination, can cause heatbuild-up and possible tire failure.

Your INFINITI is covered by the followingemission warranties.

For US:

O Emission Defects Warranty

O Emissions Performance Warranty(See Warranty Information Booklet fordetails.)

For Canada:

Emission Control System Warranty

Details of these warranties may be foundwith other vehicle warranties in your War-ranty Information Booklet (Warranty andRoadside Assistance Information (Canadaonly)) that comes with your INFINITI. If youdid not receive a Warranty InformationBooklet (Warranty and Roadside Assis-tance Information (Canada only)), or it hasbecome lost, you may obtain a replace-ment by writing to:

O INFINITI DivisionNissan North America, Inc.Consumer Affairs DepartmentP.O. Box 685003Franklin, TN 37068-5003

O Nissan Canada Inc.5290 Orbitor DriveMississauga, Ontario, L4W 4Z5

If you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Adminis-tration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-fying INFINITI.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order a re-call and remedy campaign. However,NHTSA cannot become involved in in-dividual problems between you, yourdealer, or INFINITI.

To contact NHTSA, you may call theVehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov;or write to: Administrator, NHTSA,400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington,DC 20590. You can also obtain otherinformation about motor vehiclesafety from http://www.safercar.gov.

You may notify INFINITI by contactingour Consumer Affairs Department,

EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM WARRANTY REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS (U.S. only)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

toll-free, at 1-800-662-6200. A vehicle equipped with All-Wheel Drive(AWD) should never be tested using a twowheel dynamometer (such as the dyna-mometers used by some states for emis-sions testing), or similar equipment. Makesure you inform test facility personnelthat your vehicle is equipped with AWDbefore it is placed on a dynamometer. Us-ing the wrong test equipment may resultin transmission damage or unexpectedvehicle movement which could result inserious vehicle damage or personal in-jury.

Due to legal requirements in some states/areas, your vehicle may be required to bein what is called the “ready condition” foran Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) test ofthe emission control system.

The vehicle is set to the “ready condition”when it is driven through certain drivingpatterns. Usually, the “ready condition”can be obtained by ordinary usage of thevehicle.

If a powertrain system component is re-paired or the battery is disconnected, thevehicle may be reset to a “not ready con-dition”. Before taking the I/M test, checkthe vehicle’s inspection/maintenance testreadiness condition. Turn the ignition

switch to the ON position without startingthe engine. If the malfunction indicatorlight (MIL) comes on steady for 20 sec-onds and then blinks for 10 seconds, theI/M test condition is “not ready”. If theMIL does not blink after 20 seconds, theI/M test condition is “ready”.

If the MIL indicates the vehicle is in a “notready” condition, drive the vehiclethrough the following pattern to set thevehicle to the “ready condition”. If youcannot or do not want to perform thedriving pattern, an INFINITI dealer canconduct it for you.

WARNING

Always drive the vehicle in a safe and pru-dent manner according to traffic conditions,and obey all traffic laws.

1. Start the engine. Allow the engine toidle until the engine coolant tempera-ture gauge needle points between theC and H (normal operating tempera-ture).

2. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h), then quickly release the accel-

READINESS FOR INSPECTION/MAINTENANCE (I/M) TEST (U.S. only)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

erator pedal completely and keep it re-leased for at least 10 seconds.

3. Quickly depress the accelerator pedalfor a moment, then drive the vehicle ata speed of 53 to 60 MPH (86 to 96km/h) for at least 9 minutes.

4. Stop the vehicle. Leave the enginerunning.

5. Accelerate the vehicle to 35 MPH (55km/h) and maintain the speed for 20seconds.

6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 at least 10 times.

7. Accelerate the vehicle to 55 MPH (88km/h) and maintain the speed for atleast 3 minutes.

8. Stop the vehicle. Place the transmis-sion gear selector lever in the “P” or“N” position.

9. Turn the engine off.

10. Repeat steps 1 through 8 at least onemore time.

If step 1 through 7 is interrupted, repeatthe preceding step. Any safe driving modeis acceptable between steps. Do not stopthe engine until step 7 is completed.

This vehicle is equipped with an EventData Recorder (EDR). The main purpose ofan EDR is to record, in certain crash ornear crash-like situations, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a road ob-stacle, data that will assist in understand-ing how a vehicle’s systems performed.The EDR is designed to record data re-lated to vehicle dynamics and safety sys-tems for a short period of time, typically30 seconds or less. The EDR in this ve-hicle is designed to record such data as:

O How various systems in your vehiclewere operating;

O Whether or not the driver and passen-ger safety belts were buckled/fastened;

O How far (if at all) the driver was de-pressing the accelerator and/or brakepedal; and,

O How fast the vehicle was traveling.

O Sounds are not recorded.

These data can help provide a better un-derstanding of the circumstances inwhich crashes and injuries occur.NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your ve-hicle only if a nontrivial crash situationoccurs; no data are recorded by the EDR

under normal driving conditions and nopersonal data (e.g. name, gender, ageand crash location) are recorded. How-ever, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, could combine the EDR data withthe type of personally identifying dataroutinely acquired during a crash investi-gation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, specialequipment is required and access to thevehicle or the EDR is needed. In additionto the vehicle manufacturer and INFINITIdealer, other parties, such as law enforce-ment, that have the special equipment,can read the information if they have ac-cess to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR datawill only be accessed with the consent ofthe vehicle owner or lessee or as other-wise required or permitted by law.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)


w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

A genuine INFINITI Service Manual is thebest source of service and repair informa-tion for your vehicle. Filled with wiringdiagrams, illustrations and step-by-stepdiagnostic and adjustment procedures,this manual is the same one used by thefactory trained technicians working at au-thorized INFINITI dealerships. Also avail-able are genuine INFINITI Owner’sManuals, and genuine INFINITI Serviceand Owner’s Manuals for older INFINITImodels.

In the USA:

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the2000 model year and later, contact:

Tweddle Litho Company1-800-450-9491www.nissan-techinfo.com/infiniti

For current pricing and availability ofgenuine INFINITI Service Manuals for the1999 model year and prior, see an INFINITIdealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood DriveStrongsville, OH 441491-800-247-5321

For current pricing and availability of

genuine INFINITI Owner’s Manuals for thismodel year and prior, see an INFINITIdealer, or contact:

Resolve Corporation20770 Westwood DriveStrongsville, OH 441491-800-247-5321

In Canada:

To purchase a copy of a genuine INFINITIService Manual or Owner’s Manual pleasecontact an INFINITI dealer. For the phonenumber and location of an INFINITI dealerin your area call the INFINITI SatisfactionCenter at 1-800-361-4792 and a bilingualINFINITI representative will assist you.

Also available are genuine INFINITI Ser-vice and Owner’s Manuals for olderINFINITI models.

IN THE EVENT OF A COLLISION

Unfortunately, accidents do occur. In thisunlikely event, there is some importantinformation you should know. Many insur-ance companies routinely authorize theuse of non-genuine collision parts inorder to cut costs, among other reasons.

Insist on the use of GenuineINFINITI Collision Parts!

If you want your vehicle to be restoredusing parts made to INFINITI’s original ex-acting specifications — if you want tohelp it to last and hold its resale value,the solution is simple. Tell your insuranceagent and your repair shop to only useGenuine INFINITI Collision Parts. INFINITIdoes not warrant non-INFINITI parts, nordoes INFINITI’s warranty apply to damagecaused by a non-genuine part.

Using Genuine INFINITI Parts can help pro-tect your personal safety, preserve yourwarranty protection and maintain the re-sale value of your vehicle. And if your ve-hicle was leased, using Genuine INFINITIParts may prevent or limit unnecessaryexcess wear and tear expenses at the endof your lease.

INFINITI designs its hoods with crumplezones to minimize the risk that the hoodwill penetrate the windshield of your ve-hicle in an accident. Non-genuine (imita-tion) parts may not provide such built-insafety features. Also, non-genuine partsoften show premature wear, rust and cor-rosion.

OWNER’S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUALORDER INFORMATION


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Why should you take a chance?

In over 40 states and certain territories/provinces, the law says you must be ad-vised if non-genuine parts are used to re-pair your vehicle. And some states andprovinces have enacted laws that restrictinsurance companies from authorizing theuse of non-genuine collision parts duringthe new vehicle warranty. These laws helpprotect you, so you can take action toprotect yourself.

It’s your right!

If you should need further information,visit us at:

www.infiniti.com (for U.S. customers) orwww.infiniti.ca (for Canadian customers)


w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

10 Index

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System)........................ 5-54Advanced air bag system ................................. 1-45Aiming control, Headlights............................... 2-27Air bag system

Advanced air bag system........................... 1-45Front passenger air bag and status light ... 1-47

Air bag warning labels ..................................... 1-53Air bag warning light ............................... 1-54, 2-15Air cleaner housing filter ................................. 8-20Air conditioner

Air conditioner operation .......................... 4-22Air conditioner service ..................... 4-22, 4-25Air conditioner specification label ............. 9-12Air conditioning system refrigerant andlubricant recommendations................ 4-25, 9-6Heater and air conditioner (automatic)...... 4-22In-cabin microfilter .................................... 4-25

Alarm, How to stop alarm (see vehicle securitysystem) ........................................................... 2-20Alcohol, drugs and driving................................. 5-8All-wheel drive (AWD)....................................... 5-47All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light ................. 2-10Antenna........................................................... 4-65Anti-lock Braking System (ABS)........................ 5-54Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight ................................................................. 2-10

Appearance careExterior appearance care............................. 7-2Interior appearance care ............................. 7-4

Armrest .............................................................. 1-7Audible reminders ............................................ 2-17Audio operation precautions............................ 4-27Audio system................................................... 4-26

Steering wheel audio controls .................. 4-40Autochanger, Compact Disc (CD)...................... 4-37Autolight system.............................................. 2-25Automatic

Anti-glare inside mirror ............................. 3-29Automatic sunroof..................................... 2-42Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)............. 8-15Drive positioner ......................................... 3-31Driving with automatic transmission .......... 5-15Seat positioner .......................................... 3-31

Avoiding collision and rollover ........................... 5-7

B

Back door (See lift gate) .................................. 3-23Battery ............................................................. 8-17

Battery saver system ................................ 2-26Keyfob ...................................................... 8-27

Before starting the engine................................ 5-14Belts (See drive belts)...................................... 8-19Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System.............. 4-41Booster seats................................................... 1-34

BrakeAnti-lock Braking System (ABS) ................. 5-54Brake fluid ................................................ 8-16Brake system ............................................ 5-50Parking brake operation ............................ 5-18Warning light ............................................ 2-10

Break-in schedule............................................ 5-46Brightness control, Instrument panel............... 2-28Bulb check/instrument panel............................. 2-9Bulb replacement ............................................ 8-30

C

Cabin air filter ................................................. 4-25Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants .... 9-2Car phone or CB radio..................................... 4-66Card holder ..................................................... 2-38Cargo (See vehicle loading information) .......... 2-39Cargo cover ..................................................... 2-39Cargo light....................................................... 2-47Cargo net......................................................... 2-39Catalytic converter, Three way catalyst .............. 5-3CD care and cleaning....................................... 4-39Ceiling light ..................................................... 2-45Child restraints................................................. 1-19

Booster seats ............................................ 1-34Installation using LATCH............................ 1-24Installation using the seat belts ................ 1-27LATCH system ............................................ 1-21Top tether strap......................................... 1-23

w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

Child safety....................................................... 1-11Child safety rear door lock................................. 3-5Chimes

Audible reminders ..................................... 2-17Seat belt warning light and chime............. 2-14

Circuit breaker, Fusible link ............................. 8-25Cleaning exterior and interior ..................... 7-2, 7-4Clock ............................................................... 2-32Cold weather driving ........................................ 5-57Command (See Bluetooth Hands-Free PhoneSystem) ........................................................... 4-47Compact Disc (CD) changer (See audiosystem)............................................................ 4-37Compass display ............................................... 2-6Console box .................................................... 2-38Control panel buttons (models with navigationsystem) ............................................................ 4-12Control panel buttons (models withoutnavigation system) ............................................ 4-4Controller, Center multi-function controlpanel................................................................. 4-2Controls

Control panel buttons (display withnavigation system) .................................... 4-12Control panel buttons (display withoutnavigation system)...................................... 4-4Heater and air conditioner controls(automatic) ............................................... 4-22Steering wheel audio controls .................. 4-40

CoolantCapacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant........................... 8-10Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-9

Corrosion protection .......................................... 7-5

Cover, Cargo cover........................................... 2-39Cruise control .................................................. 5-23Cruise control, Fixed speed cruise control(on ICC system) ............................................... 5-42Cruise control, Intelligent cruise controlsystem ............................................................. 5-25Cup holders ..................................................... 2-35

D

Daytime running light system .......................... 2-27Defroster switch, Rear window and outsidemirror defroster switch .................................... 2-23Dimensions and weights ................................... 9-9Display controls (See control panel buttons),With navigation system .................................... 4-12Display controls (See control panel buttons),Without navigation system ................................ 4-4Door open warning light ................................... 2-11Drive belts ....................................................... 8-19Drive positioner................................................ 3-31Driving

All-wheel drive (AWD) ................................ 5-47Cold weather driving ................................. 5-57Driving with automatic transmission .......... 5-15Precautions when starting and driving ........ 5-2Safety precautions ...................................... 5-8

DVD player, INFINITI mobile entertainmentsystem............................................................. 4-56

E

Economy, Fuel ................................................. 5-46Emission control information label ................... 9-12

Emission control system warranty ................... 9-28Engine

Before starting the engine ......................... 5-14Break-in schedule ..................................... 5-46Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine coolant........................... 8-10Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-13Checking engine coolant level .................... 8-9Checking engine oil level ........................... 8-11Coolant temperature gauge......................... 2-5Engine block heater .................................. 5-58Engine compartment check locations .......... 8-7Engine cooling system................................ 8-9Engine oil .................................................. 8-11Engine oil and oil filter recommendation..... 9-5Engine oil viscosity ..................................... 9-5Engine serial number ................................. 9-11Engine specifications .................................. 9-7If your vehicle overheats ........................... 6-13Starting the engine.................................... 5-14

Entry/exit function, Automatic drivepositioner ............................................... 3-27, 3-32Event data recorders (EDR) .............................. 9-30Exhaust gas (Carbon monoxide)......................... 5-2

F

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label ........... 9-11Filter

Air cleaner housing filter .......................... 8-20Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-13

Flashers (See hazard warning flasherswitch)............................................................. 2-29Flat tire.............................................................. 6-2

10-2

w 07.11.26/S50-D/V5.0 X

Flat towing ...................................................... 9-26Floor mat cleaning ............................................. 7-4Fluid

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)............. 8-15Brake fluid ................................................ 8-16Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Engine coolant............................................ 8-9Engine oil .................................................. 8-11Power steering fluid .................................. 8-15Window washer fluid................................. 8-16

FM-AM-Satellite radio with compact disc (CD)changer ........................................................... 4-34Fog light switch ............................................... 2-28Front passenger air bag and status light.......... 1-47Front power seat adjustment.............................. 1-2Fuel

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Fuel economy............................................ 5-46Fuel octane rating ....................................... 9-3Fuel recommendation.................................. 9-3Fuel-filler cap ............................................ 3-25Fuel-filler door........................................... 3-25Gauge ......................................................... 2-5

Fuses............................................................... 8-24Fusible links .................................................... 8-25

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ...................................................... 2-47Gas cap ........................................................... 3-25Gauge................................................................ 2-3

Engine coolant temperature gauge.............. 2-5Fuel gauge .................................................. 2-5Odometer.................................................... 2-4Speedometer .............................................. 2-4Tachometer................................................. 2-4

General maintenance......................................... 8-2Glove box ........................................................ 2-36

H

Hands-Free Phone System, Bluetooth ............. 4-41Hazard warning flasher switch......................... 2-29Head restraints .................................................. 1-6Headlights

Aiming control........................................... 2-27Bulb replacement ...................................... 8-31Headlight switch ....................................... 2-24Xenon headlights...................................... 2-24

Headphones (See INFINITI mobileentertainment system) ..................................... 4-59Heated seats ................................................... 2-30Heater

Engine block heater .................................. 5-58Heater and air conditioner (automatic)...... 4-22

HomeLink Universal Transceiver..................... 2-47Hood release ................................................... 3-23Horn ................................................................ 2-29

I

Ignition knob (Intelligent Key system) .............. 3-13Ignition switch

(except Intelligent Key system) .................. 5-10

(with Intelligent Key system)...................... 5-12Automatic transmission models ................. 5-15Key positions ............................................. 5-11

Immobilizer system ......................................... 2-20In-cabin microfilter........................................... 4-25Indicator lights ................................................. 2-15INFINITI mobile entertainment system (MES) .... 4-56INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System ................ 2-20INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System,Engine start .............................................. 5-11, 5-13Inside automatic anti-glare mirror.................... 3-29Instrument brightness control.......................... 2-28Instrument panel ............................................... 2-2Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system .............. 5-25Intelligent cruise control (ICC) system, Previewfunction ........................................................... 5-46Intelligent Key system ....................................... 3-8

Engine starting .......................................... 3-13Key operating range .................................. 3-15Key operation............................................. 3-11Mechanical key and valet key ................... 3-22Operating the engine................................. 3-13Remote keyless operation ......................... 3-19Warning light............................................. 2-12Warning signals......................................... 3-16

Intelligent Key warning light............................. 2-12Interior light .................................................... 2-44Interior light replacement................................. 8-31ISOFIX child restraint ........................................ 1-21

J

Jump starting ................................................... 6-10

10-3

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

K

Keyfob battery replacement ............................. 8-27Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system (SeeIntelligent Key system) .............................. 3-19Without Intelligent Key system (See remotekeyless entry system).................................. 3-5

Keys, Except Intelligent Key............................... 3-2Keys, For Intelligent Key system ........................ 3-8

L

LabelsAir bag warning labels............................... 1-53Air conditioner specification label ............. 9-12Emission control information label ............ 9-12Engine serial number ................................. 9-11F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label..... 9-11Tire and Loading Information label ... 8-36, 9-12Vehicle identification number (VIN) ........... 9-10

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) switch .............. 2-31Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system ............. 5-19LATCH system ................................................... 1-21License plate, Installing front license plate ...... 9-13Lift gate ........................................................... 3-23Light

Air bag warning light ................................. 1-54Bulb replacement...................................... 8-30Fog light switch ........................................ 2-28Headlight switch ....................................... 2-24Headlights bulb replacement..................... 8-31Indicator lights .......................................... 2-15

Interior light ............................................. 2-44Replacement............................................. 8-30Room light ................................................ 2-44Vanity mirror light..................................... 2-47Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders.................................................. 2-10Xenon headlights...................................... 2-24

Lights, Exterior and interior lightreplacement ..................................................... 8-31Loading information (See vehicle loadinginformation) ..................................................... 9-14Lock

Door locks .................................................. 3-3Glove box lock .......................................... 2-36Lift gate lock............................................. 3-23Power door lock.......................................... 3-3

Low fuel warning light...................................... 2-12Low tire pressure warning light ........................ 2-12Low tire pressure warning system (See TirePressure Monitoring System (TPMS)) ................. 5-3Luggage floor boxes ........................................ 2-38

M

MaintenanceBattery ...................................................... 8-17General maintenance .................................. 8-2Inside the vehicle ....................................... 8-3Maintenance precautions ............................ 8-5Maintenance requirements.......................... 8-2Outside the vehicle..................................... 8-3Seat belt maintenance ............................... 1-18Under the hood and vehicle ....................... 8-4

Malfunction indicator light (MIL)....................... 2-16

Map light......................................................... 2-44Mechanical key (for Intelligent Key system) ..... 3-22Memory storage, Automatic drive positioner .... 3-31Meters and gauges............................................ 2-3Meters and gauges, Instrument brightnesscontrol............................................................. 2-28Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror............. 3-29Outside mirrors......................................... 3-30

Mobile entertainment system (MES)................. 4-56Monitor, Rearview monitor ............................... 4-19

N

Net, Cargo net ................................................. 2-39New vehicle break-in ....................................... 5-46

O

Odometer .......................................................... 2-4Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants ................................................... 9-2Changing engine oil and filter ................... 8-13Checking engine oil level ........................... 8-11Engine oil .................................................. 8-11Engine oil viscosity ..................................... 9-5

Operating the engine (Intelligent Keysystem) ............................................................ 3-13Outside mirrors ............................................... 3-30Overheat, If your vehicle overheats .................. 6-13Owner’s Manual/Service Manual orderinformation ...................................................... 9-31

10-4

w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

P

ParkingParking brake operation ............................ 5-18Parking on hills......................................... 5-49

PhoneBluetooth Hands-Free Phone System ....... 4-41Car phone or CB radio .............................. 4-66

PowerFront seat adjustment ................................. 1-2Power door lock.......................................... 3-3Power outlet ............................................. 2-33Power steering fluid .................................. 8-15Power steering system .............................. 5-50Power windows......................................... 2-40

PrecautionsAudio operation ........................................ 4-27Braking precautions .................................. 5-50Cruise control............................................ 5-23Driving safety.............................................. 5-8Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system...... 5-20Maintenance ............................................... 8-5On-pavement and off-road driving............... 5-3Seat belt usage........................................... 1-8Supplemental restraint system .................. 1-38When starting and driving........................... 5-2

Preview function (for Intelligent cruise controlsystem)............................................................ 5-46Push starting ................................................... 6-12

R

RadioCar phone or CB radio .............................. 4-66Steering wheel audio controls .................. 4-40

Readiness for inspection/maintenance (I/M)test (US only) .................................................. 9-29Rear center seat belt......................................... 1-15Rear door lock, Child safety rear door lock ........ 3-5Rear personal light .......................................... 2-46Rear power point ............................................. 2-33Rear seat adjustment ......................................... 1-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch.............................................................. 2-23Rear window wiper and washer switch ............ 2-22Rearview monitor ............................................. 4-19Recorders, Event data...................................... 9-30Registering your vehicle in another country ..... 9-10Remote controller (See INFINITI mobileentertainment system) ..................................... 4-57Remote keyless entry

System, Except Intelligent Key system ........ 3-5System, For Intelligent Key system ............ 3-19

Reporting safety defects (US only)................... 9-28Roadside assistance program ............................ 6-2Rollover ............................................................. 5-7Room light....................................................... 2-44Run-flat tires ..................................................... 6-3

S

SafetyChild seat belts .......................................... 1-11

Towing safety............................................ 9-22Screen (See INFINITI mobile entertainmentsystem)............................................................ 4-58Seat adjustment

Front power seat adjustment ....................... 1-2Rear seat adjustment .................................. 1-4

Seat belt(s)Child safety ................................................ 1-11Infants........................................................ 1-11Injured persons.......................................... 1-12Larger children........................................... 1-12Precautions on seat belt usage ................... 1-8Pregnant women ........................................ 1-12Rear center seat belt .................................. 1-15Seat belt cleaning ....................................... 7-5Seat belt extenders.................................... 1-18Seat belt maintenance ............................... 1-18Seat belt warning light and chime............. 2-14Seat belts ................................................... 1-8Shoulder belt height adjustment ................ 1-15Small children ............................................ 1-11Three-point type with retractor................... 1-12

Seat belts with pretensioners........................... 1-52Seat(s)

Driver-side memory ................................... 3-31Heated seats............................................. 2-30Seats........................................................... 1-2

Security system (INFINITI Vehicle ImmobilizerSystem), Engine start ...................................... 2-20Security system, Vehicle security system ......... 2-18Selector lever, Shift lock release ...................... 5-18Servicing air conditioner ......................... 4-22, 4-25Shift lock release, Transmission....................... 5-18Shifting, Automatic transmission ...................... 5-15

10-5

w 07.8.8/S50-D/V5.0 X

Shoulder belt height adjustment, For frontseats................................................................. 1-15Snow mode switch ........................................... 2-31Spare tire .......................................................... 9-9Spark plugs..................................................... 8-20Speedometer ..................................................... 2-4Starting

Before starting the engine ......................... 5-14Jump starting ............................................ 6-10Precautions when starting and driving ........ 5-2Push starting............................................. 6-12Starting the engine.................................... 5-14

Status light, Front passenger air bag ............... 1-47Steering

Power steering fluid .................................. 8-15Power steering system .............................. 5-50Steering wheel switch for audiocontrols .................................................... 4-40Tilting telescopic steering column ............. 3-27

Storage............................................................ 2-34Storage box ..................................................... 2-35Sun shade ....................................................... 2-43Sun visors ....................................................... 3-28Sunglasses holder ........................................... 2-34Sunroof ........................................................... 2-42

Automatic sunroof..................................... 2-42Supplemental air bag warning labels ............... 1-53Supplemental air bag warning light ......... 1-54, 2-15Supplemental restraint system......................... 1-38

Precautions on supplemental restraintsystem ...................................................... 1-38

SwitchAudio control steering wheel switch ......... 4-40Autolight switch ........................................ 2-25

Fog light switch ........................................ 2-28Hazard warning flasher switch .................. 2-29Headlight aiming control ........................... 2-27Headlight switch ....................................... 2-24Ignition switch (except Intelligent Keysystem) ..................................................... 5-10Ignition switch (with Intelligent Keysystem)...................................................... 5-12Ignition switch automatic transmissionmodels ...................................................... 5-15Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system ...... 2-31Power door lock switch............................... 3-4Rear window and outside mirror defrosterswitch ....................................................... 2-23Snow mode switch .................................... 2-31Turn signal switch..................................... 2-28Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offswitch ....................................................... 2-32

T

Tachometer........................................................ 2-4Temperature gauge, Engine coolant temperaturegauge ................................................................ 2-5Theft (INFINITI Vehicle Immobilizer System),Engine start ..................................................... 2-20Three-way catalyst ............................................. 5-3Tilting telescopic steering column.................... 3-27Tire pressure, Low tire pressure warninglight ................................................................. 2-12Tires

Flat tire....................................................... 6-2Low tire pressure warning system............... 5-3Run-flat tires............................................... 6-3

Tire and Loading information label ........... 8-36Tire and Loading Information label ............ 9-12Tire chains................................................ 8-42Tire dressing............................................... 7-3Tire pressure............................................. 8-35Tire pressure information (display) ..... 4-7, 4-15Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS) ................................................. 5-3, 6-2Tire rotation.............................................. 8-43Types of tires............................................ 8-40Uniform tire quality grading ...................... 9-27Wheel/tire size ........................................... 9-9Wheels and tires....................................... 8-35

Top tether strap child restraints ....................... 1-23Towing

Flat towing................................................ 9-26Tow truck towing....................................... 6-14Towing a trailer ......................................... 9-18Towing load/specification chart................. 9-18Towing safety............................................ 9-22

TPMS, Tire pressure monitoring system ............. 5-3TPMS, Tire pressure warning system ................. 6-2Trailer towing................................................... 9-18Transceiver, HomeLink UniversalTransceiver ...................................................... 2-47Transmission

Automatic transmission fluid (ATF)............. 8-15Driving with automatic transmission .......... 5-15Transmission selector lever lock release.... 5-18

Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system (SeeIntelligent Key system)..................................... 3-19Transmitter, Without Intelligent Key system(See remote keyless entry system)..................... 3-5

10-6

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

Traveling or registering your vehicle inanother country ............................................... 9-10Trouble-shooting guide (for Intelligent Keysystem) ............................................................ 3-18Turn signal switch ........................................... 2-28

U

Underbody cleaning........................................... 7-3Uniform tire quality grading............................. 9-27

V

Valet key (for Intelligent Key system)............... 3-22Vanity mirror light ........................................... 2-47Vehicle

Dimensions and weights............................. 9-9Identification number (VIN)........................ 9-10Loading information .................................. 9-14Recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) ............. 6-16Security system......................................... 2-18Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) offswitch ....................................................... 2-32Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system ...... 5-55Vehicle electronic systems ................. 4-9, 4-16

Ventilators....................................................... 4-20Voice command (See Bluetooth Hands-FreePhone System) ................................................ 4-47

W

Warning labels, Air bag warning labels ............ 1-53

Warning lightAir bag warning light......................... 1-54, 2-15All-wheel drive (AWD) warning light........... 2-10Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warninglight .......................................................... 2-10Brake warning light ................................... 2-10Door open warning light ............................ 2-11Intelligent Key warning light...................... 2-12Low fuel warning light ............................... 2-12Low tire pressure warning light ................. 2-12Run-flat tire warning light.......................... 2-14Seat belt warning light and chime............. 2-14

Warning lights.................................................. 2-10Warning, Hazard warning flasher switch .......... 2-29Warning, Lane Departure Warning (LDW)system ............................................................. 5-19Warning, Tire Pressure Monitoring System(TPMS)........................................................ 5-3, 6-2Warning, Warning/indicator lights and audiblereminders .......................................................... 2-9Warranty, Emission control system warranty.... 9-28Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switch...... 2-22Windshield wiper and washer switch......... 2-21

Washing ............................................................ 7-2Waxing .............................................................. 7-2Weights (See dimensions and weights) ............. 9-9Wheel/tire size .................................................. 9-9Wheels and tires.............................................. 8-35

Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels ................. 7-3Window washer fluid........................................ 8-16Window(s)

Cleaning ..................................................... 7-3Power windows......................................... 2-40

Windshield wiper and washer switch ............... 2-21Wiper

Rear window wiper and washer switch...... 2-22Rear window wiper blade.......................... 8-23Windshield wiper and washer switch......... 2-21Wiper blades ............................................. 8-21

X

Xenon headlights............................................. 2-24

10-7

w 07.3.7/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-8

w 07.3.12/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-9

w 07.3.12/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-10

w 07.3.12/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-11

w 07.3.12/S50-D/V5.0 X

MEMO

10-12

w 07.3.12/S50-D/V5.0 X

FUEL RECOMMENDATION:

VQ35DE engine

INFINITI recommends the use of unleadedpremium gasoline with an octane rating ofat least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number(Research octane number 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, you may use unleaded regular gaso-line with an octane rating of at least 87AKI number (Research octane number 91),but you may notice a decrease in perfor-mance.

VK45DE engine

Use unleaded premium gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octanenumber 96).

If unleaded premium gasoline is not avail-able, unleaded regular gasoline with anoctane rating of at least 87 AKI number(Research octane number 91) can be used,but only under the following precautions:

O Have the fuel tank filled only partiallywith unleaded regular gasoline, andfill up with unleaded premium gaso-line as soon as possible.

O Avoid full throttle driving and abruptacceleration.

However, for maximum vehicle perfor-mance, the use of unleaded premium gaso-line is recommended.

CAUTION

O Using a fuel other than that specifiedcould adversely affect the emission con-trol systems, and may also affect war-ranty coverage.

O Under no circumstances should a leadedgasoline be used, since this will damagethe three way catalyst.

O Do not use E-85 fuel in your vehicle. Yourvehicle is not designed to run on E-85fuel. Using E-85 fuel can damage the fuelsystem components and is not covered bythe INFINITI vehicle limited warranty.

For additional information, see “Capaci-ties and recommended fuel/lubricants” inthe “9. Technical and consumer informa-tion” section.

ENGINE OIL RECOMMENDATION:

O Engine oil with API Certification Mark

O Viscosity SAE 5W-30

See “Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants” in the “9. Technical and con-sumer information” section for engine oiland oil filter recommendation.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES:

The label is typically located on the driverside center pillar or on the driver’s door.For additional information, see “Wheelsand tires” in the “8. Maintenance and do-it-yourself”section.

NEW VEHICLE BREAK-INPROCEDURES RECOMMENDATION:

During the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ofvehicle use, follow the recommendationsoutlined in the “Break-in schedule” infor-mation found in the “5. Starting and driv-ing” section of this Owner’s Manual.Follow these recommendations for the fu-ture reliability and economy of your newvehicle.

GAS STATION INFORMATION

w 07.3.12/S50-D/V5.0 X

1. Engine oil (P.8-11)

2. Brake fluid (P.8-16)

3. Meters and gauges (P.2-3)

4. Hood release (P.3-23)

5. Lift gate (P.3-23)/Fuel-filler door re-lease (P.3-25)

6. Seat belt (P.1-8)

7. Door lock/key (P.3-3)

8. Spare tire (P.6-2, P.8-43)

9. Windshield washer fluid (P.8-16)

10. Engine coolant (P.8-9)

11. Power steering fluid (P.8-15)

12. Battery (P.8-17)

13. Audio system (P.4-26)/Heater and airconditioner (P.4-22)

14. Fuel (P.3-25, P.9-2)

STI0356

w 07.3.12/S50-D/V5.0 X

2008 fx45/fx35 owner's manual

Documents